AirPrime MC/SL-Series

(UMTS/LTE)
Extended AT Command
Reference

2130616
Rev. 8
 Preface

Important Due to the nature of wireless communications, transmission and reception of data
can never be guaranteed. Data may be delayed, corrupted (i.e., have errors) or be
Notice totally lost. Although significant delays or losses of data are rare when wireless
devices such as the Sierra Wireless modem are used in a normal manner with a
well-constructed network, the Sierra Wireless modem should not be used in
situations where failure to transmit or receive data could result in damage of any
kind to the user or any other party, including but not limited to personal injury,
death, or loss of property. Sierra Wireless accepts no responsibility for damages
of any kind resulting from delays or errors in data transmitted or received using
the Sierra Wireless modem, or for failure of the Sierra Wireless modem to
transmit or receive such data.

Safety and Do not operate the Sierra Wireless modem in areas where blasting is in progress,
where explosive atmospheres may be present, near medical equipment, near life
Hazards
support equipment, or any equipment which may be susceptible to any form of
radio interference. In such areas, the Sierra Wireless modem MUST BE
POWERED OFF. The Sierra Wireless modem can transmit signals that could
interfere with this equipment.
Do not operate the Sierra Wireless modem in any aircraft, whether the aircraft is
on the ground or in flight. In aircraft, the Sierra Wireless modem MUST BE
POWERED OFF. When operating, the Sierra Wireless modem can transmit
signals that could interfere with various onboard systems.

Note: Some airlines may permit the use of cellular phones while the aircraft is on the
ground and the door is open. Sierra Wireless modems may be used at this time.

The driver or operator of any vehicle should not operate the Sierra Wireless
modem while in control of a vehicle. Doing so will detract from the driver or
operator's control and operation of that vehicle. In some states and provinces,
operating such communications devices while in control of a vehicle is an offence.

Limitation of The information in this manual is subject to change without notice and does not
represent a commitment on the part of Sierra Wireless. SIERRA WIRELESS AND
Liability
ITS AFFILIATES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR REVENUE
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY SIERRA WIRELESS
PRODUCT, EVEN IF SIERRA WIRELESS AND/OR ITS AFFILIATES HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR THEY ARE
FORESEEABLE OR FOR CLAIMS BY ANY THIRD PARTY.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Sierra Wireless and/or its
affiliates aggregate liability arising under or in connection with the Sierra Wireless
product, regardless of the number of events, occurrences, or claims giving rise to
liability, be in excess of the price paid by the purchaser for the Sierra Wireless
product.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 3

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Patents This product may contain technology developed by or for Sierra Wireless Inc.
This product includes technology licensed from QUALCOMM.
This product is manufactured or sold by Sierra Wireless Inc. or its affiliates under
one or more patents licensed from InterDigital Group.

Copyright 2012 Sierra Wireless. All rights reserved.

Trademarks AirCard is a registered trademark of Sierra Wireless. Sierra Wireless,

AirPrime, AirLink, AirVantage, Watcher, and the Sierra Wireless logo are
trademarks of Sierra Wireless.
Windows and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
Macintosh and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
QUALCOMM is a registered trademark of QUALCOMM Incorporated. Used
under license.
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Contact
Information Sales Desk: Phone: 1-604-232-1488
Hours: 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM Pacific Time
E-mail: [email protected]
Post: Sierra Wireless
13811 Wireless Way
Richmond, BC
Canada V6V 3A4
Fax: 1-604-231-1109
Web: www.sierrawireless.com

Consult our website for up-to-date product descriptions, documentation,

application notes, firmware upgrades, troubleshooting tips, and press releases:
www.sierrawireless.com

4 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Preface

Revision
History

Revision Release date Changes

number

2.8 Jul 2008 Deprecated !GPSENABLE (for MC8780 and newer), !CUSTOM=SKUID,
!GPSIPADDR, !GPSPORTID
Removed !CUSTOM=NOATTACH
Updated !CUSTOM=GPSENABLE), !GBAND, !DTMEN
Added !GPSMTLRSETTINGS, !GPSSUPLURL, !NVPLMNCLR,
!CUSTOM=CSVOICEREJECT
Updated Supporting Mini Cards for all commands
Updated minimum firmware revision requirements

2.9 Oct 2008 Updated modules list (added MC8791V, MC8792V)

Updated minimum firmware revision requirements
Added !GPSAUTOSTART
Added SIM Application Toolkit chapter with commands: !STKC, !STKGC, !STKCR,
!STKPD, !STKMS, !STKPLI, and details of !STKN notifications
Updated !AVSETPROFILE
Updated !LEDCTRL

2.10 Apr 2009 Removed !CUSTOM=SWOCENABLE customization; !NVSWOC, !DTEMP,

!NVPLMNCLR
Updated !CUSTOM=AUTONETWORKMODE and MEPLOCK customizations;
!REL, !DASCHAN, !DASBAND, !BSMCCHECK, !LEDCTRL, !GPSLOC, !CMEN,
!PCTEMPLIMITS (cross-reference), !NVPORTMAP, !NVMUXMODE (removed 80/
81 cross-reference to !NVPORTMAP), !GPSAUTOSTART
Added !MAPUART, !DIO, !DIOCFG, !AIN, !MAPMTPDP, !WGETWK, !WWKUP,
Added general and AT-command indexes

2.11 Jun 2009 Added !BZBUZZ, !DAWSTXPWR, !UDUSBCOMP

Updated !CUSTOM=CSVOICEREJECT
Added escape sequence guard time information

2.12 Nov 2009 Standardized command detail format

Replaced device-specific references with chipset-specific references
Added PAD Commands chapter
Added !CWSETUP, !CWSTATS, !PING
Updated !CUSTOM: added CPASCWRINGIND, SIMLPM, USBDMDISABLE,
WAPPUSHDATA customizations; clarified PCSCDISABLE values.
Updated !AVTONEPLAY, !AVDTMFVOLDB: removed MIDI from <method>
Updated audio profile default settings (Table 7-2 on page 129, Table 7-2 on
page 111)
Clarified !NVPLMN usage

3.0 Mar 2010 New corporate branding

Updated descriptions of !AV* commands for instant update
Added !AVINBANDRANGE, !AVRXVOLDB, !AVTONESETTINGS, !GPSSUPLPID
Updated !GPSPORTID description
Updated !GPSSUPLURL parameters
Updated !CUSTOM: added TRUFLOWDISABLE and DISSTACK customiza-
tions.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 5

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Revision Release date Changes

number

4 November 2010 Added SL808x devices

Removed MSM7200A/MSM7201A (MC8785V)
Updated !GPSPORTID, !GPSSUPLURL descriptions
Updated !DAWINFO, !UDUSBCOMP outputs
Updated !CUSTOM: added GPSLPM, GPSREFLOC, GPSSEL, PPPPRO-
FAUTH, RFINDENABLE, USBSERIALENABLE customizations
Added !BAND, !GPSNMEACONFIG, !GPSLBSSETTINGS
Updated !AVTONEPLAY
Added !DAAGCTON, !NVSPCODE

5 March 2011 Removed !AVEXTPCMSEL, !GPSENABLE, !NVENGPS

Removed MSM6280, MSM7200, MSM7201
Added MDM6200, MDM8200A, MDM9200, MDM9600
Added !ALLUP, !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR, !AVTXPCMIIRFLTR, !BZBUZZ,
!BZBUZZPLAY, !CHAN, !DALGAVGAGC, !DALGRXAGC, !DALGTXAGC,
!DIVERSITY, !IMSTESTMODE, !KEYOFF, !KEYON, !PACKAGE, $QCAGC, !RX2,
!RX2AGC, !RXAGC, !SKU, !TX, !TXAGC, !UDPID, +WHCNF
Updated !DASBAND, !DIOCFG, !REL, +WWKUP
Added !CUSTOM customizations: GPSSUPLSETID, HWCFGLOCK

6 July 2011 New chapterOMA-DM Commands (!IDSAUTOFOTA, !IDSAUTOSDM,

!IDSCONFIGACC, !IDSCREATEACC, !IDSDFLTACC, !IDSFUMOROOT,
!IDSPID, !IDSROAM, !IDSSUPPORT)
New chapter - SAR Backoff and Thermal Control Commands (!MAXPWR,
!SARBACKOFF, !SARSTATE, !SARSTATEDFLT, !THERMCONFIG, !THERM-
DELTATX, !THERMDELTATXTEMP, !THERMENABLE, !THERMINFO,
!THERMTHRESHOLD, !THERMTIMERS)
New commands!ANTSEL, !LTENAS, !PADENDLISTEN, !PADSWITCH,
!SELACQ, !STKAUTOCR, !STKEVENT, !STKEVENTLIST, !STKVER,
Updated commands:
Removed MDM6200 support!AVCODECRXG, !AVCODECTXG,
!AVRXPCMFLTR, !AVTXPCMFLTR
Updated gain range and gain calculation for QSC6270!AVCODECSTG,
!AVCODECTXG
Added MDM6200/MSM6290 support!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR,
!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR
!BANDCorrected <index> type
!BZBUZZAdded query and query list syntaxes
!CUSTOMAdded customizations (LTEFIRST, LTESMS,
SINGLEAPNSWITCH)
!MAPUARTAdded usage note for SL809x
PAD CommandsAdded multipad support
!PCTEMPLIMITSAdded MDM6200 limits
!PCVOLTLIMITSFixed parameters, added MDM6200 and MDM8200A limits
!SCPROFSWOPTAdded new <swOption> values
!SKUUpdated chipsets, and <SKU> parameter values
Added Setup Event List command!STKC, !STKCR, !STKGC
STK command (<cmdId>) parametersUpdated <DCS*> and <default>
parameters where !STKVER? returns 1; added Table 10-3, Setup Event List
parameters, on page 223

6 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Preface

Revision Release date Changes

number

7 September 2011 New section (I2S Audio Commands)!AVCODECBRG, !AVCODECCFG,

!AVCODECRED, !AVCODECRST, !AVCUSTI2CCFG, !AVMODESET,
!AVREGVALWID, !AVSETSAMP, !AVUSEMCU
!CUSTOMRemoved customizations (LTEFIRST, LTESMS,
SINGLEAPNSWITCH)

8 April 2012 New commands!BEP, !DALSRXBW, !DALSTXBW, !GPSLBSAPN,

!GPSNMEASENTENCE, !GPSSUPLVER, !GPSXTRAAPN, !SIMRFSC,
!SIMRSTC, !STKDTMF
New MDM8200A-specific commands!AVEC, !AVRXDECGAIN, !AVRXPCMI-
IRFLTR, !AVRXSPKRGAIN, !AVRXVOLDB, !AVSETDEV, !AVSETPROFILE,
!AVSETVOL, !AVTXENCGAIN, !AVTXMICGAIN, !AVTXPCMIIRFLTR, !AVTXVOL
Updated commands:
!ANTSELAdded fourth GPIO
!AVCODECRXGRemoved 6 and 7 from list of valid <profile> values
!AVCODECSTGRemoved 6 and 7 from list of valid <profile> values.
Updated gain formula. Corrected unity gain value.
!AVCODECTXGRemoved 6 and 7 from list of valid <profile> values
!AVMICGAINRemoved 6 and 7 from list of valid <profile> values. Added
chipset-specific examples.
!BANDAdded C850, C1900, and W1700 bands
!CUSTOM customizationsAdded CFUNPERSISTEN, WAKEHOSTEN.
Updated GPSENABLE, GPSSEL, GPSSUPLSETID, MUXMODE, PPPPRO-
FAUTH, RADIORESET, STKUIEN.
!DALGAVGAGCUpdated usage note
!GPSCLRASSISTUpdated parameters for MDM9200 exceptions.
!GPSTRANSSECUpdated <security> parameter for MDM9200.
!MAXPWRAdded MDM6200 support; removed 3 (GSM) from valid <tech>
values
!PADCONFUpdated description, <idle> parameter description, and
<interchar> parameter units
!PADSETUPAdded <addrtype> parameter, and updated <ipaddr> parameter
examples
!PADSWITCHUpdated <ipaddr> parameter examples
!SARBACKOFF, !SARSTATE, !SARSTATEDFLTAdded MDM6200 support
!UDUSBCOMPUpdated Query List response for DIP to show QMI interface
+WHCNFAdded buzzer to list of supported <type> values.
Deprecated !GPSPROTOSEL (for QSC6270)
Updated Audio profiles on page 128 (updated supported profiles by module type,
added new tables for default settings, updated default gain values)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 7

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

8 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Contents
About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Command access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Command timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Interval timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Escape sequence guard time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Result codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Terminology and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Current firmware versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Document structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

AT Password Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Diagnostic Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 9

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Test Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Command reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Memory Management Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Command reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Voice Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Audio profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Profile activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Command reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

I2S Audio Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Command reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

GPS Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Command reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

STK Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
STK interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

10 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Contents

Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

STK command (<cmdId>) parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

PAD Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

OMA-DM Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

SAR Backoff and Thermal Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Command reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Module Customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Test Frequencies/Channel Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

HSDPA/ HSUPA Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Band Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

ASCII Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Index (AT commands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 11

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

12 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 1: About This Guide 1
Introduction
This document describes proprietary, password-protected AT
commands available for Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC/SL-series
intelligent embedded modules. These commands are intended for
use by OEMs, and are supplemental to the standard AT commands
for GSM devices defined by the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership
Project) in TS 27.007 AT command set for User Equipment (UE) and
TS 27.005 Use of Data Terminal EquipmentData Circuit
terminating Equipment (DTE-DCE) interface for Short Message
Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (BSE).
The Sierra Wireless document UMTS Modems - Supported AT
Command Reference (document number 2130617) identifies
supported standard AT commands and provides details where
commands vary from the standards. It also describes proprietary
commands that are not password-protected.

Note: If a command is only partially protected (for example, the execution

form is restricted, but the query form is not), the non-protected form of the
command also appears in the Supported reference.

The AT commands in this document are specific to the Sierra

Wireless embedded modems listed in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Supported AirPrime modules a

Chipset Device Firmware revision (minimum) b

MDM6200 SL809X P0.0

MDM6270 SL8081c S2.0.0.9

c
SL8083
SL8085c

MDM8200 MC8700 M2_0_4_0ap

MDM8200A MC8704 (MC8704) T2_0_1_4

MC8705 (MC8705) T1_0_1_1

MDM8220 MC8801 N_0_0_0ap

MDM9200 MC7700 9200X_01.00.00.00

MC7710

MDM9600 MC7750 9600M_01.00.00.00

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 13

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 1-1: Supported AirPrime modules a (Continued)

Chipset Device Firmware revision (minimum) b

MSM6290 MC8790/ K1_0_2_8ap

MC8790V
MC8791V
MC8792V
MC8795V

QSC6270 SL8080 S1.0

SL8081c S2.0 (Voice/GPS devices)
SL8082
SL8083c
SL8084
SL8985c

a. Changes made to this document after a device reaches end-of-life may not
apply to that. Refer to the Revision History on page 5 for a summary of
changes made in recent releases of this document.
b. Any exceptions are indicated in the command detail sections.
c. SL8081, SL8083, and SL8085 may use either MDM6270 or QSC6270
chipsets.

Note: When designing applications that use these AT commands, use Watcher (and
other Sierra Wireless applications) as functionality templates to ensure proper use of
command groups. For questions or concerns relating to command implementation, please
contact your Sierra Wireless account representative.

Command access
Most of the commands in this reference are password-protected. To use these
commands, you must enter the correct password using AT!ENTERCND on
page 28. Once the password is entered, all commands are available and remain
available until the modem is reset or powered off and on.
The password assigned to AT!ENTERCND is unique to each carrier and is
configured onto the modem during manufacture. If you do not know your
password, contact your Sierra Wireless Account Manager.

Command timing
Interval timing
Some commands require time to process before additional commands are
entered. For example, the modem returns OK when it receives AT!DAFTMACT. If
AT!DASBAND is received too soon after this, the modem returns an error.
When building automated test scripts, ensure that sufficient delays are
embedded, where necessary, to avoid these errors.

14 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Escape sequence guard time

The AT escape sequence +++ requires a guard time of 1.0 seconds before and
after it is used.

Result codes
Result codes are not shown in the command tables unless special conditions
apply. Generally the result code OK is returned when the command has been
executed. ERROR may be returned if parameters are out of range, and is
returned if the command is not recognized or is not permitted in the current state
or condition of the modem.

References
This guide covers the command sets used by OEMs, designers and testers of
Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC/SL-series intelligent embedded modules. It does
not deal with operational use commands. For normal operations of the modem,
consult the UMTS Modems Supported AT Command Reference (document
number 2130617).
You may also want to consult the other documents available on our website at
www.sierrawireless.com.

Terminology and acronyms

This document makes wide use of acronyms that are in common use in data
communications and cellular technology.

Current firmware versions

Version
To determine your firmware revision:
Enter the identification command AT+GMR
The modem responds with version information for software, firmware, and
hardware.
The details following the revision number include Sierra Wireless information
on the specific build followed by the date and time of the build.
+GMR: F/W VER: R1_0_0_

Upgrading
If your modem firmware is an earlier version, you can acquire updated firmware
by contacting your account manager.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 15

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Document structure
This document describes the proprietary commands listed in the tables below
each table corresponds to a specific chapter.
AT Password CommandsCommands used to enable access to password-
protected AT commands and to set the AT command password.

Table 1-2: AT password commands

Command Description Page

!ENTERCND Enable access to password-protected commands 28

!SETCND Set AT command password 28

Modem Status, Customization, and Reset CommandsCommands used to

determine modem status, adjust customization settings, and reset the modem.

Table 1-3: Modem status commands

Command Description Page

!AIN Read analog value from AUXV1 32

!ANTSEL Set/query external antenna select configuration 33

!BAND Select/return frequency band set 34

!BPLMNTIMER Set/return data inactivity timer value 36

!BSHWID Generate frequency on buzzer pin 38

!BSMCCHECK Return modem hardware version 37

!BZBUZZ Generate frequency on buzzer pin 38

!BZBUZZPLAY Generate melody on buzzer pin 39

!CMEN Enable/disable HSPA Compressed Mode stack functionality 39

!CUSTOM Set/return customization settings 40

!CWSETUP Set Connection Watchdog parameters 46

!CWSTATS Query/clear Connection Watchdog statistics 47

!DARPEN Enable/disable DARP for SAIC 47

!DIO Read/write from/to Digital I/O (DIO) channel 48

!DIOCFG Configure DIO channels 49

!DTMEN Enable/disable Dual Transfer Mode stack functionality 51

!EDAEN Configure protocol stack for EDA 52

!EQEN Enable/disable WCDMA L1 equalizer 52

!GCFEN Enable/disable GCF test mode 53

!GCFUIMTYPE Set/return current SIM type 53

16 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Table 1-3: Modem status commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!HSDCAT Set/return HSDPA category 54

!HSUCAT Set/report HSUPA category 54

!LEDCTRL Set/report LED control pattern 55

!LTENAS Configure LTE NAS settings 56

!MAPMTPDP Configure MT PDP port mapping 57

!MAPUART Map UART interface to a service 58

!MXPORTMAP Set/report MUX mode port mappings 58

!NASREL Set/report supported NAS release compliance version 59

!NVENCRYPTIMEI Write unencrypted IMEI to modem 60

!NVMUXMODE Set/report USB descriptor MUX mode 61

!NVNSCODE Return Network Subset codes 62

!NVOEM Set/report values of non-volatile (NV) memory items 63

!NVPLMN Provision PLMN list for Network Personalization locking 64

!NVPORTMAP /Change modem port mappings in non-MUX mode 65

!NVSPCODE Provision Network Service Provider code list 65

!PACKAGE Return package version string 66

!PCINFO Return power control status information 67

!PCOFFEN Set/return Power Off Enable state 68

!PCTEMPLIMITS Set/report temperature state limit values 69

!PCVOLTLIMITS Set/report power supply voltage state limit values 70

!PING Ping an IP address 71

!PRIID Set/report module PRI part number and revision 71

!REL Set/report active protocol/revision 72

!SCANTHRESH Set/report WCDMA Scan Threshold 73

!SCPROFSWOPT Set/report profiles software options 74

!SCROPROF Set/report profiles read-only flag 74

!SELACQ Select RAT acquisition order 75

!SIMRFSC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state 76

!SIMRSTC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state 77

!SKU Read modems SKU 77

!SLEEP Set/report Sleep Enable state 78

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 17

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 1-3: Modem status commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!UDPID Set/report product ID in USB descriptor 78

!UDUSBCOMP Set/report USB interface configuration 79

!UOOS Set/report UMTS Out of Service parameters 80

+WGETWK Return wake-up event type 80

+WHCNF Activate/deactivate modem hardware features 81

+WWKUP Enable/disable wake-up signals 83

Diagnostic CommandsCommands used to select frequency bands and

diagnose problems.

Table 1-4: Diagnostic commands

Command Description Page

!CMUX Implement multiplexing mode 86

!CMUXLPBK Configure ports into loopback mode/query loopback state 86

!DIVERSITY Enable/disable CDMA receive diversity 87

!ERR Display diagnostic information 87

!GBAND Set/return the current operating band 88

$QCPDPP Set/report PDP-IP connection authentication parameters 89

$QCTER Set/report TE-DCE baud rate 89

!RXDEN Enable/disable WCDMA/LTE receive diversity 90

!UMTSCHAN Set/report Priority UMTS Channel Selection state 91

Test CommandsCommands required to place the modem in particular modes

of operation, test host connectivity, and to configure the transmitters and receivers
for test measurements.

Table 1-5: Test commands

Command Description Page

!ALLUP Turn transmitter on/off and simulate All UPs 96

!BEP Return MT RSSI and RSQ 97

!CHAN Tune synthesizer to channel/band 98

!DAAGCTON Return C/N (carrier to noise ratio) while in factory test mode 98

!DAFTMACT Put modem into Factory Test Mode 99

!DAFTMDEACT Put modem into online mode from Factory Test Mode 99

!DAGGAVGRSSI Return averaged RSSI value in dBm (GSM only) 99

18 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Table 1-5: Test commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!DAGGRSSI Return the RSSI value in dBm (GSM only) 100

!DAGGRSSIRAW Return raw RSSI value 100

!DAGINFO Return GSM mode RF information (GSM only) 101

!DAGSLOCK Return synthesizer lock state 101

!DAGSRXBURST Set GSM receiver to burst mode 102

!DAGSRXCONT Set GSM receiver continuously on 102

!DAGSTXBURST Set GSM transmitter to burst mode 103

!DAGSTXFRAME Set GSM Tx frame structure 104

!DALGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (LTE only) 105

!DALGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (LTE only) 106

!DALGTXAGC Return Tx AGC value and transmitter parameters (LTE only) 107

!DALSRXBW Set LTE Rx bandwidth (LTE only) 108

!DALSTXBW Set LTE Tx bandwidth (LTE only) 109

!DAOFFLINE Place modem offline 109

!DASBAND Set frequency band 110

!DASCHAN Set modem channel (frequency) 111

!DASLNAGAIN Set LNA gain state 112

!DASPDM Set PDM value 113

!DASTXOFF Turn Tx PA off 113

!DASTXON Turn Tx PA on 114

!DAWGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (WCDMA only) 114

!DAWGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (WCDMA only) 115

!DAWINFO Return WCDMA mode RF information (WCDMA only) 116

!DAWSCONFIGRX Set WCDMA receiver to factory calibration settings 117

!DAWSPARANGE Set PA range state machine 118

!DAWSSCHAIN Enable secondary receive chain (WCDMA only) 118

!DAWSCHAINTCM Place receive chain in test call mode (WCDMA only) 118

!DAWSTXCW Set waveform used by the transmitter 119

!DAWSTXPWR Set desired Tx power level (WCDMA mode only) 119

!IMSTESTMODE Enable/disable IMS test mode 120

!KEYOFF Key off the transmitter 120

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 19

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 1-5: Test commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!KEYON Key on the transmitter 121

!OSDSM Display memory usage for DSM buffer pools 121

$QCAGC Read Rx AGC (CDMA and WCDMA modes) 122

!RX2 Turn second receiver on/off 122

!RX2AGC Read second receiver Rx AGC 123

!RXAGC Read first receiver Rx AGC 123

!TX Turn transmitter on/off 123

!TXAGC Set desired Tx AGC 124

Memory Management CommandsCommands that control the data stored in

non-volatile memory of the modem.

Table 1-6: Memory management commands

Command Description Page

!NVDEF Reset non-volatile memory 126

!NVRESTORE Restore backup data 126

Voice CommandsVoice commands (Supported on voice-enabled modems only.

For example, MC8795V and SL8080)

Table 1-7: Voice commands

Command Description Page

!AVAUDIOLPBK Enable/disable an audio loopback 132

!AVCODECRXG Set/report CODEC Rx gain 132

!AVCODECSTG Set/report CODEC sidetone gain 134

!AVCODECTXG Set/report CODEC Tx gain 135

!AVDEF Set audio settings to default values 136

!AVDTMFTXG Set/report the DTMF Tx gain 137

!AVDTMFVOLDB Set/report volume for each DTMF volume level in Rx direction 138

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting 139

!AVEXTPCMCFG Configure external PCM interface 140

!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF Prevent/allow external PCM interface clock from turning off 141

!AVINBANDRANGE Specify Progress Descriptor value range for in-band signaling 142

!AVMICGAIN Set/report microphone gain 143

!AVNS Enable/disable noise suppression 144

20 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Table 1-7: Voice commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!AVRXAGC Set/report Rx AVC/AGC configuration 145

!AVRXPCMFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM filter tap 146

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters 148

!AVRXVOLDB Set/report volume for each voice volume level in Rx direction 150

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile 151

!AVSN Set/report audio revision number 152

!AVTONEPLAY Play DTMF tone 152

!AVTONESETTINGS Enable/disable playing of locally-generated DTMF tones 153

!AVTXAGC Set Tx AGC 154

!AVTXPCMFLTR Set/report Tx PCM filter tap 155

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters 156

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume 158

I2S Audio CommandsI2S audio codec commands (Supported on I2S audio-

enabled modems only. For example, MC8704.)

Table 1-8: I2S audio commands

Command Description Page

!AVCODECBRG Configure codec registers to make call 165

!AVCODECCFG Configure codec register 165

!AVCODECRED Read a codec register 166

!AVCODECRST Configure codec registers for reset 166

!AVCUSTI2CCFG Configure external codec I2C details 167

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting 168

!AVMODESET Select codec mode 168

!AVREGVALWID Set codec register bit width 169

!AVRXDECGAIN Set/report voice decoder gain 169

!AVRPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters 170

!AVRXSPKRGAIN Set/report audio profile speaker gain 172

!AVRXVOLDB Set/report Rx voice volume 172

!AVSETDEV Set audio profile Rx and Tx mute states 173

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile 174

!AVSETSAMP Set I2S sample rate 175

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 21

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 1-8: I2S audio commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!AVSETVOL Set audio profile default volume level 175

!AVTXENCGAIN Set/report audio profile encoder gain 176

!AVTXMICGAIN Set/report audio profile microphone gain 176

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters 177

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume 178

!AVUSEMCU Select codec controller 178

GPS CommandsSupported on GPS-enabled modems only.

Table 1-9: GPS commands

Command Description Page

!GPS3RDPARTYXFER Initiate Location Service (LCS) third party transfer location request 181

!GPSAUTOSTART Configure GPS auto-start features 182

!GPSCLRASSIST Clear specific GPS assistance data 183

!GPSCOLDSTART Clear all GPS assistance data 184

!GPSEND End an active session 184

!GPSFIX Initiate GPS position fix 185

!GPSIPADDR Set/report IP address to use over TCP/IP 186

!GPSKEEPWARM Configure Keep Warm functionality 186

!GPSLBSAPN Set GPS LBS APNs 187

!GPSLBSSETTINGS Set default GPS location fix options 188

!GPSLOC Return last known location of the modem 189

!GPSMTLRSETTINGS Set/report MT location request settings 190

!GPSNIQOSTIME Set/report GPS QoS timeout period for network-initialized fixes 191

!GPSNMEACONFIG Enable and set NMEA data output rate 191

!GPSNMEASENTENCE Set/report NMEA sentence type 192

!GPSPORTID Set/report port ID to use over TCP/IP 193

!GPSPOSMODE Configure support for GPS positioning modes 194

!GPSPROTOSEL Control GPS protocol selection 195

!GPSSATINFO Request satellite information 196

!GPSSTATUS Request current status of a position fix session 197

!GPSSUPLPID Set/report supplementary channel connection profile ID 198

22 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Table 1-9: GPS commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!GPSSUPLURL Set/report SUPL server URL 198

!GPSSUPLVER Set/report SUPL server version 199

!GPSTRACK Initiate local tracking (multiple fix) session 200

!GPSTRANSSEC Control GPS transport security 201

!GPSXTRAAPN Set GPS XTRA APNs 202

!GPSXTRADATAENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA settings 203

!GPSXTRADATAURL Set/report GPS XTRA data server URLs 204

!GPSXTRAINITDNLD Initiate gpsOneXTRA data download and inject operation 204

!GPSXTRASTATUS Return current status of gpsOneXTRA 205

!GPSXTRATIME Inject GPS or UTC time into gpsOneXTRA system 206

!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA time settings 207

!GPSXTRATIMEURL Set/report GPS XTRA SNTP server URLs 208

STK CommandsSIM Application Toolkit commands (Supported on MDM6270/

MDM8200/MSM6290/QSC6270-based modems.)

Table 1-10: SIM Application Toolkit commands

Command Description Page

!STKAUTOCR Configure host responses to SIM commands 213

!STKC Receive unsolicited SIM command 214

!STKCR Respond to unsolicited SIM command 215

!STKDTMF Send DTMF string on active call 216

!STKEVENT Notify SIM when monitored STK event occurs 216

!STKEVENTLIST Return list of host-monitored STK events 217

!STKGC Retrieve data for unsolicited SIM command 218

!STKMS Request menu item selection or help from SIM 219

!STKPD Update STK supported features profile 220

!STKPLI Record local provisioning information 222

!STKVER Display STK version 222

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 23

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

PAD CommandsCommands for configuring, initiating, and disconnecting PAD

(Packet Assembler/Disassembler) connections. (Supported on the MC8790V/
91V/92V/95V and SL8080/82/84 modems.)

Table 1-11: PAD commands

Command Description Page

!PADCONF Configure profile options 244

!PADCONN Initiate PAD client connection 245

!PADDISCONN Disconnect PAD connection 246

!PADENDLISTEN Disable PAD server 246

!PADFILTER Set IP address filters for TCP PAD server 247

!PADLISTEN Initiate PAD server connection 248

!PADSETUP Set/query PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) profile 249

connection parameters

!PADSWITCH Switch active PAD session 250

OMA-DM CommandsCommands used to configure DM (Device Management)

accounts, sessions, and hostdeviceserver interactions.

Table 1-12: OMA-DM commands

Command Description Page

!IDSAUTOFOTA Configure automatic settings for FOTA updates 252

!IDSAUTOSDM Configure Subscriber Device Management response to server 253

request

!IDSCONFIGACC Configure DM account authentication mode and XML format 254

!IDSCREATEACC Enter DM account credentials 255

!IDSDFLTACC Set DM account to use for device-initiated sessions 256

!IDSFUMOROOT Set DM Tree root path for FUMO node 256

!IDSPID Set profile ID for DM data connection types 257

!IDSROAM Configure DM client roaming support 257

!IDSSUPPORT Configure DM sessions 258

SAR Backoff and Thermal Control CommandsCommands used to configure

SAR backoff options, and thermal mitigation algorithm parameters and limits.

Table 1-13: SAR backoff and thermal control commands

Command Description Page

!MAXPWR Set/report maximum Tx power 260

!SARBACKOFF Set/report maximum Tx power limit 261

24 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 About This Guide

Table 1-13: SAR backoff and thermal control commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!SARSTATE Set/report SAR backoff state 262

!SARSTATEDFLT Set/report default SAR backoff state 262

!THERMCONFIG Set/report thermal mitigation configuration options 263

!THERMDELTATX Set/report amount to reduce maximum Tx power 264

!THERMDELTATXTEMP Set/report amount power backoff temperature threshold 265

!THERMENABLE Enable/disable thermal mitigation 265

!THERMINFO Display thermal mitigation information 266

!THERMTHRESHOLD Set/report thermal threshold, mitigation threshold, and 267

hysteresis

!THERMTIMERS Set/report thermal mitigation algorithm timer details 268

Conventions
The following format conventions are used in this reference:
Character codes or keystrokes that are described with words or standard
abbreviations are shown within angle brackets using a different font, such as
<CR> for Carriage Return and <space> for a blank space character.
Numeric values are decimal unless prefixed as noted below.
Hexadecimal values are shown with a prefix of 0x, i.e. in the form 0x3D.
Binary values are shown with a prefix of 0b, i.e. in the form 0b00111101.
Command and register syntax is noted using an alternate font: !CHAN=<c>[,b].
The leading AT characters are not shown but must be included before all
commands except as noted in the reference tables.
Characters that are required are shown in uppercase; parameters are noted in
lowercase. Required parameters are enclosed in angle brackets (<n>) while
optional parameters are enclosed within square brackets ([x]). The brackets are
not to be included in the command string.
Commands are presented in table format. Each chapter covers the commands
related to that subject and presents a summary table to help you locate a needed
command. Commands are in ASCII alphabetical order in the body of each
chapter.
Any default settings are noted in the command tables. Note that these are the
factory default settings and not the default parameter value assumed if no
parameter is specified.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 25

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Result Code This is a numeric or text code that is returned after all commands
(except resets)text codes are returned if verbose responses are enabled. Only
one result code is returned for a command line regardless of the number of
individual commands contained on the line.
Response This term indicates a response from the modem that is issued prior to
a result code. Reading registers or issuing commands that report information will
provide a response followed by a result code unless the command generates an
error.
Responses and result codes from the modem, or host system software prompts,
are shown in this font:
CONNECT 14400

26 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 2: AT Password Commands 2
Introduction
AT commands described in this document are password-protected.
This chapter describes how to enter and change the password.

Command summary
Table 2-1 on page 27 lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 2-1: AT password commands

Command Description Page

!ENTERCND Enable access to password-protected commands 28

!SETCND Set AT command password 28

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 27

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 2-2: AT command password details
Command Description

!ENTERCND Enable access to password-protected commands

Supporting chipsets Before you can use any password-protected AT commands, you must enter the password
All correctly using this command. The initial password is configured onto the modem during
manufacture. You can change the password using !SETCND. If you do not know the
password, contact your Sierra Wireless Account Manager.
Note: The execution Once the password has been entered correctly, the password-protected AT commands are
operation (=) is not available until the modem is reset or powered off and on.
password-protected. Usage:
Execution: AT!ENTERCND=<key>
Response: OK
Purpose: Unlock password-protected commands.
Query: AT!ENTERCND?
Response: <key> (if unlocked)
Purpose: This command is password-protected. After entering the password correctly
using the execution operation (=), you can use this command to display
the password as a reminder.
Parameters:
<key> (Password stored in NV memory)
Password must be entered with quotation marks. (For example,
AT!ENTERCND=ExamplePW.)
Password length: 410 characters (09, AZ, upper or lower case)
Characters may be entered in ASCII format, or in Hex format. (For example:
myPass3 or ABCDEF01234.)

!SETCND Set AT command password

Supporting chipsets Change the password used for the !ENTERCND command. (Before you can change the
All password using !SETCND, you must enable access to this command using !ENTERCND.)
Usage:
Execution: AT!SETCND=<key>
Response: OK
Purpose: Sets <Key> as the new password for accessing protected commands.
Parameters:
<key> (New password)
Password must be entered with quotation marks (for example,
AT!SETCND=NewPW).
Password length: 410 characters (09, AZ, upper or lower case)
Characters may be entered in ASCII format, or in Hex format. (For example:
myPass3 or ABCDEF01234.)

Warning: Do NOT enter a null password (that is, the <Key> cannot be ) you will NOT
be able to use password-protected commands, and will have to contact Sierra Wireless for
help to reset the password.

28 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 3: Modem Status, Customization, and Reset 3
Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to reset the modem, adjust
customization settings, retrieve the hardware version, and monitor
the temperature, voltage, and modem status.

Command summary
Table 3-1 lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 3-1: Modem status commands

Command Description Page

!AIN Read analog value from AUXV1 32

!ANTSEL Set/query external antenna select configuration 33

!BAND Select/return frequency band set 34

!BPLMNTIMER Set/return data inactivity timer value 36

!BSHWID Generate frequency on buzzer pin 38

!BSMCCHECK Return modem hardware version 37

!BZBUZZ Generate frequency on buzzer pin 38

!BZBUZZPLAY Generate melody on buzzer pin 39

!CMEN Enable/disable HSPA Compressed Mode stack functionality 39

!CUSTOM Set/return customization settings 40

!CWSETUP Set Connection Watchdog parameters 46

!CWSTATS Query/clear Connection Watchdog statistics 47

!DARPEN Enable/disable DARP for SAIC 47

!DIO Read/write from/to Digital I/O (DIO) channel 48

!DIOCFG Configure DIO channels 49

!DTMEN Enable/disable Dual Transfer Mode stack functionality 51

!EDAEN Configure protocol stack for EDA 52

!EQEN Enable/disable WCDMA L1 equalizer 52

!GCFEN Enable/disable GCF test mode 53

!GCFUIMTYPE Set/return current SIM type 53

!HSDCAT Set/return HSDPA category 54

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 29

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-1: Modem status commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!HSUCAT Set/report HSUPA category 54

!LEDCTRL Set/report LED control pattern 55

!LTENAS Configure LTE NAS settings 56

!MAPMTPDP Configure MT PDP port mapping 57

!MAPUART Map UART interface to a service 58

!MXPORTMAP Set/report MUX mode port mappings 58

!NASREL Set/report supported NAS release compliance version 59

!NVENCRYPTIMEI Write unencrypted IMEI to modem 60

!NVMUXMODE Set/report USB descriptor MUX mode 61

!NVNSCODE Return Network Subset codes 62

!NVOEM Set/report values of non-volatile (NV) memory items 63

!NVPLMN Provision PLMN list for Network Personalization locking 64

!NVPORTMAP /Change modem port mappings in non-MUX mode 65

!NVSPCODE Provision Network Service Provider code list 65

!PACKAGE Return package version string 66

!PCINFO Return power control status information 67

!PCOFFEN Set/return Power Off Enable state 68

!PCTEMPLIMITS Set/report temperature state limit values 69

!PCVOLTLIMITS Set/report power supply voltage state limit values 70

!PING Ping an IP address 71

!PRIID Set/report module PRI part number and revision 71

!REL Set/report active protocol/revision 72

!SCANTHRESH Set/report WCDMA Scan Threshold 73

!SCPROFSWOPT Set/report profiles software options 74

!SCROPROF Set/report profiles read-only flag 74

!SELACQ Select RAT acquisition order 75

!SIMRFSC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state 76

!SIMRSTC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state 77

!SKU Read modems SKU 77

!SLEEP Set/report Sleep Enable state 78

!UDPID Set/report product ID in USB descriptor 78

30 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-1: Modem status commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!UDUSBCOMP Set/report USB interface configuration 79

!UOOS Set/report UMTS Out of Service parameters 80

+WGETWK Return wake-up event type 80

+WHCNF Activate/deactivate modem hardware features 81

!WWKUP Enable/disable wake-up signals 83

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 31

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands
Command Description

!AIN Read analog value from AUXV1

Supporting chipsets: Return the raw ADC value from AUXV1.
MSM6290 Usage:
Query: AT!AIN?
Response: !AIN: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the raw ADC value from AUXV1.
Parameters:
<value> (Analog value from AUXV1)
Valid range: 0255

32 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!ANTSEL Set/query external antenna select configuration

Supporting chipsets: (This command is supported only on Mini Card devices.)
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Configure the device to drive (high or low) up to four GPIOs for specific bands. (If a
9200X 1.0 Release 2) GPIO is not needed for a specific band, it is identified as not required.)
When the device switches to a configured band, the GPIOs are driven as specified, and
MDM9600 the host uses those GPIOs to tune the external antenna appropriately. Note that this
feature is independent of the radio technology being used. For example, Band 5
corresponds to any 850-band technology (CDMA, WCDMA, LTE, GSM).

Note: Any change to GPIO configurations take effect after the modem is reset.

Note: System level testing should be performed to ensure that the antenna switching
feature does not introduce any handover issues. The tunable antenna should be
designed to ensure that it can retune in < 5 s (recommended) and < 10 s (maximum).

Usage:
Execution: AT!ANTSEL=<band>, <gpio1>, <gpio2>, <gpio3>[, <gpio4>]
Response: OK
Purpose: Configure the GPIOs for the specified <band>.
Query: AT!ANTSEL?
Response: BAND <band a>: <gpio1>, <gpio2>, <gpio3>[, <gpio4>]
BAND <band b>: <gpio1>, <gpio2>, <gpio3>[, <gpio4>]
...
OK
Purpose: Display the current external antenna select configuration.
Query List: AT!ANTSEL=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<band> (RF band)
3GPP band number. For a full listing of 3GPP band numbers, see Table 4-2 on
page 280.
Valid range: 060. Band support is product specificsee the devices Product
Specification or Product Technical Specification document for details.
<gpio1>, <gpio2>, <gpio3>, <gpio4> (GPIO configurations. Note: <gpio4> availability is
device-specificsee the appropriate Product Technical Specification for details.)
0=Logic low
1=Logic high
2=Not used for antenna selection (Default value for <gpio4>.)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 33

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BAND Select/return frequency band set

Supporting chipsets: Configure the modem to operate on a set of frequency bands, look up available sets,
create new sets, or return the current selection.
MDM6200
Usage:
MDM6270
Execution (Basic):
MDM8220 AT!BAND=<Index>
MDM9200 Response: OK
Purpose: Select an existing set of bands.
MDM9600
Execution (Extended):
QSC6270 AT!BAND=<Index>,<Name>,<GWmask>[,<Lmask>]
Response: OK
Note: The Basic command Purpose: Create a new set of bands.
and response versions are Query: AT!BAND?
used if you havent entered the Response: Index, Name[, GW Band Mask [, L Band Mask]]
required password. (See <Index>, <Name>[, <GWmask> [, <Lmask>]]
Command access on OK
page 14.) or (If the current band mask doesnt match a band set)
Unknown band mask. Use AT!BAND to set band.
<Index>
OK
Note: The Basic commands Purpose: Report the current band selection. (<GWmask> and <Lmask> may
and responses are also only appear in Extended responses.)
described in the AirCard/ Query List: AT!BAND=?
AirPrime Supported AT Response: Index, Name[, GW Band Mask [ L Band Mask]]
Command Reference. <Index1>, <Name1>[, <GWmask1> [, <Lmask1>]]
...
<IndexN>, <NameN>[, <GWmaskN> [, <LmaskN>]]
OK
Purpose: Display allowed <Index> values and descriptions of the associated
band sets.

(Continued on next page)

34 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BAND (continued) Select/return frequency band set (continued)

Parameters:
<Index> (Index of a band set. Use the Query List command to display all supported
sets)
Valid range: 013 (Hexadecimal. There are 20 possible values.)
<Name> (Name of the band set)
ASCII stringUp to 30 characters
<GWmask> (GSM/WCDMA bands included in the set)
Format: 32-bit bitmask
Valid values:
0000000000000003C850
0000000000000004C1900
0000000000000080G1800
0000000000000300G900 (EGSM/GSM)
0000000000080000G850
0000000000200000G1900
0000000000400000W2100
0000000000800000W1900
0000000002000000W1700
0000000004000000W850
0000000008000000W800
0002000000000000W900
<Lmask> (LTE bands included in the set)
Format: 32-bit bitmask
Valid values:
0000000000000001Band 1
0000000000000002Band 2
...
0000004000000000Band 39
0000008000000000Band 40

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 35

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BPLMNTIMER Set/return data inactivity timer value

Supporting chipsets: Set or return the GPRS data inactivity timer expiry value.
All The timer represents the time elapsed since the last time there was PS data traffic the
timer resets to zero each time PS data traffic is received.
After the timer expires, a background PLMN scan to find a home or more-preferred
PLMN network occurs (note that while the scan is in progress, data traffic is blocked).
Usage:
Execution: AT!BPLMNTIMER=<timer>
Result: OK
Purpose: Set the inactivity timer.
Query: AT!BPLMNTIMER?
Response: !BPLMNTIMER:
Recent Activity Timer (s): <timer>
OK
or !BPLMNTIMER:
Recent Activity Timer is not set, default is used
OK
Purpose: Display the current <timer> setting.
Parameters:
<timer> (Data inactivity timer, in seconds)
Valid range: 065535
Default: 45
!BSHWID Return modem hardware ID
Supporting chipsets: Return the modems hardware ID number.
All, with these exceptions: Usage:
MDM8200 (min f/w rev: Query: AT!BSHWID?
M2.0 Release 1)
Response: <HW ID value>
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: OK
K1_1_1_10ap or
Purpose: Return the modems <HW ID value>.
K2_0_3_1ap)
Parameters:
Note: This command is not <HW ID value> (Modems hardware ID)
password-protected. Valid range: 063

36 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BSMCCHECK Return modem hardware version

Supporting chipsets: Return the modems hardware (board) version number based on the hardware resistor.
All A similar command, ^HVER, returns the version number based on the FSN (see the
UMTS Modems Supported AT Command Reference, Document 2130617).
For MC879xV, use ^HVER.
Note: This command is not
password-protected. Usage:
Query: AT!BSMCCHECK?
Response: <hwRev>
OK
Purpose: Return the modems <HW ID value>.
Parameters:
<version> (Modems hardware version)
Valid values:
ENG1_1 Modem uses an Eng 1.1 board
ENG2_0 Modem uses an Eng 2.0 board
SPR1_D Modem uses an SPR 1D board
SPR1_V Modem uses an SPR 1V board
ENGXXX Modem uses a newer board that cannot be identified by the
current firmware version
PCB_ID_xMDM8200 devices only. (x is the hardware revision level)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 37

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BZBUZZ Generate frequency on buzzer pin

Supporting chipsets: Generate a pre-defined frequency on the modules BUZZER_EN pin using the modems
MDM6200 internal PWM (pulse wave modulation) generator.

Note: If BUZZER_EN is configured as a PWM output, use this command to generate a

specific frequency, or use !BZBUZZPLAY to generate a predefined melody.

Usage:
With BUZZER_EN configured as PWM output, use this command or !BZBUZZPLAY
to control the signal:
Execution: AT!BZBUZZ=<status>, <freq>
Response: OK
Purpose: Play (or stop playing) the frequency on the PWM output.
With BUZZER_EN configured as GPO (general purpose output), use this command
to control the signal:
Execution: AT!BZBUZZ=<status>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the BUZZER_EN pin to high or low.
Query: AT!BZBUZZ?
Response: !BZBUZZ: <status>[, <freq>]
OK
Purpose: Display current buzzer output state.
Query list: AT!BZBUZZ=?
Purpose: Display valid values for <status> and <freq> parameters.
Parameters:
<status> (BUZZER_EN pin output state)
0=Off (low voltage)
1=On (high voltage)
<freq> (Predefined frequency in Hz)
Valid values:
0
32
64
85
128
171
195
256
293
391
512
586
781
1172
1563
2344
3125
4688

38 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!BZBUZZPLAY Generate melody on buzzer pin

Supporting chipsets: Generate a pre-defined melody on the modules BUZZER_EN pin using the modems
MDM6200 internal PWM (pulse wave modulation) generator.

Note: BUZZER_EN must be configured as a PWM output. To generate a frequency

instead of a melody, use !BZBUZZPLAY.

Usage:
Query: AT!BZBUZZPLAY=<melody>
Response: OK
Purpose: Play the selected melody using the modules buzzer.
Parameters:
<melody> (Predefined melody)
Valid range: 17
!CMEN Enable/disable HSPA Compressed Mode stack functionality
Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable HSDPA and HSUPA (for supporting modules) compressed mode
functionality in the protocol stack. Typically, this command is used during testing of
All
production networks.

Note: Only the execution Usage:

operation (=) is password- Execution: AT!CMEN=<enableDPA>[, <enableUPA>]
protected. Response: OK
Purpose: Enable or disable HSDPA and HSUPA compressed modes.
Query: AT!CMEN?
Response: !CMEN:
HSDPA Compressed Mode: <enableDPA>
HSUPA Compressed Mode: <enableUPA>
OK
Purpose: Display current state of HSDPA and HSUPA compressed modes. If
the parameters have not previously been set, the default values are
returned.
Query list: AT!CMEN=?
Purpose: Display valid values for <enableDPA> and <enableUPA> parameters.
Parameters:
<enableDPA> (Enable/disable HSDPA compressed mode)
0 = Disable compressed mode
1 = Enable compressed mode (Default) This value is used for normal opera-
tions.
<enableUPA> (Enable/disable HSUPA compressed mode)
0 = Disable compressed mode
1 = Enable compressed mode (Default) This value is used for normal opera-
tions.
2 = Enable compressed mode but dont broadcast

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 39

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Set/return customization settings

Supporting chipsets: Set or return several customization values.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!CUSTOM=<customization>, <value>
Response: OK
Note: Some customizations
Purpose: Assign <value> to a specific <customization> setting.
may not be available for
Query: AT!CUSTOM?
certain chipsets, firmware
Response: (list of enabled <customization>s)
revisions, or devices.
OK
Purpose: Display customizations that are currently enabled.
Query list: AT!CUSTOM=?
Purpose: Return a list of valid <customization> values.
Parameters:
<value> (Value being assigned to a specific <customization> setting)
Descriptions are included in each of the customizations described below.
Numeric value. Valid range depends on the <customization> type.
<customization> (String identifying customization setting. The default value for all
customizations is 0.)

Note: Use quotation marks around the customization string. For example,
AT!CUSTOM=CSDOFF,0.

AUTONETWORKMODEIndicate if UE should revert to Automatic Network

mode after 60 seconds of Manual Network mode.
<value>:
0 = Remain in Manual.
1 = Revert to Automatic.
2 = Remain in Manual if UE is attached to the network, otherwise switch to
Automatic.
CFUNPERSISTENEnable/disable persistence (across power cycles) of
AT+CFUN setting.
<value>:
0 = Disable (+CFUN setting does not persist across power cycle)
1 = Enable (+CFUN setting persists across power cycle)
CPASCWRINGINDSet incoming (RINGING) vs. in-progress call priority for
+CPAS command.
<value>:
0 = Incoming call does not take priority over a call already in progress
(Default)
1 = Incoming call takes priority over a call already in progress
CSDOFFEnable/disable ability of UE to initiate CS calls.
<value>
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
(Continued on next page)

40 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Setquery customization settings (continued)

(continued) CSVOICEREJECTEnable/disable ability to ignore incoming voice call pages
on 3G channels.
<value>:
0 = Process pages as per 3GPP TS 24.008 specification (default)
1 = Ignore paging (type 1 and 2) messages
2 = Reject call setup (voice and circuit-switched VT), returning cause code 88
(Incompatible destination)
DISFDNPDPCHKEnable/disable FDN check for PS data calls.
<value>:
0 = Allow FDN checking
1 = Disable FDN when checking PDP activation number
2 = Disable FDN when checking SMSC address
3 = Disable FDN when checking PDP activation number and when checking
SMSC address
DISSTACKEnable/disable Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) codec
<value> (Bitmask):
00000000 = (Default) Enable AMR, including AMR-WB
00001000 = Disable AMR, including AMR-WB
00010000 = Disable AMR-WB only
GPSENABLEEnable the Mobile Originated (MO) and/or Mobile-Terminated
(MT) GPS feature (and present the NMEA port to the host).
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = MT & MO enabled
2 = MO enabled only
3 = MT enabled only
(MDM9200 3.0 release 2 or higher)
4 = NMEA port enabled; MT & MO enabled (unless GPS_DISABLE pin is
asserted)
(MDM9200 3.0 release 2 or higher)
5 = NMEA port enabled; MO enabled (unless GPS_DISABLE pin is asserted)
(MDM9200 3.0 release 2 or higher)
6 = NMEA port enabled; MT enabled (unless GPS_DISABLE pin is asserted)
GPSLPMEnable/disable GPS in Low Power Mode.
<value>:
0 = Enable (Default)
1 = Disable
GPSREFLOCEnable/disable reference GPS location reporting.
<value>:
0 = Enable (Default)
1 = Disable
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 41

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Set/query customization settings (continued)

(continued) GPSSELSelect GPS antenna (useful only for devices with both a GPS and a
shared GPS/Rx diversity antenna).
<value>:
0 = Use dedicated GPS antenna (Default)
1 = Use shared GPS/Rx diversity antenna
2 = Use dedicated GPS antenna, with bias voltage disabled
GPSSUPLSETIDValue used in the SUPL POS INIT messages SET ID field
(Note: Not supported by MDM9200)
<value>:
0 = IMSI (Default)
1 = MSISDN
HPPLMNSCDISSet HPLMN scan constraints.
<value>:
0 = Include foreign MCC
1 = Reject foreign MCC
HSDPATESTEnable/disable HSDPA test channel interface.
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
HSICONControl HSPA icon behavior.
<value>:
0 = Maintain HSPA icon if the bearer is revoked but remains on the same cell
1 = Revert to the UMTS icon if the bearer is revoked
HWCFGLOCKPrevent UART reconfiguration.
<value>:
0 = Disable (UART cannot be reconfigured)
1 = Enable (UART can be reconfigured)
ISVOICENEnable/disable voice functionality.
<value>:
0 = Disable voice-related CnS objects
1 = Enable voice-related CnS objects
2 = Disable voice on both CnS and AT interfaces
(Note: Voice functionality is available on the AT interface when <value> = 0
or 1.)
MEPCODEEnable/disable prompt for MEP code when incorrect SIM is
inserted.
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
(Continued on next page)

42 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Set/query customization settings (continued)

(continued) MEPLOCKSet MEP locking status.
<value>:
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, where <value> is represented by Bits 07:
Bit 0: Reserved, always 0
Bit 1: Network personalization:
0 = Not permanent
1 = Permanent
Bit 2: Network subset personalization:
0 = Not permanent
1 = Permanent
Bit 3: Service provider personalization:
0 = Not permanent
1 = Permanent
Bits 47: Reserved, always 0
Example: If <value> = 0, locking can be removed by the host using +CPIN or
+CLCK with the correct unlock code. If <value> = 2 (permanent network
personalization), locking cannot be removed.
MUXMODEOverride the MUX mode setting in the USB descriptor. (Note: Not
supported by MDM9200)
<value>:
0 = Do not override
1 = Enable MUX mode
2 = Disable MUX mode
NOGPRSEnable/disable indicator display (GPRS, EDGE, WCDMA, etc.).
<value>:
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
NOROAMEnable/disable roaming indicator display.
<value>:
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
PCSCDISABLEDetermine functionality of PCSC, GSM Algorithm and
Authenticate commands, and +CIMI command.
<value>:
07 (Default value = 0all functions enabled)
Bit 0: PCSC (0=Enable, 1=Disable)
Bit 1: GSM Algorithm and Authenticate commands (0=Enable, 1=Disable)
Bit 2: AT+CIMI outputs IMSI (0=Enable, 1=Disable)
PPPPROFAUTHIndicate source of authorization information (username,
password) for PPP session. (Note: Not supported by MDM9200)
<value>:
0 = (Default) Use profile 1, and obtain username/password from host
1 = Obtain username/password from default profile
2 = Obtain username/password from profile #1
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 43

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Set/query customization settings (continued)

(continued) PRLREGIONRegion-specific scanning algorithm.
<value>:
0 = Default (internal)
1 = Europe/rest of the world
2 = North America
3 = Australia
4 = Japan
5 or greater = Reserved
PUKPRMPTIndicate if host will prompt for PUK code if maximum number of
PIN unlock retries is exceeded.
<value>:
0 = Dont prompt
1 = Prompt
RADIORESETIndicate if modem should reset when coming out of Low
Power Mode (that is, if +CFUN=1). (Note: Not supported by MDM9200)
<value>:
0 = No reset (default)
1 = No reset
2 = Reset
RFINDENABLE (MC8795V with GPS-enabled only)Enable/disable RF
indicator for DIO-3 and DIO-4, showing GPS ON/OFF status and operating
band.
<value>:
0 = Disable (Default)
1 = Enable
When enabled:
DIO-3 (GPS status): 0 = GPS disabled; 1 = GPS enabled
DIO-4 (Operating band): 0 = 850/1900; 1 = 900/1800/2100
SCANPROFEnable/disable profile scan (try all profiles configured on card
until successful connection is found; the activated context becomes the new
default).
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
SIMLPMIndicate default SIM power state during Low Power Mode.
<value>:
0 = Default (device-dependent)
1 = Do not power down SIM in LPM
2 = Power down SIM in LPM
(Continued on next page)

44 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CUSTOM Set/query customization settings (continued)

(continued) SKUID(Deprecated: Use !PRIID instead of this customization) Assign a
unique SKU ID to the modem.
<value>:
Valid range: 0255
STARTLPMEnable/disable LPM (Low Power Mode) as the startup mode for
the user equipment.
<value>:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled (start UE in LPM)
STKUIENEnable/disable SIM toolkit UI.
MDM9200 (while in QMI mode) (f/w rev: SWI9200X_3.0-Release2,
SWI9200M_3.5-Beta3)
<value>:
0, 1 = Enable for QMI interface
2 = Enable for AT interface
All other chipsets (including MDM9200 not in QMI mode):
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable for CnS interface (AT disabled)
2 = Enable for AT interface (CnS disabled)
"TRUFLOWDISABLEEnable/disable TRU-Flow
<value>:
0 = TRU-Flow is enabled (default)
1 = TRU-Flow is disabled
USBDMDISABLEEnable/disable the USB DM port.
<value>:
0 = Enable (default)
1 = Disable
USBSERIALENABLEUse IMEI as USB serial number.
<value>:
0 = Do not use IMEI as USB serial number (default)
1 = Use IMEI as USB serial number
WAKEHOSTENEnable/disable host wake-up via SMS or incoming data
packet.
<value>:
0 = Disable (Host will not wake when SMS or incoming data packet is
received)
1 = Wake host when simple SMS is received.
2 = Wake host when incoming data packet is received.
WAPPUSHDATAEnable/disable processing of WAP Push data.
<value>:
0 = Disable
1 = Enable

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 45

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CWSETUP Set Connection Watchdog parameters

Supporting chipsets: Set the parameters used by the connection watchdog (CW) process.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!CWSETUP=<mode>, <pingIP>, <dnsName>, <rxInt>, <valInt>,
<reset>
S2.0)
Response: OK
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: or ERROR
K2.0 Release 2) Purpose: Set new CW parameters as specified.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Query: AT!CWSETUP?
S2.0) Response: AT!CWSETUP:<mode>, <pingIP>, <dnsName>, <rxInt>,
<valInt>, <reset>
OK
Note: This command is not
Purpose: Return current CW parameters.
password protected.
Parameters:
<mode> (CW operation mode)
0 = Disabled
1 = Uses ping method
2 = Uses DNS lookup method
<pingIP> (Ping server IP address)
Standard IP address format. For example, 192.168.0.255
<dnsName> (Domain name for DNS lookup)
Length: Up to 128 characters
Example: www.sierrawireless.com
If <mode=1>, the name can be a null string ()
<rxInt> (Interval between checks for new received data)
The number of minutes the modem waits between checks for new received data.
Valid range: 11440
<valInt> (Interval between CW method validation attempts)
The number of minutes the modem waits between attempts to validate the CW
method, until successful.
Valid range: 1110
<reset> (Reset required on bad connection detection)
0 = Reestablish data connection when CW detects a bad connection (Reset not
required).
1 = Reset modem when CW detects a bad connection.

46 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!CWSTATS Query/clear Connection Watchdog statistics

Supporting chipsets: Returns connection watchdog (CW) statistics collected since the last time the device
powered up, or since the statistics were cleared.
MDM6200
This command also used to clear the statistics.
MDM6270 (min f/w rev:
Usage:
S2.0)
Query: AT!CWSTATS?
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Response: State: <state>
K2.0 Release 2) Check Counter: <checkCounter>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Reset/Disconnect Count: <resetCounter>
S2.0) Purpose: Return current CW statistics.
Execution: AT!CWSTATS=0
Response: OK
Note: This command is not
or ERROR
password protected.
Purpose: Reset <counter> and <resetCounter> to 0.
Parameters:
<state> (Current CW state)
Valid values:
Off
Validating
Active
<checkCounter> (Number of times CW checked connection (via ping/DNS lookup)
since last power-up)
Range: 065535
<resetCounter> (Number of times CW caused a reset or disconnect)
Range: 065535
!DARPEN Enable/disable DARP for SAIC
Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable Downlink Advanced Receiver Performance (DARP) for Single-
Antenna Interference Cancellation (SAIC).
All
Usage:
Execution: AT!DARPEN=<enableFlag>
Note: Only the execution Response: OK
operation (=) is password- Purpose: Enable or disable SAIC-DARP.
protected. Query: AT!DARPEN?
Response: !DARPEN:
<enableFlag>
OK
Purpose: Display the current <enableFlag> settingthis shows whether
SAIC-DARP is enabled or disabled. If the command returns ERROR,
SAIC-DARP is assumed to be enabled.
Query list: AT!DARPEN=?
Purpose: Display a list of valid <enableFlag> values.
Parameters:
<enableFlag> (Enable/disable SAIC-DARP mode)
0 = Disable SAIC-DARP
1 = Enable SAIC-DARP (Default) This value is used for normal operations.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 47

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!DIO Read/write from/to Digital I/O (DIO) channel

Supporting chipsets: Read from or write to a DIO channel that has been configured and enabled using
!DIOCFG.
MDM6200
Usage:
MDM6270 (min f/w rev:
Execution: AT!DIO=<channel>, <output value>]
S2.0)
Response: OK
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Purpose: Output (write) a logic low or logic high to the specified DIO channel.
K1_1_1_3ap) Query: AT!DIO?<channel>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Response: !DIO: <channel>,<input value>
S2.0) OK
Purpose: Read the logic level at the specified DIO channel (the last value
written to the DIO channel).
Note: This command is not
Query list: AT!DIO=?
password-protected.
Purpose: Display the write command format and allowed parameter values.
Parameters:
<channel> (Digital I/O channel)
Valid range: 1[number of channels available] (See !DIOCFG for channel
details.)
<input value> (Logic level on specified <channel>)
0 = Logic low
1 = Logic high
<output value> (Logic level output to specified <channel>)
0 = Output logic low
1 = Output logic high

48 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!DIOCFG Configure DIO channels

Supporting chipsets: Configure specific GPIOs for DIO (digital I/O) operation.
MDM6200 If a DIO channel is disabled, the GPIO maintains its default functionality.
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: After a channel is configured and enabled, it can be used for input or output (as
S2.0) appropriate) using !DIO. See the tables below for channel configuration details.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Input DIO channelsChoice to register level change notifications associated with
K1_1_1_3ap) the corresponding DIO channels is specified as part of the configuration.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Output DIO channelsInitial value to write to the DIO channel is specified as part of
S2.0) the configuration.
MSM6290-based devices
Note: This command is not Input channels can be configured for pull-up (P-Up) or pull-down (P-Dn) operation
some restrictions apply to GPIOs connected to external resistors.
password-protected.
Host Input
DIO
connector GPIO Output
channel
pin Pull-up Pull-down Rexta

1 MIO_06 32 b 100k b

2 MIO_16 28 b b *c b

3 MIO_28 43 b b b

4 MIO_30 27 b 2k2 b

a. External pull-up resistor

b. Supports programmable option
c. Some development kits have this pin pulled up via 10K for SD support

MDM6200-based devices

DIO channel Host connector pin GPIO

1a GPIO_0 87

2 GPIO_1 77

3 GPIO_2 76

4 GPIO_3 75

a. Cannot program as input or output if Tx burst indication has been enabled by +WTBI.
MDM6270/QSC6270-based devices

DIO channel Host connector pin GPIO

1 GPIO_0 26

2 GPIO_1 25

3 GPIO_2 24

4 BUZZER_EN 29

(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 49

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!DIOCFG (continued) Configure DIO channels (continued)

Usage:
Execution: First use: AT!DIOCFG=<channel>, <enable>, <type>, <initval/notify>
Second use: AT!DIOCFG=<channel>, <enable>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Configure the specified <channel> (all parameters required), or
enable/disable the already configured <channel> (only <channel> and
<enable> are required).
An ERROR is returned if the specified DIO channel is not configured.
Query: AT!DIOCFG?<channel>
Response: !DIOCFG: <channel>,<enable>,<type>,<initval/notify>
or ERROR (Unconfigured channel or channel out of range)
Purpose: Display the current configuration for the specified <channel>.
Query list: AT!DIOCFG=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and allowed parameter values.
Parameters:
<channel> (DIO channel)
Valid range: 1[number of channels available]
<enable> (Enable/disable DIO channel flag)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
<type> (DIO channel Input/output type)
0 = Output
1 = Input with pull-up resistor
2 = Input with pull-down resistor
<initval/notify> (Initial output value, or input change notification option)
Inputs
0 = Disable input level change notifications
1 = Enable input level change notifications
Outputs
0 = Set output to logic low at power-up
1 = Set output to logic high at power-up

50 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!DTMEN Enable/disable Dual Transfer Mode stack functionality

Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) and Enhanced DTM (EDTM) functionality
in the stack.
All
Note: The command is only available on devices that support DTM. The second
Note: Only the execution parameter (<enableEDTM>) is only available if EDTM is also supported.
operation (=) is password-
protected. Usage:
Execution: AT!DTMEN=<enableDTM> (if EDTM is not supported)
or AT!DTMEN=<enableDTM, <enableEDTM> (if EDTM is not supported)
Response: OK
Purpose: Enables or disables DTM, and EDTM (if supported).
Query: AT!DTMEN?
Response: !DTMEN: (if EDTM is not supported)
<enableDTM>
OK
or !DTMEN: (if EDTM is supported)
DTM: 01
EDTM: 01
OK
Purpose: Indicates the current state (disabled/enabled) of DTM and, if
supported, EDTM support. If the command returns ERROR, DTM and
EDTM are assumed to be enabled.
Query list: AT!DTMEN=?
Purpose: Returns a list of valid <enableDTM> and, if supported, valid
<enableEDTM> values.
Parameters:
<enableDTM> (Enable/disable Dual Transfer Mode)
0 = Disable DTM
1 = Enable DTM (Default) Value used for normal operations.
<enableEDTM> (Enable/disable Enhanced Dual Transfer Mode)
0 = Disable EDTM
1 = Enable EDTM (Default) Value used for normal operations.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 51

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!EDAEN Configure protocol stack for EDA

Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable EDA (Extended Dynamic Allocation) functionality in the stack.
All
Note: This command is only supported on devices that support EDA.
Note: Only the execution
operation (=) is password- Usage:
protected. Execution: AT!EDAEN=<enableFlag>
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable or disable EDA.
Query: AT!EDAEN?
Response: !EDAEN:
<enableFlag>
OK
Purpose: Display the current <enableFlag> settingthis shows whether EDA is
enabled or disabled. If ERROR is returned, assume that EDA is
enabled.
Query list: AT!EDAEN=?
Purpose: Return a list of valid <enableFlag> values.
Parameters:
<enableFlag> (Enable/disable EDA)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable (Default) This value is used for normal operations.
!EQEN Enable/disable WCDMA L1 equalizer
Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable the modems WCDMA L1 equalizer.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!EQEN=<enableFlag>
Response: OK
Note: Only the execution
Purpose: Enable/disable the L1 equalizer.
operation (=) is password-
Query: AT!EQEN?
protected.
Response: !EQEN:
<enableFlag>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <enableFlag> value.
Query List: AT!EQEN=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported <enableFlag> values.
Parameters:
<enableFlag> (Enable/disable L1 equalizer)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable (Default)

52 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!GCFEN Enable/disable GCF test mode

Supporting chipsets: Place the modem in GCF testing mode or normal operating mode.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!GCFEN=<enableFlag>
Response: OK
Note: Only the execution
Purpose: Place the modem in GCF testing mode or normal operating mode.
operation (=) is password-
Query: AT!GCFEN?
protected.
Response: !GCFEN:
<enableFlag>
OK
Purpose: Display the modems current mode.
Query List: AT!GCFEN=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported <enableFlag> values.
Parameters:
<enableFlag> (Enable/disable GCF testing)
0 = Disable GCF test mode (Default) This value is used for normal operations.
1 = Enable GCF test mode.
!GCFUIMTYPE Set/return current SIM type
Supporting chipsets: Indicate (for GCF testing) the type of SIM that is installed in the module.
All Usage:
Query: AT!GCFUIMTYPE?
Note: Only the execution Response: !GCFUIMTYPE:
operation (=) is password- <simType>
protected. Purpose: Return the type of SIM that is installed in the module (the current
<simType> value).
Query list: AT!GCFUIMTYPE=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported SIM types.
Execution: AT!GCFUIMTYPE=<simType>
Response: OK
Purpose: Indicate the type of SIM that is installedthe SIM type (2G SIM or 3G
USIM) determines how the module behaves for GCF testing and
normal operation. During GCF testing, using the 2G SIM type enables
the module to pass some tests that cannot be passed using the 3G
USIM type.
Parameters:
<simType> (Installed SIM type)
0 = 2G SIM This value is required to pass GCF testing.
1 = 3G USIM (Default) This value should be used for normal operations.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 53

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!HSDCAT Set/return HSDPA category

Supporting chipsets: Indicate the UEs current HSDPA category.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!HSDCAT=<category>
Response: OK
Note: This command is not
Purpose: Set the HSDPA category.
password-protected.
Query: AT!HSDCAT?
Response: !HSDCAT: <category>
OK
Purpose: Return the current HSDPA <category>
Query list: AT!HSDCAT=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported <category> values.
Parameters:
<category> (HSDPA category)
Valid values: 6, 8, 12 (For descriptions of HSDPA categories, see Table C-1 on
page 277.)

Note: Older model UEs do not support the higher-speed HSDPA categories.

!HSUCAT Set/report HSUPA category

Supporting chipsets: Indicate the UEs current HSUPA category.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM8200 Execution: AT!HSUCAT=<category>
Response: OK
MDM8200A
Purpose: Set the HSUPA category.
MDM8220 Query: AT!HSUCAT?
MDM9200 Response: !HSUCAT: <category>
OK
MDM9600
Purpose: Return the current HSUPA <category>
MSM6290 Query list: AT!HSUCAT=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported <category> values.
Note: This command is not Parameters:
password-protected. <category> (HSUPA category)
Valid values: 3, 5 (For descriptions of HSUPA categories, see Table C-2 on
page 277.)

Note: Older model UEs do not support HSUPA.

54 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!LEDCTRL Set/report LED control pattern

Supporting chipsets: Control the pattern-flashing behavior of the LED. See the devices Product Specification
or Product Technical Specification document for default behavior.
All, with these exceptions:
Usage:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K1_1_0_5ap) Execution: AT!LEDCTRL=<index>, <period>,<ontime>,<invert>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the LED behavior for the indicated pattern and indicate if the on/
Note: MDM6200, MDM6270, off pattern should be inverted.
MSM6290, and QSC6270 Note: <invert> may not be available on some chipsets.
include <invert> parameter. Query: AT!LEDCTRL?
Response: <index1>:<period>,<ontime>,<invert>
...
<indexn>:<period>,<ontime>,<invert>
Purpose: Return a list of supported patterns.
Note: <invert> may not be available on some chipsets.
Parameters:
<index> (Pattern number)
0 = OFF pattern
1 = Searching for service
2 = Attached to network
3 = Connected (has an active context)
4 = Low power (airplane) mode
5 = Connected and transferring data (has an active context, and packet switched
data is being passed).
<period> (Length of repeating pattern)
<period> <ontime>
Unit of measurement: 100 ms
<ontime> (LED stays on for this amount of time per <period>)
<ontime> <period>
Unit of measurement: 100 ms
<invert> (Keep or reverse the on/off LED pattern)
0 = Display normal LED pattern
1 = Invert the LED pattern (<period> - <ontime>).
For example, if the LED is normally on for 50 ms and off for 25 ms, it is now off
for 50 ms and on for 25 ms.
Examples:
AT!LEDCTRL=1,52,50
While searching for a network, the LED stays on for 5 seconds out of every
5.2 seconds.
AT!LEDCTRL=3,5,4
While in a call, the LED stays on for 0.4 seconds out of every 0.5 seconds.
AT!LEDCTRL=3,5,4,0
Same behavior. LED stays on for 0.4 seconds out of every 0.5 seconds.
AT!LEDCTRL=3,5,4,1
Invert the LED behavior. The LED stays off for 0.4 out of every 0.5 seconds.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 55

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!LTENAS Configure LTE NAS settings

Supporting chipsets: Configure LTE NAS-related settings.
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!LTENAS=<bitmask><FPLMNtime>
MDM9600 Response: <bitmask>
<FPLMNtime>
Purpose: Set LTE NAS-related settings.
Note: This command is not Query: AT!LTENAS?
password-protected. Response: LSTI: <lsti>
GERAN Cap: <geran>
Disable GUTI Security check: <guti>
Temp Forbidden PLMN: <FPLMNtime>

OK
Purpose: Report the current settings.
Query List: AT!LTENAS=?
Purpose: Return the command format and the supported parameter values.
Parameters:
<bitmask> (8-bit mask that identifies LTE NAS-related settings)
Displayed/entered as hexadecimal value
Bit 0: <lsti>
Bit 1: <geran>
Bit 2: <guti>
<FPLMNtime> (Temporary Forbidden PLMN backoff time)
Displayed/entered as hexadecimal value
0x0=Disable feature (Default)
0x10xFFFFFFFE=Backoff time (in ms)
0xFFFFFFFF=Use the user equipments Timer T3402 time as backoff time
<lsti> (LTE/SAE Trial Initiative)
0=Disabled
1=Enabled
<geran> (GERAN Cap)
0=Disabled
1=Enabled
<guti> (GUTI and NAS security check)
0=Disabled
1=Enabled

56 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!MAPMTPDP Configure MT PDP port mapping

Supporting chipsets: Configure the SIO port mapping for the mobile terminated (MT) PDP context.
All, with these exceptions: MT PDP can be mapped over:
MDM8200 (min f/w rev: AT command portThe modem alerts the host by sending a RING. The number of
M2.0 Release 1) rings is set using the !S0 command. The host must respond with ATA within
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: 5 seconds, otherwise the modem will reject the MT PDP call.
K1.1 Release 2) NDISThe modem alerts the NDIS driver of the MT PDP call.
Usage:
Note: This command is not
Execution: AT!MAPMTPDP=<service>
password-protected.
Response: OK
Purpose: Map the MT PDP context to the specified service. This takes effect
after the modem is reset.
Query: AT!MAPMTPDP?
Response: !MAPMTPDP: <service>
OK
Purpose: Reports the current service mapping.
Query List: AT!MAPMTPDP=?
Purpose: Return the command format and the supported <service> values.
Parameters:
<service> (Supported service)
0 = MT PDP disabled
1 = AT command
2 = Reserved
3 = NDIS (default)
4 = Reserved
5 = PDP1 service (not supported)
6 = PDP2 service (not supported)
7 = PDP3 service (not supported)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 57

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!MAPUART Map UART interface to a service

Supporting chipsets: Map the UART interface to a service (in MUX or non-MUX mode). Any change to the
service mapping takes effect after the modem is reset.
MDM6200
Once the UART interface is mapped, an application can access the functions offered by
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: the service over the UART interface.
S2.0)
Usage:
MDM8200A
Execution: AT!MAPUART=<service>
MDM8220 Response: OK
MDM9200 or ERROR (unsupported service)
MDM9600 Purpose: Map a supported service to the UART interface.
Query: AT!MAPUART?
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
Response: !MAPUART: <service>
K1.1 Release 1) OK
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Purpose: Report which service is currently mapped to the UART interface.
S2.0) Query List: AT!MAPUART=?
Purpose: Return the command format and the supported <service> values.
Parameters:
<service> (Supported services)
0 = No service mapped; UART disabled
1 = AT command processor/data service (MUX/non-MUX)
2 = Diagnostic Message (DM) service (MUX/non-MUX)
3 = Reserved
4 = NMEA (GPS) service (non-MUX)
5 = PDP1 service (non-MUX)
6 = PDP2 service (non-MUX)
7 = PDP3 service (non-MUX) (Default)
!MXPORTMAP Set/report MUX mode port mappings
Set the modems MUX-mode DLCI port mappings for AT and PDP2.
Supporting chipsets:
Usage:
MDM6200
Query: AT!MXPORTMAP?
MDM6270
Response: <mode>
MSM6290 OK
QSC6270 Purpose: Report the current port mapping.
Execution: AT!MUXMODE=<mode>
Response: OK
Purpose: Select the new port mapping.
Parameters:
<mode> (Port map used in MUX-mode)
00 = Default
AT uses DLCI port 2
PDP2 uses DLCI port 6
01 = Carrier-specific
AT uses DLCI port 6
PDP2 uses DLCI port 2

58 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NASREL Set/report supported NAS release compliance version

Configure the modem to support a specific NAS (Non-Access Stratum) release
Supporting chipsets:
compliance version.
All
Usage:
Execution: AT!NASREL=<nasrel>
Note: Only the execution Response: OK
operation (=) is password- Purpose: Set the desired version (<nasrel>).
protected. Query: AT!NASREL?
Response: !NASREL:
NAS Release: Release 5 (or Release 99)
OK
Purpose: Report the NAS release compliance version currently being used.
Query List: AT!NASREL=?
Purpose: Return the command format (for !NASREL = ) and the supported
parameter values.
Parameters:
<nasrel> (NAS release compliance version)
00 = Release 99 (Default)
01 = Release 5

Note: If you use !REL, use the default value (1) for that commands <sgsnr> and
<mscr> parameters. You must choose the appropriate compliance version using
!NASREL.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 59

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVENCRYPTIMEI Write unencrypted IMEI to modem

Supporting chipsets: Write an unencrypted IMEI to a modem if the modem does not already have an IMEI
the command can only be used once per modem.
All
The IMEI is a fifteen digit string formed by concatenating the following elements:
TAC code (8 digits)
SN (Serial number) (6 digits)
CheckDigit (1 digit calculated from TAC code and SN)
The CheckDigit is calculated as follows:
1. Label the fourteen digits in the TAC and SN as:
TAC: D14..D7
SN: D6..D1
For example:
TAC = 12345678 (1 is D14, 8 is D7)
SN = 901234 (9 is D6, 4 is D1)
2. Double the value of each odd-labeled digit (D13, D11, ..., D1).
3. Add the values of each individual digit from the result of Step 2.
4. Add the even-labeled digits (D14, D12, ..., D2) to the result of Step 3.
5. Check the last digit of the result of Step 4. If it is 0, the CheckDigit is 0; if it is not
0, subtract it from 10 to get the CheckDigit.
For example:
TAC (12345678) SN (901234)
Step 1: Label the digits of the TAC and SN.
D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
Step 2: Double the odd-labeled values:
D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

1 4 3 8 5 12 7 16 9 0 1 4 3 8
Step 3: Add each digit of the odd-labeled values:
4 + 8 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 6) + 0 + 4 + 8 = 34
Step 4: Add each digit of the even-labeled values to the Step 3 total:
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 1 + 3 +34 = 63
Step 5: Check last digit of Step 4 total.
CheckDigit = 10 - 3 = 7
Result: IMEI = TAC:SN:CheckDigit
= 123456789012347
Usage:
Execution: AT!NVENCRYPTIMEI=<P1>, <P2>, <P3>, <P4>, <P5>, <P6>, <P7>,
<P8>
Response: OK
Purpose: Write the unencrypted IMEI to the modem.

(Continued on next page)

60 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVENCRYPTIMEI Write unencrypted IMEI to modem (continued)

(continued) Parameters:
<P1> to <P8> (IMEI segments)
<P1> = IMEI[0..1]; <P2> = IMEI[2..3]; ...; <P8> = IMEI[14..15]
<P1> to <P4> represent the TAC
<P5> to <P7> represent the SNR
<P8> represents the CheckDigit plus a padding digit (0)
Example:
Using the example IMEI shown above:
AT!NVENCRYPTIMEI=12,34,56,78,90,12,34,70

!NVMUXMODE Set/report USB descriptor MUX mode

Supporting chipsets: Change the mode (MUX/non-MUX) in which the Windows driver operates.
MDM6270 In non-MUX mode, supported ports are:
QSC6270 Data (endpoint 2), HIP carrying CnS and DM (endpoint 4), and AT (endpoint 5).
These default port assignments can be changed using the !NVPORTSET (UMTS
Modems Supported AT Command Reference, Document 2130617) command.
In MUX mode, services are multiplexed over endpoint 2. Supported ports are AT (DLCI-
1), DM (DLCI-2), HIP carrying CnS (DLCI-3), and Data (DLCI-5). NMEA is also
supported on DLCI-4 for GPS-enabled modules.

Note: This command requires the following minimum Windows driver revisions:
- USB: 2.2.1.0
- NDIS: 2.2.0.0

Usage:
Query List: AT!NVMUXMODE=?
Purpose: Return a list of valid <mode> values.
Query: AT!NVMUXMODE?
Response: <mode>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <mode> setting.
Execution: AT!NVMUXMODE=<mode>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set MUX mode on or off, or indicate that the current setting should be
used.
Parameters:
<mode> (MUX mode state)
0 = Default. Use the current MUX mode setting in the USB descriptor
1 = Windows driver operates in MUX mode
2 = Windows driver operates in non-MUX mode

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 61

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVNSCODE Return Network Subset codes

Supporting chipsets: Return the provisioned list of Network Subset codes used for Network Subset
Personalization locking.
All, with these exceptions:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K1_0_2_11ap) Usage:
Query: AT!NVNSCODE?
Response: (list of <NSCode> items)
OK
Purpose: Return the list of Network Subset codes used for Network Subset
Personalization locking.
Execution: AT!NVNSCODE=<NSCode>
Response: OK
Purpose: Add a network subset code to the list used for Network Subset
Personalization locking.
Parameters:
<NSCode> (Network Subset Code)
Format: 99Two digit numeric code

62 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVOEM Set/report values of non-volatile (NV) memory items

Supporting chipsets: Read or write the values of specific modem operation values held in NV memory.
All Usage:
Query List: AT!NVOEM=?
Purpose: Return a list of NV items that can be read or written.
Note: The read version
Query: AT!NVOEM?<item>
(!NVOEM?<item>) of this
Response: <value1> ... <valuen>
command is not password-
OK
protected.
Purpose: Return the current configuration of the specified <item> in 1-byte
<value>s (displayed as hexadecimal values)
Execution: AT!NVOEM=<item>, <value1>, ..., <valuen>
Response: OK
Purpose: Write the specified configuration <values> (1-byte each) to the NV
<item>
Parameters:
<item> (A supported NV item)
Valid values:
GMSCLASSGPRS MS class
EMSCLASS EDGE MS class
FTM_MODE FTM enable
GERANFP1 GERAN FP 1 enable
GSMA5ALG A5 encryption support
GEAALG GEA encryption support

Note: Do not type the quotation marks when you enter the command.

<value> (Single byte of NV configuration item)

Represented as hexadecimal ASCII
Valid range: 00FF
Example 1 Read:
Input: AT!NVOEM?GMSCLASS
Output: 0C
OK
Example 2 Assign:
Input: AT!NVOEM=GMSCLASS, 0C
Output: OK

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 63

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVPLMN Provision PLMN list for Network Personalization locking

Supporting chipsets: Provision the list of PLMN (MCC/MNC pairs) used for Network Personalization locking.
All Usage:
Query: AT!NVPLMN?
Response: <MCC> <MNC>
...
OK
Purpose: Return a list of NV items that can be read or written.
Execution: AT!NVPLMN=<MCC1>, <MNC1>, ..., <MCCn>, <MNCn>
Response: OK
Purpose: Add up to six MCC/MNC pairs to the PLMN list
Note: Execution can be performed one time only (all MCC/MNC pairs must
be set at the same time).
Parameters:
<MCC> (Mobile Country Code)
3 digits
<MNC> (Mobile Network Code)
2 digits

Note: This command has no effect on operations when using Sierra Wireless 27.010
MUX mode drivers.

64 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!NVPORTMAP /Change modem port mappings in non-MUX mode

Supporting chipsets: Change the modem port mappings in non-MUX modethe modem must be in online
mode (not FTM mode) for this to work.
MSM6290
Usage:
Execution: AT!NVPORTMAP=<normMode>[, <diagMode>]
Note: The modem must be in Response: OK
online mode to use this Purpose: Set normal mode and diagnostic mode port mappings.
command. Query: AT!NVPORTMAP?
Response: <normMode>,<diagMode>
OK
Purpose: Return current port mappings for normal mode and diagnostic mode.
Parameters:
<normMode> (Port map in normal mode)
00 = ATUART
04 = ATEP2, DMUART
05 = ATEP5, DataEP2 (Recommended default)
06 = ATEP2, DataEP5
<diagMode> (Port map in diagnostic mode (optional))
00 = ATUART
04 = ATEP2, DMUART
05 = ATEP5, DataEP2
06 = ATEP2, DataEP5

Note: This command has no effect on operations when using Sierra Wireless 27.010
MUX mode drivers.

!NVSPCODE Provision Network Service Provider code list

Supporting chipsets: Provisions the list of Network Service Provider codes that are used for Network Service
Provider Personalization locking.
All, with these exceptions:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K2_0_7_24ap) Usage:
Query: AT!NVSPCODE?
Response: SP Code:
(list of <SP Code> values)
OK
Purpose: Provision the list of Network Service Provider codes.
Execution: AT!NVSPCODE=<SP Code>
Response: OK
Purpose: Add a Network Service Provider code to the list.
Parameters:
<SP Code> (Service Provider Code)
Format: 12 digits

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 65

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PACKAGE Return package version string

Supporting chipsets: This command returns the package version loaded in the modem.
MDM9600 Usage:
Query: AT!PACKAGE?
Response: !PACKAGE:<versionString>
Note: This command is not OK
password-protected. Purpose: Return the package version string.
Parameters:
<versionString>
Character string
Example: MC7750_01.00.02.03_00_VZW_011.006_000

66 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PCINFO Return power control status information

Supporting chipsets: Return the modems power control status information.
All Usage:
Query: AT!PCINFO?
Note: This command is not Response: State: <state>
password-protected. LPM force flags: W_DISABLE: <0|1>, User:<0|1>, Temp:<0|1>,
Volt:<0|1> (0=Did not cause, 1=Caused)
W_DISABLE: <w_disable>
Poweroff mode: <pwroff>
User initiated LPM: <userlpm>
OK
Purpose: Return power control information.

Note: In firmware revisions D0_0_4_1ap and earlier, Poweroff enabled: <pwroff>

replaces Poweroff mode: <pwroff>

Parameters:
<state> (The modems power mode)
0 = Low Power Mode (LPM)
1 = Online
2 = Offline
3 = Power off (internal)
4 = Initialization (internal)
<LPM force flags> (Conditions that caused modem to enter LPM. 0=did not cause,
1 = caused)
W_DISABLE: W_DISABLE is asserted
USER: CnS/AT command was issued
TEMP: Temperature is outside operational limits
VOLT: Voltage is outside operational limits
<w_disable> (Current state of W_DISABLE)
0 = De-asserted
1 = Asserted
<pwroff>
Firmware revisions D0_0_4_1ap and earlier: State of Power Off Enable
featurepreset by device manufacturer:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Firmware revisions D0_0_4_2ap and later: Current power off modepreset by
device manufacturer:
0 = Enter LPM when W_DISABLE is asserted
1 = Power down modem when W_DISABLE is asserted
2 = Ignore changes on W_DISABLE
<userlpm> (State of user-initiated low power mode)
0 = Disabled (normal power mode)
1 = Enabled (low power mode)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 67

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PCOFFEN Set/return Power Off Enable state

Supporting chipsets: The modem can be configured to enter low power mode or power off when W_DISABLE
is asserted. (This is called the Power Off Enable feature.)
All
Use this command to indicate or set the Power Off Enable feature state.
Usage:
Execution: AT!PCOFFEN=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the current state.
Query: AT!PCOFFEN?
Response: <state>
OK
Purpose: Report the current <state>.
Parameters:
<state> (Current state of Power Off Enable)
0 = Modem will enter LPM (low power mode) when W_DISABLE is asserted.
1 = (Mini Card devices only) Modem will power off when W_DISABLE is
asserted.
2 = Ignore changes on W_DISABLE.
Default value:
MDM6200, MDM6720, QSC6720: 0 (Enter LPM when W_DISABLE is
asserted)
All other chipsets: 1 (Power off when W_DISABLE is asserted))

68 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PCTEMPLIMITS Set/report temperature state limit values

Supporting chipsets: Certain modem functionality is affected by the modems temperature state. The possible
temperature states are high critical, high warning, high normal, low normal, and low
All
critical.
Use this command to report or set the limits that correspond to these temperature
states.
To display the current temperature and temperature state, see AT!PCTEMP in UMTS
Modems Supported AT Command Reference, Document 2130617.
Usage:
Execution: AT!PCTEMPLIMITS=<hc>,<hw>,<hn>,<ln>,<lc>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the temperature limits for each state (all five values must be
specified).
Query: AT!PCTEMPLIMITS?
Response: HI CRIT: <hc>
HI WARN: <hw>
HI NORM: <hn>
LO NORM: <ln>
LO CRIT: <lc>
Purpose: Return the temperature limits for each state.
Parameters:
<hc> (High Critical)
Temperature limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document
or Product Technical Specification)
<hw> (High Warning)
Temperature limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document
or Product Technical Specification)
<hn>(High Normal)
Temperature limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document
or Product Technical Specification)
<ln> (Low Normal)
Temperature limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document
or Product Technical Specification)
<lc> (Low Critical)
Temperature limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document
or Product Technical Specification)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 69

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PCVOLTLIMITS Set/report power supply voltage state limit values

Supporting chipsets: Certain modem functionality is affected by the modems power supply voltage state. The
possible voltage states are high critical, high normal, low normal, low warning, and low
All critical.
Use this command to report or set the limits that correspond to these voltage states.
Usage:
Execution: AT!PCVOLTLIMITS=<hc>,<hn>,<ln>,<lw>,<lc>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the voltage limits for each state (all five values must be specified).
Query: AT!PCVOLTLIMITS?
Response: HI CRIT: <hc>
HI NORM: <hn>
LO NORM: <ln>
LO WARN: <lw>
LO CRIT: <lc>
Purpose: Return the voltage limits for each state.
Parameters:
<hc> (High Critical)
Voltage limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document or
Product Technical Specification)
<hw> (High Normal)
Voltage limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document or
Product Technical Specification)
<ln> (Low Normal)
Voltage limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document or
Product Technical Specification)
<lw> (Low Warning)
Voltage limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document or
Product Technical Specification)
<lc> (Low Critical)
Voltage limit varies by device (see device Product Specification Document or
Product Technical Specification)

70 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!PING Ping an IP address

Supporting chipsets: Ping an IP address, waiting for a specified (or default) timeout period for a response.
All, with these exceptions: Usage:
MDM8200 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!PING=<ipAddr>[,<timeout>]
M2.0 Release 2) Response: !PING: Reply from <ipAddr> time=<1-10000> ms
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: OK
K1.1 Release 2) or !PING: Timeout from <ipAddr>
OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Send a ping request to the specified <ipAddr> and wait for a response.
An ERROR is returned if there is no data connection, or if the modem
was unable to open a socket, or if the ping response did not match the
request.
Parameters:
<ipAddr> (IP address being pinged)
Standard IP address format. For example, 192.168.0.255
<timeout> (Time to wait for a ping response)
0 = Default (4000 ms)
110000 = Timeout period in milliseconds
!PRIID Set/report module PRI part number and revision
Supporting chipsets: Report or set the modules PRI part number and PRI revision.
All Usage:
Query: AT!PRIID?
Response: PRI Part Number: <priPn>
Note: The read version
Revision: <priRevDisplay>
(!PRIID?) of this command is OK
not password-protected. Purpose: Return the modules PRI part number (<priPn>) and revision (<priRev-
Display>).
Execution: AT!PRIID=<priPN>,<priRev>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the modules PRI part number (<priPn>) and revision (<priRev>).
Parameters:
<priPn> (PRI part number)
7-digit ASCII number
Example: 9991234
<priRev> (PRI revision number being written to the module)
4-digit ASCII: XXYY (implied . between XX and YY)
Example: 0100
<priRevDisplay> (PRI revision number being read from the module)
4-digit ASCII: XX.YY
Example: 01.00

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 71

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!REL Set/report active protocol/revision

Supporting chipsets: Configure the modem to use specific protocol, SGSN, and MSC revisions, or indicate
the current settings.
All
Usage:
Execution: AT!REL=<wcdmarrc> [,<sgsnr>, <mscr>]
Note: Only the execution Response: OK
operation (=) is password- Purpose: Set the desired protocol (<wcdmarrc>), SGSN revision (<sgsnr>), and
protected. MSC revision (<mscr>).
Query: AT!REL?
Response: !REL:
Note: The actual parameter Protocol: Release 5 (from <wcdmarrc>)
values or ranges used in the SGSN Revision: Dynamic (from <sgsnr>)
query (=?) and execution (=) MSC Revision: Dynamic (from <mscr>)
forms of this command may
OK
Purpose: Report the current operating protocol, SGSN revision, and MSC
vary slightly from this
revision.
description depending on the
Query List: AT!REL=?
device and firmware revision
Purpose: Return the command format (for !REL = ) and the supported values for
used.
each parameter (the supported ranges depend on modem models
see the parameter descriptions for details).
Parameters:
<wcdmarrc> (Protocol)
Default value is the highest release supported by the device.
Two-digit number corresponding to 3GPP release (!REL=? shows valid values)
Example: 00 = Release 99

Note: Devices should always <sgsnr> (SGSN revision)

Two-digit number corresponding to SGSN revision (!REL=? shows valid values)
use the default value (1) for
Example: 00 = Release 97
<sgsnr> and <mscr>, and use
nn = DynamicUses the revision broadcast by the network
AT!NASREL to choose the
NAS Release Compliance <mscr> (MSC revision)
version (Release 5 or Two-digit number corresponding to MSC revision (!REL=? shows valid values)
Release 99). Example: 00 = Release 97
nn = DynamicUses the revision broadcast by the network

72 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SCANTHRESH Set/report WCDMA Scan Threshold

Supporting chipsets: Set the WCDMA Scan Threshold.
MDM6270 The scan threshold is set to -103 dBm by default, but can be adjusted if necessary to
improve scan performance by reducing false positives.
MSM6290
During WCDMA acquisition, L1 (stack layer 1) uses a raw scan every ten channels to
QSC6270 discover potential candidates, followed by a finer scan based on those candidates. For
embedded modules in host devices, the default threshold can be very close to the noise
floor of the host. As a result, there are a number of false positives, which significantly
slows down the scan time for WCDMA.

Caution: If you adjust the scan threshold to reduce or eliminate false positives, you
also reduce the ability of the UE to acquire systems with weak signal strength.

Usage:
Execution: AT!SCANTHRESH=<threshold>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the threshold value
Query: AT!SCANTHRESH?
Response: !SCANTHRESH:
Scan Threshold (dBm): <threshold>
OK
or
!SCANTHRESH:
Scan Threshold is not set, default is used.
OK
Purpose: Indicate the current <threshold> setting.
Parameters:
<threshold> (WCDMA Scan Threshold, in dBm)
Valid range: -103 to -98
Default value: -103

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 73

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SCPROFSWOPT Set/report profiles software options

Supporting chipsets: Set or display the software option byte of the specified profile.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!SCPROFSWOPT=<pid>,<swOption>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the profiles software options.
Query: AT!SCPROFSWOPT?<pid>
Response: !SCPROFSWOPT: <pid>, <swOption>
OK
Purpose: Return current software options for the specified profile (<pid>).
Parameters:
<pid> (PDP context definition)
Valid range: 116 A valid profile ID
<swOption> (8-bit mask that identifies enabled/disabled software)
Bit 0: Enabled profile (0NDIS, 1DUN)
Bit 1: TurboTCP (0Enable, 1Disable)
Bit 2: WINS (0Disable, 1Enable)
Bit 3: DNS negotiation (0Enable, 1Disable)
Bit 4: User defined default (0Disable, 1Enable)
Bit 5: Prompt for username (0Disable, 1Enable)
Bit 6: Profile visibility (0Visible, 1Hidden)
Bit 7: Reserved
!SCROPROF Set/report profiles read-only flag
Supporting chipsets: Set or display the read-only flag of a profile.
All Usage:
Query: AT!SCROPROF?<pid>
Response: !SCROPROF: <pid>,<ro_flag>
Purpose: Return the flag value for the specified profile (<pid>).
Execution: AT!SCROPROF=<ro_flag>,<pid>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the read-only flag for the specified profile.
Parameters:
<pid> (PDP context definition)
Valid range: 116 A valid profile ID that will be used as the default
<ro_flag> (Read Only flag)
0 = Not write-protected
1 = Write-protected

74 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SELACQ Select RAT acquisition order

Supporting chipsets: Select the acquisition order for RATs (Radio Access Technologies).
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: Usage:
N2.0 Release 5) Execution: AT!SELACQ=<mode1>[,<mode2>[,<mode3>[,<mode4>[,<mode5>]]]]
MDM9200 Response: OK
Purpose: Indicate the acquisition order for up to five RATs. See <mode>
MDM9600 parameter description for details.
Query: AT!SELACQ?
Response: <mode1>
<mode2>
<mode3>
<mode4>
<mode5>
Purpose: Show the current acquisition order for the supported RATs.
Query list: AT!SELACQ=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<moden> (RAT types)
Valid values (shown in default order):
CDMA
LTE
WCDMA
HDR
GSM
If the execution format is issued with fewer than five RATs, the missing entries
are appended based on the default order shown above.
Example: If the command is issued as AT!SELACQ=HDR,CDMA,GSM
Then AT!SELACQ? will show:
HDR
CDMA
GSM
LTE
WCDMA

Note: Even if the device does not support a specific RAT (for example, CDMA), the
RAT will still appear in the Query response.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 75

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SIMRFSC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the state of the unsolicited SIM refresh reset notification (!SIMRFSN).
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K2_0_7_52) Note: This command should be used instead of !SIMRSTC, which has been depre-
cated.

Usage:
Execution: AT!SIMRFSC=<n>
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable/disable the SIM refresh reset notification.
Query: AT!SIMRFSC?
Response: !SIMRFSC: <n>
Purpose: Show the current state of the SIM refresh reset notification.
Query list: AT!SIMRFSC=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Unsolicited notification:
!SIMRFSN: <event>
Purpose: Alert host when the SIM is refreshed via a proactive REFRESH
command.
Parameters:
<n> (Notification state)
0=Disable
1=Enable
<event> (Notification event type)
0=SIM is usable and full service can start. For example, this event would occur
after a proactive REFRESH command.
1=Warm reset has been performed as a result of a REFRESH with RESET
command, which implicitly asks for the PIN verification procedure again.

Note: !SIMFRSN: 1 is equivalent to the !SIMRSTN notification associated with

!SIMRSTC.

Note: For an explanation of the REFRESH command, see ETSI TS 101 223,
section 6.4.7.

76 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SIMRSTC Set/report SIM refresh reset notification state

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the state of the unsolicited SIM refresh reset notification (!SIMRSTN).
MDM8220 (min f/w rev:
N2_0_8_3) Note: MSM6290Deprecated. Use !SIMRFSC instead.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev:
SWI9200X_00.07.04.01) Usage:
MDM9600 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!SIMRSTC=<n>
SWI9600M_01.00.07.01) Response: OK
Purpose: Enable/disable the SIM refresh reset notification.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
Query: AT!SIMRSTC?
K2_0_7_42)
Response: !SIMRSTC: <n>
Purpose: Show the current state of the SIM refresh reset notification.
Query list: AT!SIMRSTC=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<n> (Notification state)
0=Disable
1=Enable
!SKU Read modems SKU
Supporting chipsets: This command returns the modems Sierra Wireless SKU identification.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Usage:
SWI9200X_00.07.03.01) Query: AT!SKU?
MDM9600 (min f/w rev: Response: SKU: <sku>
SWI9600m_01.00.06.03) OK
Purpose: Read the SKU from the modem.
Parameters:
<sku> (SKU number)
Valid values:
Numeric string (e.g. 1584083)
Unset if no SKU has been set

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 77

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!SLEEP Set/report Sleep Enable state

Supporting chipsets: The modem supports a low-power sleep state that occurs when the feature is enabled
All and specific operating conditions are met (for example, there is no data traffic over USB,
no OTA traffic, etc.).
Use this command to indicate the current state of the Sleep Enable feature, and to set
the state of the feature.
Usage:
Query: AT!SLEEP?
Response: <state>
OK
Purpose: Report the current <state>.
Execution: AT!SLEEP=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the current state.
Parameters:
<state> (Sleep state enabled/disabled)
0 = Disabled (Default) The modem cannot enter the sleep state under any
conditions.
1 = Enabled The modem can enter the sleep state when all conditions are met.
!UDPID Set/report product ID in USB descriptor
Supporting chipsets: Use this command to set the devices product ID in the USB descriptor. (Some devices
All support more than one product ID.)
Usage:
Execution: AT!UDPID=<product_id>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the product ID in the USB descriptor.
Query: AT!UDUSBCOMP?
Response: <product_id>
OK
Purpose: Report the product ID that is stored in the USB descriptor.
Query List: AT!UDPID=?
Purpose: Display a list of available product IDs for the device.
Parameters:
<product_id>
Hexadecimal ASCII value.
Valid range: 0000FFFF

78 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!UDUSBCOMP Set/report USB interface configuration

Supporting chipsets: Use this command with modems that have been configured with multiple USB
All, with these exceptions: compositions.
MDM8200 (min f/w rev: By default, devices are typically configured to use a USB composition that presents a
M2.0 Release 1) minimal set of interfaces. If the device also supports other compositions, this command
is used to choose from any of the supported compositions.
Note: MDM6270/MSM6290/QSC6270-based devices can use either their default VID/
PID (traditional interface, Direct IP not supported), or the Direct IP VID/PID (Direct IP
interface).
Usage:
Execution: AT!UDUSBCOMP=<device_comp>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the current composition. For the change to take effect, you must
reset the modem.
Query: AT!UDUSBCOMP?
Response: !UDUSBCOMP: <device_comp>
OK
Purpose: Report the current interface composition.
Query List: AT!UDUSBCOMP=?
Response: Example responses, details may differ:
Traditional interface:
0 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 MDM2 MDM3 MS SUPPORTED
1 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 MS NOT SUPPORTED
2 - HIP DM NMEA AT NIC1 MS NOT SUPPORTED
3 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 NIC1 MS NOT SUPPORTED
4 - HIP DM NMEA AT NIC1 NIC2 NIC3 MS NOT SUPPORTED
5 - HIP DM NMEA AT ECM1 MS NOT SUPPORTED

OK

Direct IP interface:
0 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 MDM2 MDM3 MS NOT SUPPORTED
1 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 MS NOT SUPPORTED
2 - HIP DM NMEA AT NIC1 MS SUPPORTED
3 - HIP DM NMEA AT MDM1 NIC1 MS SUPPORTED
4 - HIP DM NMEA AT NIC1 NIC2 NIC3 MS SUPPORTED
5 - HIP DM NMEA AT ECM1 MS SUPPORTED
6 - DM NMEA AT QMI NOT SUPPORTED

OK
Purpose: Report the available interface compositions (<device_comp>)the
device can use any of the compositions that are listed as
SUPPORTED.
Parameters:
<device_comp> (USB composition)
Integer value, 0 or greater
Use AT!UDUSBCOMP=? to view the configurations available for the device.
Available configurations are identified as SUPPORTED.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 79

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

!UOOS Set/report UMTS Out of Service parameters

Supporting chipsets: Set required and optional Out of Service (OOS) parameters.
MDM8200 Usage:
MDM8200A Execution: AT!UOOS=<sleep>[, <totalscan>, <umtsscan>, <gsmscan>]
MSM6290 Response: OK
Purpose: Set the required parameter (<sleep>) and the scan times for UMTS
and GSM bands
Query: AT!UOOS?
Response: !UOOS:
Deep Sleep (s): <sleep>
Total Scan Time (ms): <totalscan>
UMTS Scan Time (ms): <umtsscan>
GSM Scan Time (ms): <gsmscan>
OK
Purpose: Report the current OOS settings.
Parameters:
<sleep> (UMTS OOS deep sleep time)
00xFFFF = Number of seconds
<totalscan> (Sum of <umtsscan> and <gsmscan>)
Manually verify that this value is entered as the sum of <umtsscan> and
<gsmscan> to ensure that the OOS parameters are updated correctly.
00xFFFF = Number of milliseconds
<umtsscan> (OOS UMTS bands scan time)
00xFFFF = Number of milliseconds
<gsmscan> (OOS GSM bands scan time)
00xFFFF = Number of milliseconds
+WGETWK Return wake-up event type
Supporting chipsets: When a wake-up signal is received from the modem, use this command to identify the
event type that caused it to be sent. (If any other wake-up events occurred while the
MDM6200
wake-up signal was being sent, they are ignored.)
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: When this command is executed, the last wake-up event is identified and then cleared
S2.0) from memory.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Usage:
K1_1_1_9ap) Execution: AT+WGETWK
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Response: +WGETWK: <event>
S2.0) Purpose: Report the wake-up event type that caused the modem to send a
wake-up signal to the host device.
Parameters:
<event> (Wake-up event type)
Valid range: 03
0 = No event occur ed
1 = Ring received
2 = Radio coverage restored
3 = SMS received

80 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

+WHCNF Activate/deactivate modem hardware features

Supporting chipsets: Activate, deactivate, or return the current operating state of hardware features (LED,
MDM6200 SIM, and UART).
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: Usage:
S0_0_2_1) Execution: AT+WHCNF=<type>, <mode>[, <uartgroup>[, <uartlinedcd>[,
<uartlinedtr>[, <uartlinedsr>[, <uartsleep>]]]]]
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Response: OK
S0_0_2_1) Purpose: Activate/deactivate the specified hardware <type>.
Query: AT+WHCNF?
Response: +WHCNF: <type>,<status>[,<resetFlag>]
or +WHCNF: <type>,
<status>,<resetFlag>,<uartgroup>,<uartlinedcd>,<uartlinedtr>,
<uartlinedsr>,<uartsleep>]
...
OK
Purpose: Display the current activation state and settings for each hardware
feature.
Query List: AT+WHCNF=?
Purpose: Display valid execution formats and parameter values.
Parameters:
<type> (Hardware functionality)
1 = LED
4 = InSIM switch (MDM6270/QSC6270 only)
6 = UART
7 = Buzzer (MDM6200 only)
<mode> (Requested operation)
For <type = 1> (LED)
0 = Deactivate
1 = Activate
2 = Interrogate status (Note: The execution response returns the current
operating state of the <type>deactivated or activated. The Query format
can be used to return the same information for all of the hardware types at
one time.)
For <type = 4> (InSIM switch)
0 = External SIM privileged (Default)
1 = External SIM only
2 = Internal SIM only
3 = Get inSIM switch selected mode
For <type = 6> (UART)
0 = Deactivate
1 = Activate
2 = Interrogate status (Note: The execution response returns the current
operating state of the <type>deactivated or activated. The Query format
can be used to return the same information for all of the hardware types at
one time.)

(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 81

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

+WHCNF (continued) Activate/deactivate modem hardware features (continued)

For <type = 7> (Buzzer)
0 = BUZZER_EN outputs a PWM signal (Default)
1 = BUZZER_EN outputs as a GPO
<uartgroup> (Pin type duplexed for extended UART signalsDCD/DSR/DTR)
0 = Extended UART (8-wire) disabled. (4-wire enabled)
1 = GPIO
2 = PCM
3 = SPI
<uartlinedcd> (DCD line)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
<uartlinedtr> (DTR line)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
<uartlinedsr> (DSR line)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
<uartsleep> (UART sleep flag)
Sleep flag is referenced only if DTR line is disabled.
0 = Sleep enabled
1 = Sleep disabled
Behavior summary:
<uartgroup = 1|2|3> && <uartlinedtr = 1>: UART goes to sleep when DTR is
deasserted and wakes when DTR is asserted.
<uartgroup = 0> && <uartsleep = 0>: UART goes to sleep 15 seconds after
bootup (if no activity), and after 4 seconds of normal inactivity. UART wakes
when activity is detected on Rx line; the port may be used after short delay
(~1 second).
<uartgroup = 0> && <uartsleep = 1>: UART never sleeps.

82 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Modem Status, Customization, and Reset Commands

Table 3-2: Modem status, customization, and reset commands (Continued)

Command Description

+WWKUP Enable/disable wake-up signals

Supporting chipsets: Enable (or disable) the output of wake-up signals from the modem to the host device in
response to specific wake-up event types. These settings are persistent (remain
MDM6200
unchanged over a modem power cycle).
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: (MSM6290) The modem can send wake-up signals (using the Ring Indicator (RI) on
S2.0) the Mini Card host interface) to the host when the following events occur: ring
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: received, radio coverage resolved, and SMS received.
K_1_1_9ap) (MDM6200/MDM6270/QSC6270) WAKE_N pin is used as RI to output the wake-up
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: signal to the host. Functionality is available even when the UART interface is
S2.0) disabled.
You must enable the UART interface using !MAPUART=1 for the RI signal to be output.
Signal timing:
Ring received eventAssert RI for 5.9 seconds, then deassert for 0.1 seconds.
Repeat for number of ring cycles (network dependent).
Radio coverage restored/SMS received eventsAssert RI for 5.9 seconds, then
deassert.
Any wake-up events that occur while RI is being asserted (a wake-up signal is already
being output) are ignored until RI is deasserted.
To identify the event that generated the wake-up signal, see +WGETWK on page 80.
Usage:
Execution: AT+WWKUP=<bitmask>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable or disable reporting of wake-up events.
Query: AT+WWKUP?
Response: +WWKUP: <bitmask>
Purpose: Display the current state of wake-up event reporting.
Parameters:
<bitmask> (Wake-up event reporting states)
8-bit field (range 00-07)
Bit values (1=Enable, 0=Disable)
Bit 0: Ring received (Default = 1). The RING indication on the AT command
port is not affected by this settingit is still issued even if RI is deasserted.
Bit 1: Radio coverage restored (Default = 0)
Bit 2: SMS received (Default = 1)
Bit 37: Reserved (All must be 0)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 83

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

84 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 4: Diagnostic Commands 4
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to diagnose modem
problems.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 4-1: Diagnostic commands

Command Description Page

!CMUX Implement multiplexing mode 86

!CMUXLPBK Configure ports into loopback mode/query loopback state 86

!DIVERSITY Enable/disable CDMA receive diversity 87

!ERR Display diagnostic information 87

!GBAND Set/return the current operating band 88

$QCPDPP Set/report PDP-IP connection authentication parameters 89

$QCTER Set/report TE-DCE baud rate 89

!RXDEN Enable/disable WCDMA/LTE receive diversity 90

!UMTSCHAN Set/report Priority UMTS Channel Selection state 91

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 85

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details
Command Description

!CMUX Implement multiplexing mode

Supporting chipsets: This command implements the functionality of +CMUX (27.007 standard command). It is
MDM6200 provided to ensure command consistency with Sierra Wireless CDMA modules.
MDM6270 See 3GPP TS 27.007 for command syntax and arguments.

MSM6290
QSC6270

!CMUXLPBK Configure ports into loopback mode/query loopback state

Supporting chipsets: Use this command to select a multiplexed port and to loop data traffic between the host
MDM6200 and the modem over that port.
MSM6290 The modem is effectively in loopback mode only after the modem is put into MUX mode
(using +CMUX). You can, however, issue !CMUXLPBK before or after +CMUX.
Loopback mode is NOT supported on the MUX control channel, since flow control and
other modem signaling is passed on this port.
Usage:
Execution: AT!CMUXLPBK=<bitmask>
Response: OK
Purpose: Select a specified multiplexed port.
Query: AT!CMUXLPBK?
Response: !CMUXLPBK: <bitmask>
OK
Purpose: Return the current setting.
You can have two ports in loopback mode.
When the modem is in loopback mode, the loopback occurs just as data is passed to the
application layer of the modem. Therefore, the processing time of this command
includes the processing overhead of packet disassembly and reassembly as the packets
are received and echoed back to the host.
To exit loopback mode when the AT data port is in loopback, you must reset the modem.
To exit loopback mode on other ports, enter the command with the appropriate bit in the
bitmask set to 0. To disable loopback mode on all ports, enter AT!CMUXLPBK=0x00.
Parameters:
<bitmask> (16-bit hexadecimal bitmask that identifies the port)
Bit 0: AT data port
Bit 1: Diag port
Bit 2: HIP (CnS) port
Bit 3: Reserved
Bit 4: PDP1 port
Bit 5: Reserved
Bit 6: Reserved
Bit 715: Reserved
Examples:
AT!CMUXLPBK=0x01Sets the AT data port into loopback mode
AT!CMUXLPBK=0x10Sets PDP1 into loopback mode

86 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Diagnostic Commands

Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DIVERSITY Enable/disable CDMA receive diversity

Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable CDMA receive diversity (1X and 1xEV-DO), or establish receive
MDM9600 diversity as the primary path.
Usage:
Execution: AT!DIVERSITY=<cdma_diversity>,<hdr_diversity>
Note: This command is not
Response: OK
password-protected.
Purpose: Set the current receive diversity state.
Query: AT!DIVERSITY?
Response: CDMA Diversity: <cdma_diversity>
HDR Diversity: <hdr_diversity>
OK
Purpose: Return the current receive 1X (CDMA) and 1xEV-DO (HDR) diversity
<state>.
Parameters:
<cdma_diversity> (Current/requested 1X receive diversity state)
0 = Rx diversity disabled
1 = Rx diversity enabled
<hdr_diversity> (Current/requested 1xEV-DO receive diversity state)
0 = Rx diversity disabled
1 = Rx diversity enabled
!ERR Display diagnostic information
Supporting chipsets: This command is used to display diagnostic information (logged error conditions) that
All Sierra Wireless uses to assist in resolving technical issues.
Usage:
Execution: AT!ERR=0
Response: OK
Purpose: Clear the logged error conditions. Use this command before running
tests to make sure that details displayed using AT!ERR are relevant to
the tests being performed.
Query: AT!ERR
Response: 00 [F] <count> <file> <line>
...
nn [F] <count> <file> <line>
OK
Purpose: Return all logged error conditions that are stored in NVRAM.
Parameters:
<count> (Number of occurrences)
Valid range: 0x000xFF
<file> (Log file name)
Name of log file using ASCII characters
<line> (Line number in log file)
Valid range: 199999

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 87

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GBAND Set/return the current operating band

Supporting chipsets: Read or set the current operating bands (1 or more) of the modem.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!GBAND=<bandmask>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the operating bands.
Query: AT!GBAND?
Response: !GBAND: <band>, <bandmask>
OK
Purpose: Return the current operating band and the mask of preferred bands.
Parameters:
<band> (Current WCDMA or GSM operating band)
ASCII string (For example: WCDMA1900, GSM850, etc.)
<bandmask> (Supported bandsuse a bitwise OR to choose multiple bands)
GSM850: 0000000000080000
GSM900: 0000000000000300
GSM1800: 0000000000000080
GSM1900: 0000000000200000
WCDMA2100: 0000000000400000
WCDMA1900: 0000000000800000
WCDMA850: 0000000004000000
WCDMA800: 0000000008000000
WCDMA900: 0002000000000000
Any band: 000000003FFFFFFF (autobandthe modem acquires any
available band)
Example:
You can set the modem to use multiple bands using a bitwise OR. For example, to set
the modem to use the GSM850 and GSM900 bands, you would issue the command
AT!GBAND=00080300:
0000000000080000 (GSM850)
0000000000000300 (GSM900)
-----------------------------
0000000000080300

Note: It is not possible to perform handoffs to bands not in the currently selected band
mask.

Note: Due to stack implementation, the query form of the command (!GBAND?) reports
WCDMA800 for both WCDMA800 and WCDMA850.

88 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Diagnostic Commands

Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details (Continued)

Command Description

$QCPDPP Set/report PDP-IP connection authentication parameters

Supporting chipsets: Set authentication requirements (username, password) for PDP-IP packet data calls for
All each supported profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT$QCPDPP=<cid>, <auth_type>, <password>, <username>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set, for each <cid> (profile), the type of authorization required when
establishing a connection.
Query: AT$QCPDPP?
Response: $QCPDPP: <cid>, <auth_type>[,<username>]
(repeat for each <cid>)
Purpose: Return, for each profile, the authorization type required and the
username used for PAP authentication.
Note: Passwords are not displayed.
Parameters:
<cid>
Supported profiles
Valid range: 116
<auth_type>
0 = NoneUsername and password not required
1 = PAPUsername and password accepted
2 = CHAPUsername and password (secret) accepted
<password>
Supplied by network provider
Required for <auth_type> = 1 and 2
<username>
Supplied by network provider
Required for <auth_type> = 1 and 2
For <auth_type> = 2, the username can be any dummy value
$QCTER Set/report TE-DCE baud rate
Supporting chipsets: Set the baud rate at which DCE accepts commands over the UART interface (the
All command does nothing when the USB interface is used).
Usage:
Execution: AT$QCTER=<rate>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the default baud rate and store it in NV RAM.
Query: AT$QCTER?
Response: <rate>
Purpose: Return the current default TE-DCE baud rate.
Query List: AT$QCTER=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported baud rates.
Parameters:
<rate>
Use the $QCTER=? command to list all supported baud rates.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 89

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details (Continued)

Command Description

!RXDEN Enable/disable WCDMA/LTE receive diversity

Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable WCDMA/LTE receive diversity, or establish receive diversity as the
MDM6200 primary path. The new state takes effect the next time the modem is reset.
MDM8200 (To enable/disable CDMA diversity, see !DIVERSITY on page 87.)

MDM8200A
Note: To change from <state=0> to <state=2> (or from <state=2> to <state=0>, you
MDM8220
must issue AT!RXDEN=1, reset the modem, and then make the final state change.
MDM9200
MDM9600 Usage:
MSM6290 Execution: AT!RXDEN=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the current receive diversity state.
Note: Only the execution
Query: AT!RXDEN?
operation (=) is password-
Response: !RXDEN:
protected. <state>
OK
Purpose: Return the current receive diversity <state>.
Query List: AT!RXDEN=?
Purpose: Return a list of available <state> values to use in this command.
Parameters:
<state> (Current/ requested receive diversity state)
0 = Rx diversity disabled
1 = Rx diversity enabled
2 = Rx diversity is primary path

90 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Diagnostic Commands

Table 4-2: Diagnostic command details (Continued)

Command Description

!UMTSCHAN Set/report Priority UMTS Channel Selection state

Supporting chipsets: Set the modem to scan a priority UMTS channel when the modem powers up, before
All scanning other frequencies. This allows you to use the modem on a test cell network
(that uses the priority UMTS channel) in an area where a UMTS network already
existsthe modem attempts to access the test network even if a cell on the normal
Note: This command is not UMTS network would provide a better connection.
password-protected.
Note: If the signal is lost on the priority UMTS channel, the modem scans for another
channel. To force the modem to rescan for the priority UMTS channel, you must power
cycle the modem.

Usage:
Execution: AT!UMTSCHAN=<flag>[,<DL_UARFC>]
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable/disable the feature and power cycle the modem, forcing cell
reselection.
Query: AT!UMTSCHAN?
Response: Enable: <flag>
Channel: <DL_UARFCN>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <flag> setting, and DL_UARFCN (if <flag> = 1).
Parameters:
<flag>
0 = Disable priority UMTS channel selection. When the modem power cycles,
cell reselection occurs using normal scanning procedure.
1 = Enable priority UMTS channel selection. When the modem power cycles, cell
reselection occursthe modem scans DL_UARFC first, then uses normal
scanning procedure if it is unavailable.
<DL_UARFCN> (Valid downlink UARFCN based on the operating band)
Only used when <flag> = 1 (enable)
Examples: 10700, 9800

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 91

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

92 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 5: Test Commands 5
Introduction
To obtain regulatory approval and carrier approvals for your product,
you may be required to perform tests on the radio component of the
embedded modem. This chapter describes AT commands used to
perform those tests.
In most cases the modem must be in a particular mode before you
can issue the AT commands to perform particular tests. Therefore,
the order in which you issue certain commands is important. Three
AT commands are important in setting the mode:
!DAFTMACTputs the modem in factory test mode (a non-
signaling mode). You must issue AT!DAFTMACT before issuing
any other command that starts with !DA.
!DASBANDselects the frequency band.
You must execute AT!DASBAND to select an LTE band to run
these commands that test the LTE transceiver:
!DALGAVGAGC
!DALGRXAGC
!DALGTXAGC
You must execute AT!DASBAND to select a WCDMA band to run
these commands that test the WCDMA transceiver:
!DAWGRXAGC
!DAWGAVGAGC
!DAWSTXCW
!DAWSPARANGE
!DASTXOFF
!DASTXON
!DAWSCONFIGRX
You must execute AT!DASBAND to select a GSM band to run
these commands that test the GSM transceiver:
!DAGSRXBURST
!DAGSRXCONT
!DAGGRSSI
!DAGGAVGRSSI
!DAGGRSSIRAW
!DAGSTXFRAME
!DASCHANselects the channel. This command must be run
after you have selected the band with !DASBAND. (If you dont
select a channel, the modem uses a default.)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 93

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 5-1: Test commands

Command Description Page

!ALLUP Turn transmitter on/off and simulate All UPs 96

!BEP Return MT RSSI and RSQ 97

!CHAN Tune synthesizer to channel/band 98

!DAAGCTON Return C/N (carrier to noise ratio) while in factory test mode 98

!DAFTMACT Put modem into Factory Test Mode 99

!DAFTMDEACT Put modem into online mode from Factory Test Mode 99

!DAGGAVGRSSI Return averaged RSSI value in dBm (GSM only) 99

!DAGGRSSI Return the RSSI value in dBm (GSM only) 100

!DAGGRSSIRAW Return raw RSSI value 100

!DAGINFO Return GSM mode RF information (GSM only) 101

!DAGSLOCK Return synthesizer lock state 101

!DAGSRXBURST Set GSM receiver to burst mode 102

!DAGSRXCONT Set GSM receiver continuously on 102

!DAGSTXBURST Set GSM transmitter to burst mode 103

!DAGSTXFRAME Set GSM Tx frame structure 104

!DALGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (LTE only) 105

!DALGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (LTE only) 106

!DALSRXBW Set LTE Rx bandwidth (LTE only) 108

!DALSTXBW Set LTE Tx bandwidth (LTE only) 109

!DALGTXAGC Return Tx AGC value and transmitter parameters (LTE only) 107

!DAOFFLINE Place modem offline 109

!DASBAND Set frequency band 110

!DASCHAN Set modem channel (frequency) 111

!DASLNAGAIN Set LNA gain state 112

!DASPDM Set PDM value 113

!DASTXOFF Turn Tx PA off 113

!DASTXON Turn Tx PA on 114

!DAWGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (WCDMA only) 114

94 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-1: Test commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!DAWGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (WCDMA only) 115

!DAWINFO Return WCDMA mode RF information (WCDMA only) 116

!DAWSCONFIGRX Set WCDMA receiver to factory calibration settings 117

!DAWSPARANGE Set PA range state machine 118

!DAWSSCHAIN Enable secondary receive chain (WCDMA only) 118

!DAWSCHAINTCM Place receive chain in test call mode (WCDMA only) 118

!DAWSTXCW Set waveform used by the transmitter 119

!DAWSTXPWR Set desired Tx power level (WCDMA mode only) 119

!IMSTESTMODE Enable/disable IMS test mode 120

!KEYOFF Key off the transmitter 120

!KEYON Key on the transmitter 121

!OSDSM Display memory usage for DSM buffer pools 121

$QCAGC Read Rx AGC (CDMA and WCDMA modes) 122

!RX2 Turn second receiver on/off 122

!RX2AGC Read second receiver Rx AGC 123

!RXAGC Read first receiver Rx AGC 123

!TX Turn transmitter on/off 123

!TXAGC Set desired Tx AGC 124

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 95

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 5-2: Test command details
Command Description

!ALLUP Turn transmitter on/off and simulate All UPs

Supporting chipsets: This command turns the transmitter on/off and simulates an All UPs Tx condition.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!ALLUP=<value>
Note: The modem must be in Response: OK
FTM mode to use this Purpose: Turn transmitter on/off and simulate All UPs Tx condition.
commanduse !DAFTMACT Parameters:
to enter FTM mode. <value> (State of All UPs simulation)
0All UPs off
1All UPs on

96 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!BEP Return MT RSSI and RSQ

Supporting chipsets: This command returns the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) and RSQ
MDM6270 (Received Signal Quality) from the MT.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: This command extends the +CSQ command by reporting the mean BEP (bit error
probability) value during EGPRS TBF mode (rather than the 99 reported by +CSQ).
K2_0_8_1)
QSC6270
Note: When the device is in Dual Transfer Mode, EGPRS BEP reporting is suspended,
and the command reports RSQ for the CS connection.

Usage:
Execution: AT!BEP
Response: !BEP: <rssi>,<rsq value>,<rsq type>
OK
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
OK
Purpose: Return the MT RSSI and RSQ.
Parameters:
<rssi> (MT RSSI converted to dBm, in 2 dBm steps)
0 = -113 or less
1 = -111
2 = -109
...
30 = -53
31 = -51 or greater
99 = Not known, or not detectable
<rsq value> (MT RSQ value)
Value depends on <rsq type>
If <rsq type> = 0 (RXQUAL)
0..7 (As defined in TS 45.008 subclause 8.2.4)
If <rsq type> = 1 or 2 (Mean BEP for GMSK/8PSK)
0..31 (As defined in TS 45.008 subclause 8.2.5)
If <rsq type> = 99 (Not known or not detectable)
99 (Not known or not detectable)
<rsq type> (RSQ measurement type)
0=RXQ (Received signal quality)
1=Mean BEP for GMSK
2=Mean BEP for 8PSK
99=Not known or not detectable

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 97

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!CHAN Tune synthesizer to channel/band

Supporting chipsets: This command tunes the synthesizer to a specified channel and band, or reports the
MDM9600 current tuning (including changes made using !KEYON on page 121). If the band is
omitted, the modem uses the current band setting, changing only the channel.
The channel setting on entry to diagnostic mode is determined by the prior activity of the
Note: The modem must be in modem.
FTM mode to use this Usage:
commanduse !DAFTMACT Execution: AT!CHAN=<channel>[,<band>]
to enter FTM mode. Response: OK
Purpose: Tune the synthesizer to the specified channel and band.
Query: AT!CHAN?
Response: Channel = <channel>
OK
Purpose: Return the last channel that the synthesizer attempted to tune to.
Parameters:
<channel>
0799, 9911023 (Cellular)
01200 (PCS)
<band>
0=US Cellular
1=US PCS
2=GPS
!DAAGCTON Return C/N (carrier to noise ratio) while in factory test mode
Supporting chipsets: Return the carrier-to-noise ratio when the modem is in FTM (Factory Test Mode).
MDM8200 Usage:
MSM6290 Query: AT!DAAGCTON
Response: <c_n> <errorcode>
OK
Purpose: Returns carrier-to-noise ratio.
Parameters:
<c_n> (Carrier-to-noise ratio in dB/Hz)
Format: x.x (fixed point decimal)
<errorcode>
0=OK

98 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAFTMACT Put modem into Factory Test Mode

Supporting chipsets: Place the modem in FTM (Factory Test Mode). FTM is a non-signaling mode that allows
All the radio component to be manually configured to conduct certain types of tests. AT
commands that start with !DA are only available when the modem is in FTM mode.

Note: When this command executes successfully, the modem responds with the value
290300. Any other response indicates an error.

Usage:
Query: AT!DAFTMACT
Response: 290300 (Success. Any other response indicates an error.)
OK
Purpose: Place modem in FTM mode.

!DAFTMDEACT Put modem into online mode from Factory Test Mode
Supporting chipsets: This command takes the modem out of FTM and puts the modem back into online
All mode. (The command !DAFTMACT puts the modem into FTM.)

Note: When this command executes successfully, the modem responds with the value
290400. Any other response indicates an error.

Usage:
Query: AT!DAFTMDEACT
Response: 290400 (Success. Any other response indicates an error.)
OK
Purpose: Place modem in online mode (from FTM mode).

!DAGGAVGRSSI Return averaged RSSI value in dBm (GSM only)

Supporting chipsets: Return an averaged RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) value in dBm.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGGAVGRSSI=<channel>, <LNA Index>
Note: The modem must be in Response: OK
FTM mode to use this Purpose: Return the averaged RSSI for the specified channel and LNA offset
commanduse !DAFTMACT index.
to enter FTM mode. Parameters:
<channel> (Channel number for the band specified using !DASBAND)
Valid values depend on the selected band
<LNA Index> (LNA offset index)
0=R0 (highest gain)
1=R1
2=R2
3=R3 (lowest gain)

Note: !DASBAND must be issued before you can use !DAGGAVGRSSI.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 99

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAGGRSSI Return the RSSI value in dBm (GSM only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) value in dBm using the calibration
All offsets (valid in GSM burst mode onlythe command !DAGSRXBURST puts the
modem into burst mode).
Usage:
Note: The modem must be in
Execution: AT!DAGGRSSI
FTM mode to use this
Response: Channel:<chan> LNA:<lna> RXPWR:<pwr> dBm
commanduse !DAFTMACT OK
to enter FTM mode. Purpose: Return the averaged RSSI for the specified channel and LNA offset
index.
Parameters:
<chan> (Channel number for the band specified using !DASBAND)
Valid values depend on the selected band
<lna> (Current LNA state)
Valid range: 03
<pwr> (RSSI converted to dBm)
Signed value based on Rx power

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAGGRSSI.

!DAGGRSSIRAW Return raw RSSI value

Supporting chipsets: Return a 32-bit raw RSSI value (valid in GSM mode only). The value is an average over
All multiple bursts.
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGGRSSIRAW
Note: The modem must be in
Response: <rssi>
FTM mode to use this
OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Purpose: Return the raw RSSI value.
to enter FTM mode.
Parameters
<rssi> (RSSI, averaged over multiple bursts)
32-bit value

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAGGRSSIRAW.

100 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAGINFO Return GSM mode RF information (GSM only)

Supporting chipsets: Return RF information for GSM mode.
All
Note: !DAWINFO provides RF information for WCDMA mode.
Note: The modem must be in
online mode to use this Usage:
command. Execution: AT!DAGINFO
Response: Channel: <channel> RSSI:<rssi> LNA:<lna> RXPWR:<rxPwr>
dBm SNR:<snr> DC Offset_I:<iOffset> DC Offset Q:<qOffset>
Freq. Offset:<freqOffset> Timing Offset:<timingOffset>
OK
Purpose: Return the RF information.
Parameters
<channel> (GSM channel)
Valid range: 065535
<rssi> (Receive power)
Valid range: 0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<lna> (LNA gain state)
Valid range: 065535
<rxPwr> (Rx power in dBm (0.25 units))
Valid range: 065535
<snr> (Signal-to-noise ratio)
Valid range: 065535
<iOffset> (I offset)
Valid range: 065535
<qOffset> (Q offset)
Valid range: 065535
<freqOffset> (Frequency offset)
Valid range: 065535
<timingOffset> (Timing offset)
Valid range: 065535
!DAGSLOCK Return synthesizer lock state
Supporting chipsets: Return a value indicating the lock state of the RF synthesizers.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGSLOCK
Note: The modem must be in Response: <sLockState>
FTM mode to use this OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT Purpose: Return the synthesizer lock state.
to enter FTM mode. Parameters
<sLockState> (Synthesizer lock state)
0=One or more synthesizers are out of lock
1=All synthesizers locked

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAGSLOCK.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 101

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAGSRXBURST Set GSM receiver to burst mode

Supporting chipsets: Set the receiver to start or stop sending bursts. The receiver must be in burst mode to
All read the RSSI. (The command !DAGGRSSI returns the RSSI value.)
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGSRXBURST=<function>
Note: The modem must be in
Response: <function>
FTM mode to use this
OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Purpose: Set the receiver to burst mode
to enter FTM mode.
Parameters:
<function>
0=Get RSSI (Burst mode)
2=Stop continuous Rx

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAGSRXBURST.

!DAGSRXCONT Set GSM receiver continuously on

Supporting chipsets: Set the GSM receiver so that it is continuously on and not bursting.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGSRXCONT=<function>
Note: The modem must be in Response: <function>
FTM mode to use this OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT Purpose: Set the receiver to continuously on.
to enter FTM mode. Parameters:
<function>
3=Receiver continuously on
4=Receiver off

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAGSRXCONT.

102 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAGSTXBURST Set GSM transmitter to burst mode

Supporting chipsets: Set the transmitter to start or stop sending bursts.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGSTXBURST=<source>, <TSCindex>, <burstdur>
Response: <source> <TSCindex> <burstdur>
OK
Purpose: Set the receiver to start/stop sending bursts.
Parameters:
<source>
0=Random data
1=Tone
2=Buffer data
<TSCindex> (Training sequence index)
Valid range: 09
<burstdur> Burst duration:
1=Continuous

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAGSTXBURST.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 103

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAGSTXFRAME Set GSM Tx frame structure

Supporting chipsets: This command configures the Tx slots for GSM operation. It must be issued eight times
All to set all eight slots.
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAGSTXFRAME=<slotnum>, <onoff>, <pwr>, <mcs>
Note: The modem must be in
Response: <slotnum> <onoff> <pwr> <mcs>
FTM mode to use this
OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Purpose: Set the Tx frame structure.
to enter FTM mode.
Parameters:
<slotnum> (Slot number)
Valid range: 07 (eight available Tx slots)
<onoff> (Enable/disable the specified slot)
0=Off (disable)
1=On (enable)
<pwr> (Slot power level)
Measured in dB*100
Maximum values:
GMSK Mode
850/900 bands: 3200 (32 dBm)
1800/1900 bands: 2900 (29 dBm)
8PSK (EDGE) Mode
850/900 bands: 2700 (27 dBm)
1800/1900 bands: 2600 (26 dBm)
<mcs> (Modulation code scheme)
Valid range: 08 (MCS1 to MCS9)

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAGSTXFRAME.

104 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DALGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (LTE only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the averaged AGC (Automatic Gain Control) readings for a specific uplink
MDM9200 channel on the main and diversity paths.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!DALGAVGAGC=<channel>, <LNA Index>
Response: Paths: <paths>
Note: The modem must be in Rx<n>: AGC: <agc> dBm LNA: <lna> Chain: <chain>
LTE mode to use this Rx<n>: AGC: <agc> dBm LNA: <lna> Chain: <chain>
command. OK
Purpose: Return the averaged AGC for <channel> on the main and diversity
paths.
Parameters:
<channel> (Uplink channel number (UARFCN) for the band specified using !DASBAND)
Valid values depend on the selected band
<LNA Index> (LNA offset index)
0=R0 (Highest gain)
1=R1
2=R2
3=R3 (Lowest gain)
<paths> (Number of receive paths)
2
<agc> (AGC value in dBm)
Valid values: Dynamic Rx range
<chain> (Receive paths)
0=Rx Main
1=Rx Diversity

Note: !DASBAND and !DALSRXBW must be issued before you can use
!DALGAVGAGC.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 105

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DALGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (LTE only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the Rx AGC (Automatic Gain Control) value and LNA gain states for each RF
MDM9200 path.
MDM9600 The AGC value can be converted to RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) in dBm:
if (<AGC_value> < 511)
<RX_dBm> = -106 + ( ( <AGC_value> + 512 ) / 12 )
else
<RX_dBm> = -106 + ( ( (<AGC_value>-1024) + 512 ) / 12 )
Usage:
Execution: AT!DALGRXAGC or AT!DALGRXAGC?
Response: <AGC value>
OK
Purpose: Return the <AGC value> for either the main or diversity path. If no
<path> is specified, the main path is assumed.
Parameters:
<path> (For modules supporting diversity)
0=Main path
1=Diversity path
<AGC value> (Rx AGC value for specified path)
Valid range: -512 to +511

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DALGRXAGC.

106 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DALGTXAGC Return Tx AGC value and transmitter parameters (LTE only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the Tx AGC (Automatic Gain Control) value and other transmitter parameters.
MDM9200
MDM9600 Note: This command works only in an active call (for example, when connected to a
call box or live network).

Usage:
Execution: AT!DALGTXAGC or AT!DALGTXAGC?
Response: Paths: <paths>
Tx<n>:AGC: <agc> dBm RBi: <rbi> RB: <rbn> PA: <pa>
TxGainIdx: <txgi> MTPL: <mtpl> dBm IQgain: <iq>
MPR: <mpr> AMPR: <ampr> NS: <ns>
SARmpr: <sarmpr> PDet Mode: <mode>
PDetAGC: <pagc> PDet: <pdbm> Traw: <traw>
Tscaled: <tscaled> Tidx: <tidx> Trem: <trem>
OK
Purpose: Return transmitter parameters and the transmit <AGC value>.
Parameters:
<paths> (Number of transmit paths)
1 (Tx)
<agc> (Tx AGC value in dBm)
Valid range: -70 to +23
<rbi>
Start resource block index
<rbn> (Number of resource blocks)
Valid range: 050
<pa> (PA gain state)
Valid range: 03
<txgi>
Tx gain index
<mtpl> (Max Tx power limit)
Max value: +23
<iq>
Digital IQ gain scaling
<mpr> (Maximum power reduction)
See 3GPP 36.101 for details
<ampr> (Additional Max power reduction)
See 3GPP 36.101 for details
<ns> (Network Signaled (NS) value)
See 3GPP 36.101 for details

(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 107

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DALGTXAGC Return Tx AGC value and transmitter parameters (LTE only)

(continued) (continued)
<mode> (HDET (power detector) mode)
Valid values:
L (Lower power)
H (Higher power)
<padc>
HDET ADC
<pdbm>
HDET dBm
<traw> (Raw thermistor ADC value)
Valid range: 04095
<tscaled> (Scaled thermistor value)
Valid range: 0255
Value is scaled from <traw> based on calibrated min/max <traw> values for the
supported temperature range.
<tidx> (Temperature compensation bin)
Valid range: 07
<trem>
Temperature compensation remainder bin

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DALGTXAGC.

!DALSRXBW Set LTE Rx bandwidth (LTE only)

Supporting chipsets: Set the LTE Rx bandwidth.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Requirements:
SWI9200M_1.0 Release 5, !DASBAND must be issued before you can use this command.
or This command must be issued before you can use !DALGAVGAGC.
SWI9200X_3.0 Release 2) Usage:
MDM9600 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!DALSRXBW=<bw>
SWI9600M_01.00.09.04) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the LTE Rx bandwidth.
Parameters:
<bw> (LTE bandwidth)
0=1.4 MHz
1=3 MHz
2=5 MHz
3=10 MHz
4=15 MHz
5=20 MHz

108 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DALSTXBW Set LTE Tx bandwidth (LTE only)

Supporting chipsets: Set the LTE Tx bandwidth.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Requirements:
SWI9200M_1.0 Release 5, !DASBAND must be issued before you can use this command.
or Usage:
SWI9200X_3.0 Release 2)
Execution: AT!DALSTXBW=<bw>
MDM9600 (min f/w rev: Response: OK
SWI9600M_01.00.09.04) Purpose: Set the LTE Tx bandwidth.
Parameters:
<bw> (LTE bandwidth)
0=1.4 MHz
1=3 MHz
2=5 MHz
3=10 MHz
4=15 MHz
5=20 MHz
!DAOFFLINE Place modem offline
Supporting chipsets: Put the modem offline.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAOFFLINE
Response: OK
Purpose: Put the modem offline.
Parameters:
None

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 109

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DASBAND Set frequency band

Supporting chipsets: Set the modem to use a particular frequency band. You must use this command to
All, with these exceptions: select an appropriate band before running LTE, WCDMA, or GSM commands. See
page 93.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K1.0 Release 12 (for Usage:
W900 band)) Execution: AT!DASBAND=<rfband>
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Response: <rfband>
3.00.05.04 Release 1) OK
Purpose: Set frequency band.
Note: The modem must be in Parameters:
FTM mode to use this <rfband> (Unique value corresponding to an RF band and technology.)
commanduse !DAFTMACT This is a unique value that maps to an RF band and technology. It is not an
to enter FTM mode. actual 3GPP band number. For example, 18 is GSM 850, which corresponds to
3GPP band 5 (on a GSM network).
Band support is product specificsee the devices Product Specification or
Product Technical Specification document for details.
Examples (for a full listing, see Table D-1 on page 279):
GSM
10=GSM 900
11=GSM 1800
12=GSM 1900
18=GSM 850
WCDMA
9=WCDMA 2100
16=WCDMA 1900B
22=WCDMA 850
29=WCDMA 900 (BC8)
LTE
34=LTE B1
35=LTE B7
36=LTE B13
37=LTE B17
42=LTE B4
44=LTE B3
47=LTE B8
56=LTE B20

110 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DASCHAN Set modem channel (frequency)

Supporting chipsets: Set the modem to operate on a particular frequency channel. Before using this
All command, use the command !DASBAND (described on page 110) to set the band.
Once a channel is set, the modem continues to use that channel until the modem is
reset or powered off and on.
Note: The modem must be in
Usage:
FTM mode to use this
Execution: AT!DASCHAN=<rfchannel>
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Response: <rfchannel>
to enter FTM mode.
OK
Purpose: Set modem channel (frequency).
Parameters:
<rfchannel> (Uplink channel number (ARFCN)depends on frequency band being
used)
128251: GSM 850 MHz
124: GSM 900 MHz
9751023: GSM 900 MHz
512885: GSM 1800 MHz
512810: GSM 1900 MHz
96129888: WCDMA 2100
92629538: WCDMA 1900
41324233: WCDMA 850
27122863: WCDMA 900
1800018599: LTE B1
1920019949: LTE B3
1995020399 LTE B4
2075021449: LTE B7
2145021799: LTE B8
2318023279: LTE B13
2373023849: LTE B17
2415024449: LTE B20

Note: !DASBAND must be issued before you can use !DASCHAN.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 111

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DASLNAGAIN Set LNA gain state

Supporting chipsets: Set the LNA (Low Noise Amplifier) range for the main or diversity path (if applicable), in
All either WCDMA or GSM mode.

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DASLNAGAIN.

Usage:
Execution: AT!LNAGAIN=<gain index>[, <path>]
Response: <gain index>
OK
Purpose: Set the LNA gain state for either the main or diversity paths.
Parameters:
<gain index>
0=R0 (highest gain)
Approximate switch from low to high gain: WCDMA (< -72 dBm);
GSM (< -73 dBm)
1=R1
Approximate switch from low to high gain: WCDMA (< -72 up to -46 dBm);
GSM (< -73 up to -58 dBm)
2=R2
Approximate switch from low to high gain: WCDMA (< -46 up to -36 dBm);
GSM (< -58 up to -41 dBm)
3=R3 (lowest gain)
Approximate switch from low to high gain: WCDMA (> -36 dBm);
GSM (< -41 dBm)

Note: The LNA gain state is set based on the expected receive power level. The gain
state values listed above are provided as a guideline. The values are approximations
and subject to change over time. The values are different than those from high to low
gain.

<path> (For modules supporting diversity)

0=Main path
1=Secondary (diversity) path

112 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DASPDM Set PDM value

Supporting chipsets: Adjust the PDM (Pulse Duration Modulation), allowing you to apply frequency offset to
All the LO (Local Oscillator) or Tx AGC.
When you adjust the Tx AGC (<PDM ID> = 2), the modem does not use a calibrated
result but uses the raw AGC value. The resulting change in Tx power will vary from
Note: The modem must be in modem to modem, so it is usually necessary to tune this value by executing the
FTM mode to use this command repeatedly with different settings for the <PDMvalue> until you obtain the
commanduse !DAFTMACT desired Tx power.
to enter FTM mode. When adjusting the tracking LO, you also need to execute the command repeatedly with
different settings for the <PDMvalue> until you obtain the desired frequency offset.

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DASPDM.

Usage:
Execution: AT!DASPDM=<PDM ID>, <PDMvalue>
Response: <PDM ID> <PDMvalue>
OK
Purpose: Set the tracking LO and Tx AGC PDM.
Parameters:
<PDM ID> (LO (Local Oscillator) or Tx AGC (Automatic Gain Control) to adjust)
0=Tracking LO adjust (GSM only)
2=Tx AGC adjust (WCDMA only)
4=Tracking LO adjust (WCDMA only)
<PDMvalue> (Frequency offset value)
If <PDM ID>=0: 0511
If <PDM ID>=2: 0511
If <PDM ID>=5: 065536
!DASTXOFF Turn Tx PA off
Supporting chipsets: Turn the transceiver PA off, after it has been turned on with !DASTXON.
All
Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DASTXOFF.
Note: The modem must be in
FTM mode to use this Usage:
commanduse !DAFTMACT Execution: AT!DASTXOFF
to enter FTM mode. Response: OK
Purpose: Turn the Tx PA off.
Parameters:
None

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 113

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DASTXON Turn Tx PA on
Supporting chipsets: Turn on the transceiver PA (either the WCDMA PA or the GSM PA, depending on the
All mode set with !DASBAND). The PA then remains on until you turn it off using the
!DASTXOFF command, or until you reset or power the modem down and up.

Note: The modem must be in

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DASTXON.
FTM mode to use this
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Usage:
to enter FTM mode.
Execution: AT!DASTXON
Response: OK
Purpose: Turn the Tx PA on.
Parameters:
None

!DAWGAVGAGC Return averaged Rx AGC value (WCDMA only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the averaged AGC (Automatic Gain Control) reading for a specific band for either
All the main path or diversity path (if applicable).
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWGAVGAGC=<channel>, <LNA Index>[, <path>]
Response: <agc>
OK
Purpose: Return the averaged AGC for <channel> on the main path or diversity
path.
Parameters:
<channel> (Uplink channel number (UARFCN) for the band specified using !DASBAND)
Valid values depend on the selected band
<LNA Index> (LNA offset index)
0=R0 (Highest gain)
1=R1
2=R2
3=R3 (Lowest gain)
<path> (For modules supporting diversity)
0=Main path
1=Diversity path
<agc> (Averaged Rx AGC in dBm)
Example: -78.9

Note: !DASBAND must be issued before you can use !DAWGAVGAGC.

114 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAWGRXAGC Return Rx AGC value (WCDMA only)

Supporting chipsets: Return the Rx AGC (Automatic Gain Control) value of the main path or diversity path (if
All applicable).
This value can be converted to RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) in dBm:
if (<AGC_value> < 511)
<RX_dBm> = -106 + ( ( <AGC_value> + 512 ) / 12 )
else
<RX_dBm> = -106 + ( ( (<AGC_value>-1024) + 512 ) / 12 )
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWGRXAGC?[<path>]
Response: <AGC value>
OK
Purpose: Return the <AGC value> for either the main or diversity paths. If no
<path> is specified, the main path is assumed.
Parameters:
<path> (For modules supporting diversity)
0=Main path
1=Diversity path
<AGC value> (Rx AGC value for specified path)
Valid range: -512 to +511

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAWGRXAGC.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 115

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAWINFO Return WCDMA mode RF information (WCDMA only)

Supporting chipsets: Return RF information for WCDMA mode when the modem is in CELL_DCH
All (Designated Channel) state.

Note: The modem must be in Note: !DAGINFO provides RF information for GSM mode.
online mode to use this
command. Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWINFO
Response: RXAGC:<rxAGC> TXAGC:<txAGC> TXADJ:<txAdj>
TXLIM:<txLim> LNA:<lnaRange> PA ON:<paOn>
TX ON:<txOn> PA Range:<paRange>
RxD RXAGC:<RXDrxAGC> RxD LNA:<RXDlnaRange>
HDET:<hdet>
OK
Purpose: Return the RF information.
Parameters:
<rxAGC> (Rx AGC value)
Valid range: 065535
<txAGC> (Tx AGC value)
Valid range: 065535
<txAdj> (Tx AGC value after linearization (adjustment))
Valid range: 065535
<txLim> (Tx AGC limit)
Valid range: 065535
<lnaRange> (State of the LNA)
Valid range: 065535
<paOn> (State of PA_ON0)
Valid range: 065535
<txOn> (State of TX_ON)
Valid range: 065535
<paRange> (State of PA_R1: PA_R0)
Valid range: 065535
<RXDrxAGC> (RxD Rx AGC value)
Valid range: 065535
<RXDlnaRange> (State of the RxD LNA)
Valid range: 065535
<hdet> (Raw HDET (High Power Detector) data)
HDET information appears for devices using firmware revisions M3.0 Release 1
or higher
Valid range: 0255

116 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAWSCONFIGRX Set WCDMA receiver to factory calibration settings

Supporting chipsets: Configure the WCDMA receiver according to factory calibration settings stored in the
All modems NV (Non-Volatile memory). This allows for accurate measurement of Rx AGC
levels.
The command performs these steps:
Note: The modem must be in
1. Sets the channel.
FTM mode to use this
commanduse !DAFTMACT 2. Selects and sets LNA range (or LNA gain).
to enter FTM mode. 3. Sets the VGA gain offset based on the channel.
4. Sets the LNA range offset.
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSCONFIGRX=<channel>,<Rx_Level_dBm>
Response: <LNA Index>, <LNA Value>
OK
Purpose: Configure the receiver.
Parameters (Input):
<channel> (Uplink channel number (ARFCN))
Value based on the selected band
<Rx_Level_dBm> (Approximate signal level (in dBm) being applied to the modem
receiver)
Valid range: -113 to 20
Parameters (Output):
<LNA Index> (LNA offset index)
0=R0 (highest gain)
1=R1
2=R2
3=R3 (lowest gain)
<LNA Value>
Internal use only

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAWSCONFIGRX.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 117

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAWSPARANGE Set PA range state machine

Supporting chipsets: Set the PA range state machine in WCDMA operation.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSPARANGE=<PA range>
Note: The modem must be in Response: <PA range>
FTM mode to use this OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT Purpose: Set the PA range state machine.
to enter FTM mode. Parameters:
<PA range>
0=Low gain state of the PA Limited to about 16 dBm output power (R0=0,
R1=0)
3=High gain state of the PA Up to the maximum output power of the modem
(R0=1, R1=1)

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAWSPARANGE.

!DAWSSCHAIN Enable secondary receive chain (WCDMA only)

Supporting chipsets: Enable or disable the secondary receive chain.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSSCHAIN=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable or disable the secondary receive chain.
Parameters:
<state> (Requested state for secondary receive chain)
0=Off (Disable)
1=On (Enable)

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAWSSCHAIN.

!DAWSCHAINTCM Place receive chain in test call mode (WCDMA only)

Supporting chipsets: Place one or both of the primary and secondary receive chains in test call mode.
All Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSCHAINTCM=<chain>
Response: OK
Purpose: Place requested receive chain(s) in test call mode.
Parameters:
<chain> (Receive chain to place in test call mode)
0=Main
1=Secondary
2=Both

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use
!DAWSCHAINTCM.

118 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!DAWSTXCW Set waveform used by the transmitter

Supporting chipsets: Set the waveform used by the transmitterthe modem can transmit either in carrier
All wave or WCDMA modulated.
Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSTXCW=<waveform>
Note: The modem must be in
Response: OK
FTM mode to use this
Purpose: Set the transmitter waveform.
commanduse !DAFTMACT
to enter FTM mode. Parameters:
<waveform> (Waveform used by the transmitter)
0=WCDMA
1=Carrier wave (no modulating signal applied)

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAWSTXCW.

!DAWSTXPWR Set desired Tx power level (WCDMA mode only)

Supporting chipsets: Set the desired Tx power level in dBm. When this occurs, the PA range and PDM are
All, with these exceptions: automatically updated as well. (When this command is used, you do not need to use
!DAWSPARANGE and !DASPDM.)
MDM8200 (min f/w rev:
M2.0 Release 1) Usage:
Execution: AT!DAWSTXPWR=<dBm>[,<use_temp_comp>]
Note: The modem must be in Response: <pa_range>, <pdm>
FTM mode to use this OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT Purpose: Set the Tx power level to the requested <dBm> level, and automati-
to enter FTM mode. cally set the PA range and PDM.
Parameters:
<dBm> (Desired Tx power in dBm)
Valid range: -57 to 28
<use_temp_comp> (Apply temperature compensation to set desired Tx power.)
Frequency compensation is always applied.
0=No (default)
1=Yes
<pa_range> (PA range set as a result of the command)
Valid range: 03
<pdm> (PDM set as a result of the command)
Valid range: 0255

Note: !DASBAND and !DASCHAN must be issued before you can use !DAWSTXPWR.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 119

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IMSTESTMODE Enable/disable IMS test mode

Supporting chipsets: Enable/disable IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) test mode.
MDM9600 If IMS test mode is enabled:
IMS registration attempts will not occur
SMS is not supported
Usage:
Execution: AT!IMSTESTMODE=<mode>
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable/disable IMS test mode.
Query: AT!IMSTESTMODE?
Response: IMS Test Mode Enabled
or IMS Test Mode Disabled
Purpose: Return the current state of IMS Test Mode.
Parameters:
<mode> (IMS Test Mode state)
0=Disable
1=Enable
!KEYOFF Key off the transmitter
Supporting chipsets: Turn off the transmitters power amplifier. The transmitter circuitry remains powered until
!TX on page 123 (!Tx=0) is used.
MDM9600
Usage:
Execution: AT!KEYOFF
Note: The modem must be in Response: OK
FTM mode to use this Purpose: Turn off the transmitters power amplifier.
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Parameters:
to enter FTM mode.
None

120 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!KEYON Key on the transmitter

Supporting chipsets: Tune the radio, key the transmitter at maximum, and select pseudo-random noise or a
sine wave signal.
MDM9600
The power amplifier is set to maximum gain and the output power limit is disabled.

Note: The modem must be in

Note: This command enables the transmitter circuitry!TX does not need to be used
FTM mode to use this
before !KEYON.
commanduse !DAFTMACT
to enter FTM mode.
To turn off the power amplifier, use !KEYOFF on page 120. To turn off the transmitter,
use !TX on page 123.
Usage:
Execution: AT!KEYON=<channel>,<band>,<wave>
Response: OK
Purpose: Key on the transmitter
Parameters:
<channel>
0799, 9911023 (Cellular)
01200 (PCS)
<band>
0=US Cellular
1=PCS
<wave>
0=PN (pseudo-random noise)
1=SINE (sine wave)
!OSDSM Display memory usage for DSM buffer pools
Supporting chipsets: Display memory usage of the DSM (Distributed Shared Memory) buffer pools. This
All provides a means of detecting memory leaks.
Usage:
Query: AT!OSDSM?
Response: Pool n Size <size> Free <free>/<max> Min <min free>
... (list displays one line for each buffer pool from 0 to n)
OK
Purpose: Display memory usage.
Parameters:
All values are ASCII strings representing hexadecimal numbers from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF.
<size> (Size (in bytes) of each item in the pool)
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF
<free> (Number of items currently available in the pool)
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF
<max> (Total number of items in the pool)
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF
<min free> (Lowest number of free items since power-on)
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 121

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

$QCAGC Read Rx AGC (CDMA and WCDMA modes)

Supporting chipsets: This command reads the Rx AGC in dBm for CDMA and WCDMA modes.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!QCAGC=<band>,<rx_chan>,<path>
Note: The modem must be in Response: RSSI: <rssi>
FTM mode to use this OK
commanduse !DAFTMACT Purpose: Read Rx AGC for specified band, channel, and path.
to enter FTM mode. Query List: AT$QCAGC=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported parameters.
Parameters:
<band>
Valid bands:
CDMA_800
CDMA_1900
WCDMA_IMT
WCDMA_800
WCDMA_900
WCDMA_1900
<rx_chan> (Rx channel)
Valid channels by <band>:
CDMA_800: 1799, 9911023
CDMA_1900: 01199
WCDMA_IMT: 1056210842
WCDMA_800: 43574467, 10071087
WCDMA_900: 29373097
WCDMA_1900: 96629942, 412687
<path> (Receiver path)
Valid paths:
MAIN
AUX
<rssi> (RSSI AGC reading in dBm)
Example: -52
!RX2 Turn second receiver on/off
Supporting chipsets: Turn the second receiver on or off.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!RX2=<state>
Response: OK
Note: The modem must be in
Purpose: Turn the second receiver on or off.
FTM mode to use this
commanduse !DAFTMACT Parameters:
to enter FTM mode. <state>
0=Turn receiver off
1=Turn receiver on

122 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Test Commands

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!RX2AGC Read second receiver Rx AGC

Supporting chipsets: Return the Rx AGC value of the second receiver.
MDM9600 Usage:
Query: AT!RX2AGC?
Response: RX2AGC = <agc> = [integer agc]dBm
Note: The modem must be in OK
FTM mode to use this Purpose: Return second receivers AGC.
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Parameters:
to enter FTM mode.
<agc> (Rx AGC value)
Valid values: 0x0000x3FF
0x000 is most positive, 0x3FF is lowest
0x200 represents 50% duty cycle
!RXAGC Read first receiver Rx AGC
Supporting chipsets: Return the Rx AGC value of the first receiver.
MDM9600 Usage:
Query: AT!RXAGC?
Response: RXAGC = <agc> = [integer agc]dBm
Note: The modem must be in OK
FTM mode to use this Purpose: Return first receivers AGC.
commanduse !DAFTMACT
Parameters:
to enter FTM mode.
<agc> (Rx AGC value)
Valid values: 0x0000x3FF
0x000 is most positive, 0x3FF is lowest
0x200 represents 50% duty cycle
!TX Turn transmitter on/off
Supporting chipsets: Turn the transmitter on or off.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!TX=<state>
Response: OK
Note: The modem must be in
Purpose: Turn the transmitter on or off.
FTM mode to use this
commanduse !DAFTMACT Parameters:
to enter FTM mode. <state>
0=Turn transmitter off
1=Turn transmitter on

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 123

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 5-2: Test command details (Continued)

Command Description

!TXAGC Set desired Tx AGC

Supporting chipsets: Set the desired Tx AGC.
MDM9600 Usage:
Query: AT!TXAGC=<agc>
Response: OK
Note: The modem must be in
Purpose: Return first receivers AGC.
FTM mode to use this
commanduse !DAFTMACT Parameters:
to enter FTM mode. <agc> (Tx AGC value)
Valid values: 0x0000x1FF
0x000 is lowest, 0x1FF is most positive
0x100 represents 50% duty cycle

124 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 6: Memory Management Commands 6
Introduction
The modem has 2 MB of non-volatile memory that is used to store:
Factory calibration data
Settings made in a host application such as Watcher
The commands in this chapter allow you to back up and restore the
data in non-volatile memory.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter:

Table 6-1: Memory management commands

Command Description Page

!NVDEF Reset non-volatile memory 126

!NVRESTORE Restore backup data 126

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 125

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 6-2: Memory management command details
Command Description

!NVDEF Reset non-volatile memory

Supporting chipsets:
Warning: This command erases all calibration data, customizations, etc. First use
All
!NVBACKUP to save these settings, and then, after using this command, use !NVRESTORE
(p.126) to restore the settings.
Note: Profiles (PDP contexts) are not restored using AT commands. The host application is
responsible for implementing this task.

Reset non-volatile memory to default values and then restore the modems FSN. All
calibration data, customizations, etc., are removed.

Note: This command may take 2030 seconds to complete.

Usage:
Execution: AT!NVDEF
Response: !NVDEF: Wiping NV, restoring defaults for S1614350476E10F (FSN
shown is an example)
NV Items Defaulted: <defaulted>
OK
Purpose: Clear and reset NV items.
Parameters:
<defaulted> (Number of NV items defaulted)
Valid range: 065535 (This number varies depending on firmware version.)
!NVRESTORE Restore backup data
Supporting chipsets: Restore items to non-volatile memory that were backed up with the command
All AT!NVBACKUP, and return the number of NV items restored.
Usage:
Execution: AT!NVRESTORE=<category>
Response: !NVRESTORE:
NV Items Restored: <restored>
OK
Purpose: Clear and reset NV items.
Parameters:
<category> (Item type to be restored)
0=Factory items (RF calibration data)
1=OEM items (Factory configuration, unless user has performed an
AT!NVBACKUP=1)
2=User items (Configuration as of most recent firmware download, including all user
customizations)
<restored> (Number of NV items restored)
Valid range: 0255

126 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 7: Voice Commands 7
Introduction
Note: This chapter applies to modems supporting analog and PCM digital
audio interfaces. For modems supporting I2S audio, see I2S Audio
Commands on page 163.

Voice-enabled Sierra Wireless Mini Card modems (for example,

MC8795V) have built-in audio support that allows the modems to be
used as mobile phones.

Note: Voice-enabled SL808x modems support the general audio function-

ality described in this chapter. Specific details are to be determined.

The modems all support a single analog audio interface that can be
used for handset-style applications or headset applications, and a
PCM digital audio interface. The modems have a wide range of
software-controlled audio filtering and amplification stages, which
minimize the amount of external circuitry required on the host
system.
At its most basic configuration, the host audio system could contain:
A microphone/speaker combination (handset)
or
A headset jack
The audio pass band for the primary and secondary audio paths
extends from 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz in both the receive and transmit
directions.
These transmit audio features are supported (depending on module
type):
Adjustable gain up to +40 dB
Several adjustable filtering stages (high-pass and slope filters)
Noise cancellation
Configurable echo cancellation for various acoustic environ-
ments. (For example, headset, handset, and speakerphone.)
Adjustable sidetone from mute to unity gain
These receive audio features are supported:
Adjustable gain up to +24 dB
High-pass filter stage
Output driver stages, which can drive speakers directly

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 127

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

The modems also provide 13-tap FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filtering for both
the receive and transmit paths to equalize the acoustic response of the speaker
and microphone.
The embedded module can serve as an integral component of a more complex
audio system, such as a PDA with a separate codec interfacing with the main
processor. In this case, the interface between the modem and PDA codec can be
as simple as line-level audio with no transducer considerations. Phone-oriented
functions such as echo cancellation and FIR filtering are typically left to the
module, while path-switching and transducer interfaces are the responsibility of
the PDA codec. Functions such as adjustable gain and volume settings, DTMF
and ringer tone generation, and mixing can be accomplished in either codec,
depending on the architecture of the particular product. The interface between the
module and host audio systems is usually the primary audio interface set to line-
level amplitudes, routed as differential pairs for noise immunity.

Figure 7-1: Mini Card audio block diagram

Audio profiles
The AT command set allows you to have different audio configurations for
different purposes. As an example, assume you are embedding the module in a
device that has a handset mode and a speakerphone mode. Assume also that
you want to use different transmit gain, noise suppression, and echo cancellation
settings in each mode. You can store the settings for each mode in separate
audio profiles, then activate the appropriate profile as your application switches to
handset or speakerphone mode.
The AirPrime UMTS/LTE embedded module supports some combination of the
following audio profiles, depending on the module type:
0Handset (MSM6290, QSC6270)
1Headset (MSM6290, QSC6270)

128 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

2Car kit (MSM6290, QSC6270)

3Speaker phone (MSM6290, QSC6270)
4Auxiliary (MSM6290, QSC6270)
5TTY (TeleTYpea device that allows speech and hearing-impaired
people to use a phone) (MSM6290, QSC6270)
6Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock) (MSM6290, QSC6270)
7Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock) (MDM6200, MSM6290, QSC6270)
AT commands that are used to change the audio configuration have a profile
parameter; any changes you make are applied to the specified profile. The default
audio configurations for each profile are shown in Table 7-1, Table 7-2, and
Table 7-3.

Table 7-1: MDM6200 audio profile default settings

Profile ID
Setting
7

Automatic Gain Control (Tx)

Off
AT! AVTXAGC

Noise Suppression (Tx)

Off
AT! AVNS

AGC, AVC (Rx)

Off
AT!AVRXAGC

Echo Cancellation
Headset
AT!AVEC

Tx gain
0 dB
AT!AVTXVOL

Sidetone gain
n/a
AT!AVCODECSTG

Table 7-2: MSM6290 audio profile default settings

Profile ID
Setting
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Automatic Gain Control (Tx)

Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
AT! AVTXAGC

Noise Suppression (Tx)

On On Off Off On On Off Off
AT! AVNS

AGC, AVC (Rx)

Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
AT!AVRXAGC

Echo Cancellation Speaker

ESEC Headset AEC Headset ESEC Headset Headset
AT!AVEC phone

Tx gain
0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB
AT!AVTXVOL

Microphone gain
24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVMICGAIN

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 129

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-2: MSM6290 audio profile default settings (Continued)

Profile ID
Setting
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Sidetone gain
-24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB Mute n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECSTG

Codec Tx gain
4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECTXG

Codec Rx gain
3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECRXG

Table 7-3: QSC6270 audio profile default settings

Profile ID
Setting
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Automatic Gain Control (Tx)

Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
AT! AVTXAGC

AGC, AVC (Rx)

Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
AT!AVRXAGC

Echo Cancellation Speaker

ESEC Headset AEC Headset ESEC Headset Headset
AT!AVEC phone

Tx gain
0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB
AT!AVTXVOL

Microphone gain
24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 24.0 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVMICGAIN

Sidetone gain
-24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB -24.0 dB Mute n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECSTG

Codec Tx gain
4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 4 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECTXG

Codec Rx gain
3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 3.5 dB 0 dB n/a n/a
AT!AVCODECRXG

Profile activation
(MSM6290/QSC6270)
Profile 0 (Handset) is the default profile. Unless you activate a different profile
prior to establishing a circuit-switched call, the default profile is used in
establishing the call. To use a profile other than Profile 0, use the command
AT!AVSETPROFILE (described on page 151) to activate the profile prior to
establishing the call.

130 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter:

Table 7-4: Voice commands

Command Description Page

!AVAUDIOLPBK Enable/disable an audio loopback 132

!AVCODECRXG Set/report CODEC Rx gain 132

!AVCODECSTG Set/report CODEC sidetone gain 134

!AVCODECTXG Set/report CODEC Tx gain 135

!AVDEF Set audio settings to default values 136

!AVDTMFTXG Set/report the DTMF Tx gain 137

!AVDTMFVOLDB Set/report volume for each DTMF volume level in Rx direction 138

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting 139

!AVEXTPCMCFG Configure external PCM interface 140

!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF Prevent/allow external PCM interface clock from turning off 141

!AVINBANDRANGE Specify Progress Descriptor value range for in-band signaling 142

!AVMICGAIN Set/report microphone gain 143

!AVNS Enable/disable noise suppression 144

!AVRXAGC Set/report Rx AVC/AGC configuration 145

!AVRXPCMFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM filter tap 146

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters 148

!AVRXVOLDB Set/report volume for each voice volume level in Rx direction 150

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile 151

!AVSN Set/report audio revision number 152

!AVTONEPLAY Play DTMF tone 152

!AVTONESETTINGS Enable/disable playing of locally-generated DTMF tones 153

!AVTXAGC Set Tx AGC 154

!AVTXPCMFLTR Set/report Tx PCM filter tap 155

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters 156

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume 158

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 131

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 7-5: Voice command details
Command Description

!AVAUDIOLPBK Enable/disable an audio loopback

Supporting chipsets (voice- Configure an audio loopback. The loopback occurs at the vocoder interface and tests
enabled devices only): the audio front end with the EFR (Enhanced Full Rate) vocoder.
MDM6200 Usage:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVAUDIOLPBK=<enable>
K1_0_1_0ap) Response: OK
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Enable or disable audio loopback.
Parameters:
<enable> (Enable/disable the loopback)
0=Loopback off
1=Loopback on
!AVCODECRXG Set/report CODEC Rx gain
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the CODEC Rx gain for the specified audio profile. The CODEC Rx gain is
enabled devices only): applied to the digital signal prior to its conversion to the analog domain to provide
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: additional gain range from -84dB to +12dB in the receive direction.
K1_0_2_0ap) This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Note: This command has no effect when PCM audio is being used.

Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECRXG=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the CODEC Rx gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVCODECRXG?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current CODEC Rx gain (<value>) for the specified
<profile>.

(Continued on next page)

132 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCODECRXG (continued) Set/report CODEC Rx gain (continued)

Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
Valid values:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
<value> (Gain valueselected <profile>)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format:
Min=0x0000 (mute)
Max=0xFFFF
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and use
the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 16384)
Unity gain=0x4000

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 133

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCODECSTG Set/report CODEC sidetone gain

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the CODEC sidetone gain for the specified audio profile. Sidetone gain is the
enabled devices only): portion of audio from the microphone that gets routed back to the users speaker.
MDM6200 This prevents the user from speaking too loudly by making them aware of the volume
of their own voice.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
The gain range is chipset-dependent:
K1_0_2_0ap)
QSC6270: -96dB to 0dB
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Other chipsets: -84dB to +12dB
This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.

Note: (MSM6290, QSC6270) This command has no effect when PCM audio is
being used.

Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECSTG=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the CODEC sidetone gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVCODECSTG?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current CODEC sidetone gain (<value>) for the
specified <profile>.

Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
(Continued on next page)

134 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCODECSTG (continued) Set/report CODEC sidetone gain (continued)

<value> (Gain value for selected <profile>)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format:
Min=0x0000 (mute)
Max=0xFFFF
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and use
the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 16384) - 12
Unity gain=0xFECA
!AVCODECTXG Set/report CODEC Tx gain
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the CODEC Tx gain for the specified audio profile. The CODEC Tx gain is
enabled devices only): applied to the digital signal after its conversion from the analog domain to provide
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: additional gain range in the transmit direction.
K1_0_2_0ap) The gain range is chipset-dependent:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) QSC6270: -66dB to +30dB
Other chipsets: -84dB to +12dB
This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.

Note: This command has no effect when PCM audio is being used.

Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECTXG=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the CODEC Tx gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVCODECTXG?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current CODEC Tx gain (<value>) for the specified
<profile>.

(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 135

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCODECTXG (continued) Set/return the Tx gain (continued)

Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
Valid values:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
<value> (Gain value for selected <profile>)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format:
Min=0x0000 (mute)
Max=0xFFFF
QSC6270:
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and
use the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 2048)
Unity gain=0x0800
Other chipsets:
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and
use the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 16384)
Unity gain=0x4000
!AVDEF Set audio settings to default values
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set all the configurable audio parameters to default values. The default values are
enabled devices only): also loaded into non-volatile memory.
MDM6200 Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
K1_0_2_0ap) The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVDEF
Response: OK
Purpose: Set audio settings to default values.

136 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVDTMFTXG Set/report the DTMF Tx gain

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the DTMF Tx gain for the specified audio profile. The DTMF Tx gain determines
enabled devices only): the gain, from -84dB to +12dB, for the DTMF tone that is transmitted over the air.
MDM6200 This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles. The
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: change to the audio system takes effect when a phone call is made or received.
K1_0_2_0ap) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVDTMFTXG=<profile>, <value>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the DTMF Tx gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVDTMFTXG?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current DTMF Tx gain (<value>) for the specified
<profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (Gain value for selected <profile>)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid ranges:
0x00000x4B0 (0x0000=mute)
0xEC780xFFFF
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and use
the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 16384)
Unity gain=0x4000

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 137

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVDTMFVOLDB Set/report volume for each DTMF volume level in Rx direction

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the volume for each DTMF voice volume level in the Rx direction.
enabled devices only): The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles. The
MDM6200 change to the audio system takes effect immediately if the specified path is active
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: and all the volumes have been initialized.
K1_0_2_0ap) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVDTMFVOLDB=<profile>, <generator>, <level>, <value>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio and DTMF volumes for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVDTMFVOLDB?<profile>, <generator>, <level>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current volume (<value>) for the specified
<profile><generator><level> combination.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<generator> (Audio type)
0=Voice
<level> (Volume level)
0=Level 0
1=Level 1
2=Level 2
3=Level 3
4=Level 4
5=Level 5
6=Level 6
7=Level 7
<value> (Volume for the specified <level>)
Valid ranges:
0x00000x04B0 (for positive gains)
0xFFFF0xEC78 (for negative gains)
The volume in dB is equal to the <value>/100.

138 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the echo cancellation mode for the specified profile. The echo canceller detects
enabled devices only): and removes audio that echoes back from the far end of the voice conversation.
MDM6200 Several settings are available:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Handset mode for mild echo with short delay
K1_0_2_0ap) Headset mode for moderate echo with short delay
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Car kit for loud echo with long delay
Speakerphone mode for loud echo with extreme acoustic distortion
Note: For MDM8200A, see This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
!AVEC on page 168. Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVEC=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the echo cancellation mode for the specified <profile>
Query: AT!AVEC?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the echo cancellation mode (<value>) for the specified
<profile>
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (Echo cancellation mode)
0=Echo cancellation off
1=Handset echo cancellation mode (ESECEar Seal Echo Cancellation)
2=Headset echo cancellation mode
3=Car kit echo cancellation mode (AEC Acoustic Echo Cancellation)
4=Echo cancellation speaker

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 139

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVEXTPCMCFG Configure external PCM interface

Supporting chipsets (voice- Configure the external PCM interface by specifying the clock speed, the format, and
enabled devices only): enabling/disabling padding.
MDM6200 These settings are stored in non-volatile memory and persist across power cycles.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K1_0_2_0ap) Note: MDM6200 supports only PCM <clock> speed 0 (2.048 MHz).
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect immediately if the current profile uses the external
PCM interface.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVEXTPCMCFG=<clock>, <format>, <padding>
Response: OK
Purpose: Configure the external PCM interface.
Query: AT!AVEXTPCMCFG?
Response: <clock> <format> <padding>
OK
Purpose: Display current PCM interface configuration settings.
Parameters:
<clock> (PCM clock speed)
0=2.048 MHz (short sync)
1=128 kHz (long sync)
<format> (PCM format type)
0=8-bit -law
1=8-bit a-law
2=16-bit linear
<padding> (Enable/disable padding)
0=Disable
1=Enable

Note: Padding is typically disabled (padding bits are used to control the volume
level for some external codecs).

140 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF Prevent/allow external PCM interface clock from turning off

Supporting chipsets (voice- Prevent (or allow) the external PCM interface clock from being turned off if the
enabled devices only): current audio profile uses the external PCM interface.
MDM6200
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Note: The external PCM interface for the current audio profile must be enabled
K1_0_2_0ap) before using this command.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF=<value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Enable or disable (<value>) the ability to turn off the external PCM
interface clock
Query: AT!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF?
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current status (<value>) of this option.
Parameters:
<value> (Ability to prevent PCM clock from being turned off)
0=Disable
1=Enable
At startup, if audio profile 0 (default) uses the external PCM interface, the
modem enables the clock.
At startup, if audio profile 0 (default) does not use the external PCM
interface, the user must switch to a different profile that does use the
external PCM interface to enable the clock.

Note: If the user switches from a profile that uses the external PCM interface to one
that does not, the PCM clock is lost.

Note: Depending on the external CODEC configuration, OEMs using this command
might prevent the audio from being muted, so the device could be more prone to
noise from the RF subsystem.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 141

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVINBANDRANGE Specify Progress Descriptor value range for in-band signaling

Supporting chipsets (voice- During call establishment, several OTA messages may include a Progress Indicator
enabled devices only): information element that indicates whether the network uses in-band DTMF
MDM6200 signaling.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: 3GPP TS24.008 (section 5.5.1 and section 10.5.4.21) indicates the valid range of
Progress Descriptor values. This command can be used to specify one of two
K2_0_7_17ap) possible ranges to accommodate differing interpretations of the specification.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) This setting takes immediate effect (does not require a restart), and persists across
power cycles.

Usage:
Execution: AT!AVINBANDRANGE=<range>
Response: OK or ERROR
Purpose: Specify the range of possible Progress Descriptor values.
Query: AT!AVINBANDRANGE?
Response: <range>
OK
Purpose: Return the range of possible Progress Descriptor values.
Parameters:
<range> (Progress Descriptor value range)
0=Default (1,2,3,6,..,20)
1=Alternate (1,2,3,6,..,0x20)

142 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVMICGAIN Set/report microphone gain

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the microphone gain for the specified audio profile. This setting provides a set of
enabled devices only): twenty-six gain levels from -6 dB to +49.5 dB (steps of 1.5 dB). The gain is applied to
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: the analog audio input prior to its conversion into the digital domain.
K1_0_2_0ap) This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Note: This command has no effect when PCM audio is being used.

Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVMICGAIN=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the microphone gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVMICGAIN?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the microphone gain (<value>) for the specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
<value> (Gain value)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format:
QSC6270
Valid values: 0x04 (0 dB), 0x14 (24 dB)
Other chipsets
Valid range: 0x00 (-6 dB) to 0x25 (49.5 dB) in 1.5 dB steps
Examples:
QSC6270To set the microphone gain for the car kit to 24 dB:
AT!AVMICGAIN=2,14
MSM6290To set the microphone gain for the speakerphone to 4.5 dB:
AT!AVMICGAIN=3,7

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 143

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVNS Enable/disable noise suppression

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the noise suppression mode for a specified profile. The noise suppressor
enabled devices only): reduces or eliminates continuous background noise, providing a clearer Rx audio
MDM6200 signal.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
K1_0_2_0ap) Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVNS=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the noise suppression mode for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVNS?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the noise suppression mode (<value>) for the specified
<profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (Turn noise suppression mode on/off)
0=Noise suppression mode off
1=Noise suppression mode on

144 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXAGC Set/report Rx AVC/AGC configuration

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the Rx AVC/AGC (Automatic Volume Control/Automatic Gain Control)
enabled devices only): configuration for the specified profile. The Rx AGC compensates for variations in
MDM6200 audio gains from the land line side, while the Rx AVC tracks the ambient audio noise
on the mobile side and compensates accordingly. Both controls allow for a constant
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: audio level in the Rx direction.
K1_0_2_0ap) The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVRXAGC=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Rx AVC/AGC configuration for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVRXAGC?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current Rx AVC/AGC configuration (<value>) for the
specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (AVC/AGC configuration)
0=AGC off, AVC off
1=AGC on, AVC on
2=AGC on, AVC off
MDM6200/QSC6270:
3=AGC off, AVC on
4=AGC on, RVE on
5=AGC off, RVE on

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 145

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM filter tap

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a 7-tap PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) FIR (Finite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set the Rx PCM filter tap for the specified
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: profile.
P1_0_0_4) (This filter will be overridden if the PCM IIR (Infinite Impulse Response) filter is
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: enabledsee !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR on page 148.)
K1_0_2_0ap)
Note: This command is only useful when embedding the modem in a handset.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Mobile phones, PDAs or other handheld transmitters and receivers that incorporate
a GSM module are required to comply with the GSM 11.10 3GPP TS51.010 or 3GPP
TS26.132 standard, or with national standards or government regulations. To
conform to the relevant standard you may need to tune certain audio characteristics.
This command allows you to tune the receive PCM filter to alter audio
characteristics.
Settings are stored in non-volatile memory and persist across power cycles.
The process of tuning the receive audio characteristics generally involves these
steps:
1. Turn off the PCM filter (set <value> parameter to 0x0000 on Tap 6).
2. Use test equipment to obtain a frequency response curve with the passing
mask.
3. Identify the frequency bands that need correction to bring the overall response
within the bounds specified in the test case.
4. Use a filter design tool to determine the filter coefficients, convert to signed Q14
format, and enter the appropriate tap settings using the !AVRXPCMFLTR
command.
5. Repeat the process until the specifications are met.
Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVRXPCMFLTR=<profile>, <tap>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Rx PCM filter tap for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVRXPCMFLTR?<profile>, <tap>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the filter setting (<value>) for the specified <profile>.
(Continued on next page)

146 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters (continued)

(continued) Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
Valid values:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<tap> (Filter tap in use)
0=Tap 0
1=Tap 1
2=Tap 2
3=Tap 3
4=Tap 4
5=Tap 5
6=Tap 6
<value> (Rx PCM filter tap value)
Valid range: 0x0000-0xFFFF
Calculated using the formula:
<value> = ROUND (filter coefficient x 214)
0x0000 on Tap6 causes the PCM filter to be bypassed

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 147

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a multi-stage PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) IIR (Infinite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set parameters for each stage of the specified
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: profile.
P1_0_0_4) (Enabling this filter disables the PCM FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filtersee
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: !AVRXPCMFLTR on page 146.)
K2_0_7_51ap)
QSC6270: (min f/w rev: S2.0) Note: This command is only useful when embedding the modem in a handset.

Mobile phones, PDAs or other handheld transmitters and receivers that incorporate
Note: For MDM8200A, see a GSM module are required to comply with the GSM 11.10 3GPP TS51.010 or 3GPP
!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR on page 170. TS26.132 standard, or with national standards or government regulations. To
conform to the relevant standard you may need to tune certain audio characteristics.
This command lets you tune the receive PCM filter to alter audio characteristics.
Settings are stored in non-volatile memory and persist across power cycles.

To enable the PCM IIR filter (and override the PCM FIR filter):
1. Set the number of stages > 0.

To disable the PCM IIR filter:

1. Set the number of states = 0.

To tune the receive or transmit audio characteristics, follow a procedure similar to the
following:
1. Disable the PCM IIR and FIR filters.
2. Use test equipment to obtain the initial Tx/Rx frequency response (uncor-
rected).
3. Make sure your filter design tool is configured to generate filter coefficients in
signed Q30 format.
4. Identify frequency bands that must be corrected (boosted or attenuated) to
bring the overall response within the bounds specified in the test case, consid-
ering the following points:
Fit the conformance mask (3GPP specification).
Minimize overall gain introduced by the PCM filter.
Modify the filter if necessary to improve quality (higher frequencies are more
legible; lower frequencies will sound muffled).
5. Use !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR with an appropriate number of stages for the speech
codec being used:
Wideband codecs (e.g. AMR-WB)Five stages required
Narrowband codecs (e.g. AMR-NB)Fewer stages required (for example, 3)
6. Repeat steps 45 until the specifications are met.
Device-specific details:
All chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
(Continued on next page)

148 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters (continued)

(continued) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <param>, <stages>
or AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <param>, <a1>, <a2>, <b0>,
<b1>, <b2>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the number of stages for the filter, or set the parameters for a
specific stage.
Query: AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, <param>
Response: <stages>
or <a1>,<a2>,<b0>,<b1>,<b2>
OK
Purpose: Return the number of IIR filter stages, or the parameters for a
specific stage.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<param> (Stage number):
0=Configure the number of <stages>
15
<stages> (Number of stages)
05
<a1> (IIR filter design parameter a1)
<a2> (IIR filter design parameter a2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<b0> (IIR filter design parameter b0)
<b1> (IIR filter design parameter b1)
<b2> (IIR filter design parameter b2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 149

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXVOLDB Set/report volume for each voice volume level in Rx direction

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the volume for each OTA (over the air) voice volume level in the Rx direction.
enabled devices only): Volumes range from -50 dB to 12 dB and are applied to PCM voice packets after
MDM6200 they have been decoded by the vocoder.
MSM6290: (min f/w rev: The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
K1_0_2_0ap) Device-specific details:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
Note: For MDM8200A, see All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
!AVRXVOLDB on page 172. The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!RXVOLDB=<profile>, <generator>, <level>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Rx volume (in dB) for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!RXVOLDB?<profile>,<generator>,<level>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the Rx volume (in dB) for the specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<generator> (Audio type)
0=Voice
<level> (Volume level)
0=Level 0
1=Level 1
2=Level 2
3=Level 3
4=Level 4
5=Level 5
6=Level 6
7=Level 7
<value> (Rx volume (signed) in dB = value/100)
0x00000x04B0, FFFFEC78

150 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile

Supporting chipsets (voice- Select a profile with which to establish a circuit-switched call. (See Profile activation
enabled devices only): on page 130.) This command also enables / disables muting on the earpiece and
MDM6200 microphone and sets the volume level.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: The profile you select remains active until the modem is reset or powered down and
up again. Following a reset or power up, Profile 0 (the default profile) is active.
K1_0_1_0ap)
If desired, you can run the command !AVRXVOLDB on page 150 to assign specific
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) volume levels to each of the predefined volume levels, 1 through 7.
Usage:
Note: For MDM8200A, see Execution: AT!SETPROFILE=<profile>, <earmute>, <micmute>,
!AVSETPROFILE on page 174. <generator>, <volume>[, <cwtmute>]
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio characteristics for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVSETPROFILE?<generator>
Response: <profile>, <earmute>, <micmute>, <volume>
OK
Purpose: Return the audio profile characteristics for the specified audio type
(<generator>).
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<earmute> (Enable/disable earpiece muting)
0=Unmuted
1=Muted
<micmute> (Enable/disable microphone muting)
0=Unmuted
1=Muted
<generator> (Audio type)
0=Voice
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 151

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVSETPROFILE Activate a profile (continued)

(continued) <level> (Volume level)
0=Level 0
1=Level 1
2=Level 2
3=Level 3
4=Level 4
5=Level 5
6=Level 6
7=Level 7
<cwtmute> (Enable/disable call waiting tone muting)
0=Unmuted (default)
1=Muted
!AVSN Set/report audio revision number
Supporting chipsets (voice- Store and retrieve a revision number for your audio configuration. The modem does
enabled devices only): NOT associate this number with any settings and this command does not provide a
MDM6200 means of restoring a particular configuration. The command only provides a means
of storing and retrieving a number.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
Usage:
K1_0_2_0ap)
Execution: AT!AVSN=<value>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio configuration revision number.
Query: AT!AVSN?
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current audio configuration revision number.
Parameters:
<value> (Revision number)
Valid range: 0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
!AVTONEPLAY Play DTMF tone
Supporting chipsets (voice- Play a specified DTMF tone with the current active audio profile. This is intended for
enabled devices only): testing purposes (not for normal operation).
MDM6200 Usage:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVTONEPLAY=<generator>, <value> [, <duration>]
K1_0_2_0ap) Response: OK
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Play a specific tone.
Parameters:
<generator> (Audio type)
0=Voice
<value> (Tone value)
Valid range: 0x000x39
For details, see Tone values for AT!AVTONEPLAY command on page 159.

152 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTONESETTINGS Enable/disable playing of locally-generated DTMF tones

Supporting chipsets (voice- Block locally-generated DTMF tones from playing, while leaving voice unaffected.
enabled devices only): The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
MDM6200
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Note: This does not block in-band DTMF tones.
K1_0_2_25ap, K1_1_1_16ap,
K2_0_6_10ap) Usage:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Execution: AT!AVTONESETTINGS=<group>,<setting>[,<group>,<setting>][,
...]
Response: <group 1> TONES: <Off | On>
...
<group N> TONES: <Off | On>
OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable or disable local playing of specific tone groups.
Query: AT!AVTONESETTINGS?
Response: <group 1> TONES: <Off | On>
...
<group N> TONES: <Off | On>
OK
Purpose: Return the current state for each supported tone group.
Query list: AT!AVTONESETTINGS=?
Purpose: Return the command format, and supported <group> and
<setting> values.
Parameters:
<group> (Tone group affected)
ASCII string
Supported value: ALL
<setting> (Enable/disable specified tone group)
0=Disable
1=Enable

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 153

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXAGC Set Tx AGC

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the Tx AGC (Automatic Gain Control) for the specified profile. The Tx AGC
enabled devices only): compensates for variations in audio gains from the mobile side to allow for a
MDM6200 constant audio level in the Tx direction.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: The setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
K1_0_2_0ap) Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVTXAGC=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Tx AGC for the specified profile.
Query: AT!AVTXAGC?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current Tx AGC (<value>) for the specified profile.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (Enable/disable Tx AGC)
0=AGC off
1=AGC on

154 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXPCMFLTR Set/report Tx PCM filter tap

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a 7-tap PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) FIR (Finite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set the Tx PCM filter tap for the specified
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: profile.
P1_0_0_4) See !AVRXPCMFLTR on page 146 for a description of using the filters.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Device-specific details:
K1_0_2_0ap) MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) The change takes effect the next time the modem restarts.
All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVTXPCMFLTR=<profile>, <tap>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Tx PCM filter tap for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVTXPCMFLTR?<profile>, <tap>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the filter setting (<value>) for the specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
Valid values:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<tap> (Filter tap in use)
Valid values:
0=Tap0
1=Tap1
2=Tap2
3=Tap3
4=Tap4
5=Tap5
6=Tap6
<value> (Tx PCM filter tap value)
Calculated using the formula:
<value>=ROUND (filter coefficient x 214)
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF
0x0000 on Tap6 causes the PCM filter to be bypassed.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 155

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a multi-stage PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) IIR (Infinite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set parameters for each stage of the specified
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: profile.
P1_0_0_4) See !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR on page 148 for a description of using the filters.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Device-specific details:
K2_0_7_51ap) All chipsets/firmware revisions:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Note: For MDM8200A, see Execution: AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <param>, <stages>
!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR on page 177. or AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <param>, <a1>, <a2>, <b0>,
<b1>, <b2>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the number of stages for the filter, or set the parameters for a
specific stage.
Query: AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, <param>
Response: <stages>
or <a1>,<a2>,<b0>,<b1>,<b2>
OK
Purpose: Return the number of IIR filter stages, or the parameters for a
specific stage.
Parameters:
<profile> (Account profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<param> (Stage number)
0=Configure the number of <stages>
15
<stages> (Number of stages)
05
<a1> (IIR filter design parameter a1)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<a2> (IIR filter design parameter a2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
(Continued on next page)

156 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters (continued)

(continued)
<b01> (IIR filter design parameter b0)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<b1> (IIR filter design parameter b1)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<b2> (IIR filter design parameter b2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 157

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-5: Voice command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the Tx volume gain for the specified audio profile. The Tx volume gain
enabled devices only): determines the gain, from -84 dB to +12 dB, for the voice that is transmitted over the
MDM6200 air. This gain is applied to the PCM voice packets prior to feeding them into the
vocoder, which encodes the PCM packets into a more efficient format for over the air
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: transmission.
K1_0_2_0ap) This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Device-specific details:
MSM6290 (Firmware revisions K2_0_7_8ap and lower):
Note: For MDM8200A, see The change takes effect when a phone call is made or received.
!AVTXVOL on page 178. All other chipsets/firmware revisions:
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVTXVOL=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Tx volume gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVTXVOL?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Display the Tx volume gain for the specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Audio profile number)
MSM6290, QSC6270:
0=Handset
1=Headset
2=Car kit
3=Speaker phone
4=Auxiliary
5=TTY
6=Auxiliary external PCM (128 kHz clock)
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
MDM6200:
7=Primary external PCM (2 MHz clock)
<value> (Tx volume gain)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format:
Min=0x0000 (mute)
Max=0xFFFF
To calculate the gain in dB, convert <value> to decimal (<decvalue>) and use
the following formula:
Gain = 20 log10 (<decvalue> / 16384)
Unity gain value is 0x4000

158 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-6: Tone values for AT !AVTONEPLAY command

<Value> Tone Description
parameter
setting

0x00 SND_0 DTMF for 0 key

0x01 SND_1 DTMF for 1 key

0x02 SND_2 DTMF for 2 key

0x03 SND_3 DTMF for 3 key

0x04 SND_4 DTMF for 4 key

0x05 SND_5 DTMF for 5 key

0x06 SND_6 DTMF for 6 key

0x07 SND_7 DTMF for 7 key

0x08 SND_8 DTMF for 8 key

0x09 SND_9 DTMF for 9 key

0x0A SND_A DTMF for A key

0x0B SND_B DTMF for B key

0x0C SND_C DTMF for C key

0x0D SND_D DTMF for D key

0x0E SND_POUND DTMF for # key

0x0F SND_STAR DTMF for * key

0x10 SND_CTRL Tone for a control key

0x11 SND_2ND Tone for secondary function on a key

0x12 SND_WARN Warning tone (e.g. overwriting user phone# slot)

0x13 SND_ERR Tone to indicate an error

0x14 SND_TIME Time marker tone

0x15 SND_RING_A 1st Ringer tone

0x16 SND_RING_B 2nd Ringer tone

0x17 SND_RING_C 3rd Ringer tone

0x18 SND_RING_D 4th Ringer tone

0x19 SND_RING_A4 440.0 Hz (Piano Notes)

0x1A SND_RING_AS4 466.1 Hz

0x1B SND_RING_B4 493.8 Hz

0x1C SND_RING_C4 523.2 Hz

0x1D SND_RING_CS4 554.3 Hz

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 159

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 7-6: Tone values for AT !AVTONEPLAY command (Continued)

<Value> Tone Description
parameter
setting

0x1E SND_RING_D4 587.3 Hz

0x1F SND_RING_DS4 622.2 Hz

0x20 SND_RING_E4 659.2 Hz

0x21 SND_RING_F4 698.5 Hz

0x22 SND_RING_FS4 739.9 Hz

0x23 SND_RING_G4 784.0 Hz

0x24 SND_RING_GS4 830.6 Hz

0x25 SND_RING_A5 880.0 Hz

0x26 SND_RING_AS5 932.2 Hz

0x27 SND_RING_B5 987.7 Hz

0x28 SND_RING_C5 1046.5 Hz

0x29 SND_RING_CS5 1108.7 Hz

0x2A SND_RING_D5 1174.6 Hz

0x2B SND_RING_DS5 1244.3 Hz

0x2C SND_RING_E5 1318.5 Hz

0x2D SND_RING_F5 1397.0 Hz

0x2E SND_RING_FS5 1479.9 Hz

0x2F SND_RING_G5 1568.0 Hz

0x30 SND_RING_GS5 1661.2 Hz

0x31 SND_RING_A6 1760.0 Hz

0x32 SND_RING_AS6 1864.7 Hz

0x33 SND_RING_B6 1975.5 Hz

0x34 SND_RING_C6 2093.1 Hz

0x35 SND_RING_CS6 2217.4 Hz

0x36 SND_RING_D6 2349.3 Hz

0x37 SND_RING_DS6 2489.1 Hz

0x38 SND_RING_E6 2637.0 Hz

0x39 SND_RING_F6 2793.7 Hz

0x3A SND_RING_FS6 2959.9 Hz

0x3B SND_RING_G6 3135.9 Hz

160 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Voice Commands

Table 7-6: Tone values for AT !AVTONEPLAY command (Continued)

<Value> Tone Description
parameter
setting

0x3C SND_RING_GS6 3322.4 Hz

0x3D SND_RING_A7 3520.0 Hz

0x3E SND_RBACK Ring back (audible ring)

0x3F SND_BUSY Busy tone

0x40 SND_INTERCEPT_A First tone of an intercept

0x41 SND_INTERCEPT_B Second tone of an intercept

0x42 SND_REORDER_TONE Reorder

0x43 SND_PWRUP Power-up tone

0x44 SND_OFF_HOOK_TONE Off-hook tone, IS-95 (CAI 7.7.5.5)

0x45 SND_CALL_WT_TONE Call-waiting tone

0x46 SND_DIAL_TONE_TONE Dial tone

0x47 SND_ANSWER_TONE Answer tone

0x48 SND_HIGH_PITCH_A 1st High pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x49 SND_HIGH_PITCH_B 2nd High pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x4A SND_MED_PITCH_A 1st Medium pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x4B SND_MED_PITCH_B 2nd Medium pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x4C SND_LOW_PITCH_A 1st Low pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x4D SND_LOW_PITCH_B 2nd Low pitch for IS-54B alerting

0x4E SND_TEST_ON Test tone on

0x4F SND_MSG_WAITING Message Waiting Tone

0x50 SND_PIP_TONE_TONE Used for Pip-Pip-Pip-Pip (Vocoder) Tone

0x51 SND_SPC_DT_INDIA Used for India's Special Dial Tone

0x52 SND_SIGNAL_INDIA Used in Various India Signalling Tones

0x53 SND_DT_TONE_INDIA Used for India's Normal Dial Tone (and others)

0x54 SND_DT_TONE_BRAZIL Used for Brazil's Dial Tone

0x55 SND_DT_DTACO_TONE Used for DTACO's single tone (350 Hz,350 Hz)

0x56 SND_HFK_TONE1 These two tones are used for Voice Activation and
Incoming Call Answer in phone VR-HFK
0x57 SND_HFK_TONE2

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 161

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

162 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 8: I2S Audio Commands 8
Introduction
Note: This chapter applies to modems supporting I2S audio. For modems
supporting analog and PCM digital audio interfaces, see Voice Commands
on page 127.

Some Sierra Wireless Mini Card modems support I2S audio. Host
devices may use either the modem or an MCU to control an I2S
audio codec chip in one of two modestest mode (using a WM8904
audio codec) or commercial mode (using a different audio codec).
The commands in this chapter are used to select the mode, configure
the codec, set and read codec registers, and set the audio sampling
rate.
For more detailed information about I2S audio support, refer to the
modems product specification document. For assistance with testing
the I2S audio interface using Sierra Wireless I2S Audio Board, refer
to Sierra Wireless I2S Audio Board User Guide.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter:

Table 8-1: I2S audio commands

Command Description Page

!AVCODECBRG Configure codec registers to make call 165

!AVCODECCFG Configure codec register 165

!AVCODECRED Read a codec register 166

!AVCODECRST Configure codec registers for reset 166

!AVCUSTI2CCFG Configure external codec I2C details 167

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting 168

!AVMODESET Select codec mode 168

!AVREGVALWID Set codec register bit width 169

!AVRXDECGAIN Set/report voice decoder gain 169

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters 170

!AVRXSPKRGAIN Set/report audio profile speaker gain 172

!AVRXVOLDB Set/report Rx voice volume 172

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 163

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-1: I2S audio commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!AVSETDEV Set audio profile Rx and Tx mute states 173

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile 174

!AVSETSAMP Set I2S sample rate 175

!AVSETVOL Set audio profile default volume level 175

!AVTXENCGAIN Set/report audio profile encoder gain 176

!AVTXMICGAIN Set/report audio profile microphone gain 176

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters 177

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume 178

!AVUSEMCU Select codec controller 178

164 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Command reference
Table 8-2: I2S audio command details
Command Description

!AVCODECBRG Configure codec registers to make call

Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: This command is used to populate a table with up to 511 register values that the
R0.2.15.0) device uses to bring up the audio codec when making a call.

Note: This command is not Note: AT!AVCODECBRG=0xFFFF,0xFFFF is not allowed.

password protected.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECBRG=<register address>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the specified register to the <value>.
Query list: AT!AVCODECBRG=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<register address> (Address of register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
0xFFFF is used to set the delay
<value> (Value to store in the specified register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
0xFFFF is not valid when <register_address> = 0xFFFF. (This combination
identifies the end of the configuration table.)

!AVCODECCFG Configure codec register

Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: This command is used to store a value directly into a codec register.
R0.2.15.0) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECCFG=<register address>, <value>
Note: This command is not Response: OK
password protected. Purpose: Set the specified register to the <value>.
Query list: AT!AVCODECCFG=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<register address> (Address of register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
0xFFFF is used to set the delay
<value> (Value to store in the specified register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 165

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCODECRED Read a codec register

Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: This command is used to read the value stored in a codec register.
R0.2.15.0) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECRED=<register address>
Note: This command is not Response: !AVCODECRED: <value>
password protected. OK
Purpose: Return the <value> stored in the specified register.
Query list: AT!AVCODECRED=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<register address> (Address of register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
<value> (Value that is stored in the specified register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
!AVCODECRST Configure codec registers for reset
Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: This command is used to populate a table with up to four (4) register values that the
R0.2.15.0) modem will access when AT!RESET is issued. These values are used to stop the
codec before the modem resets.

Note: This command is not Important: If this command is not used to populate the register reset table, the
password protected. modem will receive I2S signals when it resets and will go into an abnormal
(undefined) state.

Note: AT!AVCODECRST=0xFFFF,0xFFFF is not allowed.

Usage:
Execution: AT!AVCODECRST=<register address>,<value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the specified register to the <value>.
Query list: AT!AVCODECRST=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<register address> (Address of register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
0xFFFF is used to set the delay
<value> (Value to store in the specified register)
Valid range: 00xFFFF
0xFFFF is not valid when <register_address> = 0xFFFF. (This combination
identifies the end of the configuration table.)

166 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVCUSTI2CCFG Configure external codec I2C details

Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Configure the external codecs I2C interface.
R0.2.15.0) The change takes effect immediately. This setting is stored in non-volatile memory
and persists across power cycles.
Note: This command is not Usage:
password protected. Execution: AT!AVCUSTI2CCFG=<bus frequency>, <slave ID>,
<address type>, <device type>, <read option>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set I2C interface options.
Query: AT!AVCUSTI2CCFG?
Response: !AVCUSTI2CCFG: <bus frequency>, <slave ID>,
<address_type>, <device_type>, <read_option>
OK
Purpose: Return the current I2C interface configuration.
Query list: AT!AVCUSTI2CCFG=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<bus frequency> (I2C bus frequency)
100=100 KHz
400=400 KHz
3400=3400 KHz
<slave ID> (I2C slave ID)
0x000x7F (0127)
In the execution command, the value may be entered in hexadecimal or
decimal format.
In the query response, the value is shown in hexadecimal format.
<address type> (Slave address type)
0=7-bit slave address
1=10-bit slave address
<device type> (I2C address device type)
1=I2C memory address device
2=I2C register address device
<read option> (Master-generated signals required on bus before read)
1=Start signal required before read
2=Stop and start signals required before read

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 167

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVEC Set/report the echo cancellation setting

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the echo cancellation mode for the specified voice profile. The echo canceller
enabled devices only): detects and removes audio that echoes back from the far end of the voice
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: conversation.
T3_0_1_5) This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
The change takes effect immediately if used on the active profile, or after the modem
restarts if used on a different profile.
Note: This command is not
Usage:
password protected.
Execution: AT!AVEC=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the echo cancellation mode for the specified <profile>
Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290, Query: AT!AVEC?<profile>
and QSC6270, see !AVEC on Response: <value>
page 139. OK
Purpose: Return the echo cancellation mode (<value>) for the specified
<profile>
Query list: AT!AVEC=?
Purpose: Return a list of supported modes (<value> ).
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (Echo cancellation (EC) mode)
0=EC Default
1=EC I2S mode
2=EC handset mode
!AVMODESET Select codec mode
Supporting chipsets (voice- Select the I2S audio codec modetest mode (WM8904 only), or commercial mode
enabled devices only): (any codec).
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Usage:
R0.2.15.0) Execution: AT!AVMODESET=<value>
Response: OK
Note: This command is not Purpose: Select the I2S audio codec mode.
password protected. Query: AT!AVMODESET?
Response: !AVMODESET: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current I2S audio codec mode.
Query list: AT!AVMODESET=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<value> (Codec mode)
0=WM8904 test mode (Default value)
1=Commercial mode (Any codec)

168 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVREGVALWID Set codec register bit width

Supporting chipsets (voice- (This command is used only when the modem is controlling a codec in commercial
enabled devices only): mode[AT!AVUSEMCU=0 and AT!AVMODESET=1].)
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Set the register bit width of the customers I2S audio codec.
R0.2.15.0) The change takes effect immediately but is non-persistent (the bit width reverts to
default when the device power cycles).
Note: This command is not Usage:
password protected. Execution: AT!AVREGVALWID=<value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio codecs register bit width.
Query: AT!AVREGVALWID?
Response: !AVREGVALWID: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the register bit width.
Query list: AT!AVREGVALWID=?
Purpose: Return the command format, and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<value> (Bit width of codec register)
8=8 bits
16=16 bits (Default)
!AVRXDECGAIN Set/report voice decoder gain
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set/report the voice decoder gain for a specific audio profile.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVRXDECGAIN=<profile>,<value>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the decoder gain for the specified profile.
Query: AT!AVRXDECGAIN?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the decoder gain for the specified profile.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (QCT Rx decoder gain)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x2000 (0 dB)0xFFFF (18.06 dB)
Typical value: 0x2000

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 169

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a multi-stage PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) IIR (Infinite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set parameters for each stage of the specified
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: profile.
T3_0_1_5) (Enabling this filter disables the PCM FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filtersee
!AVRXPCMFLTR on page 147.)

Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290,

Note: This command is only useful when embedding the modem in a handset.
and QSC6270, see !AVRXPCMI-
IRFLTR on page 148. Mobile phones, PDAs or other handheld transmitters and receivers that incorporate
a GSM module are required to comply with the GSM 11.10 3GPP TS51.010 or 3GPP
TS26.132 standard, or with national standards or government regulations. To
conform to the relevant standard, and to improve voice quality, you may need to tune
certain audio characteristics.
This command lets you tune the receive PCM filter to alter audio characteristics.
Settings take effect immediately for the specified profile, are stored in non-volatile
memory, and persist across power cycles.

To enable the PCM IIR filter (and override the PCM FIR filter):
1. Set the number of stages > 0.

To disable the PCM IIR filter:

1. Set the number of stages = 0.

To tune the receive or transmit audio characteristics, follow a procedure similar to the
following:
1. Disable the PCM IIR and FIR filters.
2. Use test equipment to obtain the initial Tx/Rx frequency response (uncor-
rected).
3. Make sure your filter design tool is configured to generate filter coefficients in
signed Q30 format.
4. Identify frequency bands that must be corrected (boosted or attenuated) to
bring the overall response within the bounds specified in the test case, consid-
ering the following points:
Fit the conformance mask (3GPP specification).
Minimize overall gain introduced by the PCM filter.
Modify the filter if necessary to improve quality (higher frequencies are more
legible; lower frequencies will sound muffled).
5. Use !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR with an appropriate number of stages for the speech
codec being used:
Wideband codecs (e.g. AMR-WB)Five stages required
Narrowband codecs (e.g. AMR-NB)Fewer stages required (for example, 3)
6. Repeat steps 45 until the specifications are met.
(Continued on next page)

170 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Rx PCM IIR filter parameters (continued)

(continued) Usage:
Execution (Enable/disable IIR):
AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, 0, <IIR_stages>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the number of stages for the filter.
Execution (Set stage coefficients):
AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <stage>, <b0>, <b1>, <b2>,
<a1>, <a2>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the parameters for a specific stage.
Query (IIR state):
AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, 0
Response: <enabled>,<IIR_stages>
OK
Purpose: Indicate whether IIR is enabled, and (if enabled) the number of IIR
filter stages.
Query: AT!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, <stage>
Response: <b0>,<b1>,<b2>,<a1>,<a2>
OK
or ERROR (if <stage> is greater than the number of stages defined
for the profile)
Purpose: Return the filter coefficients for a specific stage. (Note: The coeffi-
cients are returned even if IIR is currently disabled.)
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<IIR_stages> (Enable IIR and set number of stages, or disable IIR):
0=Disable IIR
110=Enable IIR with this number of stages
<stage> (IIR stage)
110=Stage to be configured
<a1> (IIR filter coefficient a1)
<a2> (IIR filter coefficient a2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<b0> (IIR filter coefficient b0)
<b1> (IIR filter coefficient b1)
<b2> (IIR filter coefficient b2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 171

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVRXSPKRGAIN Set/report audio profile speaker gain

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set/report the speaker gain for a specific audio profile.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVRXSPKRGAIN=<profile>,<value>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the specified audio profiles speaker gain.
Query: AT!AVRXSPKRGAIN?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the specified audio profiles speaker gain.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (QCT Rx speaker gain)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x2000 (0 dB)0xFFFF (18.06 dB)
!AVRXVOLDB Set/report Rx voice volume
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set/report the actual volumes associated with Rx volume levels.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVRXVOLDB=<level>,<value>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the actual volume (<value>) to associate with the specified
Note: This command is not volume level.
password protected. Query: AT!AVRXVOLDB?<level>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the actual volume associated with the specified volume
Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290,
level.
and QSC6270, see !AVRXVOLDB
Parameters:
on page 150.
<level> (Voice volume level)
Valid range: 05 (levels 05)
<value> (Actual Rx volume in dB)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF

172 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVSETDEV Set audio profile Rx and Tx mute states

Supporting chipsets (voice- Mute or unmute a profiles Rx and Tx audio paths (earphone/microphone).
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVSETDEV=<profile>,<earmute>,<micmute>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio codecs register bit width.
Note: This command is not Query: AT!AVSETDEV?
password protected. Response: <profile>,<earmute>,<micmute>
OK
Purpose: Return the register bit width.
Query list: AT!AVSETDEV=?
Purpose: Return list of available profiles.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid values:
0=Default mode
1=I2S mode
2=Handset mode
<earmute> (Enable/disable earpiece muting)
Valid values:
0=Unmuted
1=Muted
<micmute> (Enable/disable microphone muting)
Valid values:
0=Unmuted
1=Muted

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 173

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVSETPROFILE Configure and activate profile

Supporting chipsets (voice- Select a profile with which to establish a circuit-switched call. This command also
enabled devices only): enables / disables muting on the earpiece and microphone and sets the volume
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: level.
T3_0_1_5) This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
If desired, you can run the command !AVRXVOLDB on page 172 to assign specific
volume levels to each of the predefined volume levels, 0 through 5.
Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290,
Usage:
and QSC6270, see !AVSET-
Execution: AT!SETPROFILE=<profile>, <earmute>, <micmute>, <volume>
PROFILE on page 151.
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio characteristics for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVSETPROFILE?
Response: <earmute>, <micmute>, <volume>
OK
Purpose: Return the audio profile characteristics of the current profile.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<earmute> (Enable/disable earpiece muting)
0=Unmuted
1=Muted
<micmute> (Enable/disable microphone muting)
0=Unmuted
1=Muted
<volume> (Voice volume level)
0=Level 0
1=Level 1
2=Level 2
3=Level 3
4=Level 4
5=Level 5

174 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVSETSAMP Set I2S sample rate

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the I2S sample rate.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVSETSAMP=<value>
T2.0.2.1) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the I2S sample rate.
Note: This command is not Query: AT!AVSETSAMP?
password protected. Response: !AVSETSAMP: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the current I2S sample rate.
Query list: AT!AVSETSAMP=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<value> (I2S sample rate)
8=8 KHz
16=16 KHz (Default value)
48=48 KHz
!AVSETVOL Set audio profile default volume level
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set a voice audio profiles default volume level.
enabled devices only): This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Use this command with !AVSETDEV on page 173 to set the default values for each
R0.2.15.0) voice audio profile.
Usage:
Note: This command is not Execution: AT!AVSETVOL=<profile>,<value>
password protected. Response: OK
Purpose: Set the audio profiles default volume level.
Query: AT!AVSETVOL?
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the default volume level for the current profile.
Query list: AT!AVSETVOL=?
Purpose: Return the supported volume levels.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (Voice volume level)
Valid range: 05 (levels 05)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 175

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXENCGAIN Set/report audio profile encoder gain

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set/report the encoder gain for a specific audio profile.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVTXENCGAIN=<profile>,<value>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the specified audio profiles encoder gain.
Query: AT!AVTXENCGAIN?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the specified audio profiles encoder gain.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (QCT Tx encoder gain)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x2000 (0 dB)0xFFFF (18.06 dB)
!AVTXMICGAIN Set/report audio profile microphone gain
Supporting chipsets (voice- Set/report the microphone gain for a specific audio profile.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!AVTXMICGAIN=<profile>,<value>
T3_0_1_5) Response: OK
Purpose: Set the specified audio profiles microphone gain.
Query: AT!AVTXMICGAIN?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Return the specified audio profiles microphone gain.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (QCT Tx microphone gain)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x2000 (0 dB)0xFFFF (18.06 dB)

176 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 I2S Audio Commands

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR Set/report the Tx PCM IIR filter parameters

Supporting chipsets (voice- The modem has a multi-stage PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) IIR (Infinite Impulse
enabled devices only): Response) filter. Use this command to set parameters for each stage of the specified
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: profile.
T3_0_1_5) See !AVRXPCMIIRFLTR on page 170 for a description of using the filters.
The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290, Usage:
and QSC6270, see !AVTXPCMI- Execution (Enable/disable IIR):
IRFLTR on page 156. AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, 0, <IIR_stages>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the number of stages for the filter.
Execution (Set stage coefficients):
AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR=<profile>, <stage>, <b0>, <b1>, <b2>,
<a1>, <a2>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the parameters for a specific stage.
Query (IIR state):
AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, 0
Response: <enabled>,<IIR_stages>
OK
Purpose: Indicate whether IIR is enabled, and (if enabled) the number of IIR
filter stages.
Query: AT!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR?<profile>, <stage>
Response: <b0>,<b1>,<b2>,<a1>,<a2>
OK
or ERROR (if <stage> is greater than the number of stages defined
for the profile)
Purpose: Return the filter coefficients for a specific stage. (Note: The coeffi-
cients are returned even if IIR is currently disabled.)
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<IIR_stages> (Enable IIR and set number of stages, or disable IIR):
0=Disable IIR
110=Enable IIR with this number of stages
<stage> (IIR stage)
110=Stage to be configured
<a1> (IIR filter coefficient a1)
<a2> (IIR filter coefficient a2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF
<b0> (IIR filter coefficient b0)
<b1> (IIR filter coefficient b1)
<b2> (IIR filter coefficient b2)
Signed hexadecimal
0x000000000xFFFFFFFF

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 177

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 8-2: I2S audio command details (Continued)

Command Description

!AVTXVOL Set Tx volume

Supporting chipsets (voice- Set the Tx volume gain for the specified audio profile. The Tx volume gain
enabled devices only): determines the gain, from -84 dB to +12 dB, for the voice that is transmitted over the
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: air. This gain is applied to the PCM voice packets prior to feeding them into the
T3_0_1_5) vocoder, which encodes the PCM packets into a more efficient format for over the air
transmission.
This setting is stored in non-volatile memory and persists across power cycles.
Note: For MDM6200, MSM6290, The change takes effect when a phone call is made or received.
and QSC6270, see !AVTXVOL on The change takes effect immediately for the specified profile.
page 158.
Usage:
Execution: AT!AVTXVOL=<profile>, <value>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the Tx volume gain for the specified <profile>.
Query: AT!AVTXVOL?<profile>
Response: <value>
OK
Purpose: Display the Tx volume gain for the specified <profile>.
Parameters:
<profile> (Voice profiles)
Valid range: 02 (See !AVSETDEV on page 173 for available profiles.)
<value> (Actual Rx volume in dB)
The value is entered/returned in hexadecimal format.
Valid range: 0x00000xFFFF
!AVUSEMCU Select codec controller
Supporting chipsets (voice- Select the device that will control the codecthe modem or the MCU.
enabled devices only): The change takes effect immediately. This setting is stored in non-volatile memory
MDM8200A (min f/w rev: and persists across power cycles.
T2.0.2.1) Usage:
Execution: AT!AVUSEMCU=<value>
Note: This command is not Response: OK
password protected. Purpose: Select the device that controls the codec.
Query: AT!AVUSEMCU?
Response: !AVUSEMCU: <value>
OK
Purpose: Identify the device that is controlling the codec.
Query list: AT!AVUSEMCU=?
Purpose: Return the command format and supported <values>.
Parameters:
<value> (Codec controller)
0=Modem controls codec
1=MCU controls codec

178 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 9: GPS Commands 9
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to access GPS functionality
in supporting modules.
When using these commands, the following considerations apply:
GPS is typically enabled by default; however, it may be disabled
by default for some SKUs. If so, enable GPS using
AT!CUSTOM=GPSENABLE
If supported by the modem, gpsOneXTRA is enabled (over the
NDIS interface) by default when GPS is enabled, and it
generates data traffic.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 9-1: GPS commands

Command Description Page

!GPS3RDPARTYXFER Initiate Location Service (LCS) third party transfer location 181
request

!GPSAUTOSTART Configure GPS auto-start features 182

!GPSCLRASSIST Clear specific GPS assistance data 183

!GPSCOLDSTART Clear all GPS assistance data 184

!GPSEND End an active session 184

!GPSFIX Initiate GPS position fix 185

!GPSIPADDR Set/report IP address to use over TCP/IP 186

!GPSKEEPWARM Configure Keep Warm functionality 186

!GPSLBSAPN Set GPS LBS APNs 187

!GPSLBSSETTINGS Set default GPS location fix options 188

!GPSLOC Return last known location of the modem 189

!GPSMTLRSETTINGS Set/report MT location request settings 190

!GPSNIQOSTIME Set/report GPS QoS timeout period for network-initialized 191

fixes

!GPSNMEACONFIG Enable and set NMEA data output rate 191

!GPSNMEASENTENCE Set/report NMEA sentence type 192

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 179

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-1: GPS commands (Continued)

Command Description Page

!GPSPORTID Set/report port ID to use over TCP/IP 193

!GPSPOSMODE Configure support for GPS positioning modes 194

!GPSPROTOSEL Control GPS protocol selection 195

!GPSSATINFO Request satellite information 196

!GPSSTATUS Request current status of a position fix session 197

!GPSSUPLPID Set/report supplementary channel connection profile ID 198

!GPSSUPLURL Set/report SUPL server URL 198

!GPSSUPLVER Set/report SUPL server version 199

!GPSTRACK Initiate local tracking (multiple fix) session 200

!GPSTRANSSEC Control GPS transport security 201

!GPSXTRAAPN Set GPS XTRA APNs 202

!GPSXTRADATAENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA settings 203

!GPSXTRADATAURL Set/report GPS XTRA data server URLs 204

!GPSXTRAINITDNLD Initiate gpsOneXTRA data download and inject operation 204

!GPSXTRASTATUS Return current status of gpsOneXTRA 205

!GPSXTRATIME Inject GPS or UTC time into gpsOneXTRA system 206

!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA time settings 207

!GPSXTRATIMEURL Set/report GPS XTRA SNTP server URLs 208

180 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Command reference
Table 9-2: GPS command details
Command Description

!GPS3RDPARTYXFER Initiate Location Service (LCS) third party transfer location

Supporting chipsets (GPS- request
enabled devices only): Initiate a location fix, directing the location information to a third party at a specified
MDM6200 ISDN address.
MDM8200A Usage:
MDM8220 Execution: AT!GPS3RDPARTYXFER=<External Client ID - ISDN address>[,
<MLC number - ISDN address>]
MDM9200 Response: OK
MDM9600 or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Initiate a location fix and send the information to the specified
address.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Query List: AT!GPS3RDPARTYXFER=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Note: This command is not Parameters:
password-protected.
<External Client ID> (ISDN address to which fix information is to be sent)
Format: <Extension flag>,<Nature of address>,<Numbering plan>,
<Number string>
<MLC number> (ISDN address of the Mobile Location Centre)
Format: <Extension flag>,<Nature of address>,<Numbering plan>,
<Number string>
<Extension flag>
0=Extension
1=No extension
<Nature of address> (See AddressString definition in 3GPP TS 29.002)
Valid range: 07
<Numbering plan> (See AddressString definition in 3GPP TS 29.002)
Valid range: 015
<Number string> (ISDN addressSee AddressString definition in 3GPP TS 29.002)
Maximum length: 20 characters
Valid characters: 09, *, #, a, b, c

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 181

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSAUTOSTART Configure GPS auto-start features

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Configure the GPS auto-start features. Any changes take effect the next time the
enabled devices only): modem is reset.
MDM6200
MDM8200A Note: If auto-start is enabled, another GPS session cannot be started.
MDM8220
Usage:
MDM9200
Execution: AT!GPSAUTOSTART=<enable>[, <fixtype>, <maxtime>,
MDM9600 <maxdist>, <fixrate>]
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Response: OK
K1_0_2_1ap, L1_0_2_1ap) or ERROR
QSC6270: (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Assign start values for various GPS settings
Query: AT!GPSAUTOSTART?
Response: !GPSAUTOSTART
Note: This command is not enable: <enable>
password-protected. fixtype: <fixtype>
maxtime: <maxtime> seconds
maxdist: <maxdist> meters
fixrate: <fixrate> seconds
OK
Purpose: Display the current values for auto-start features
Query List: AT!GPSAUTOSTART=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<enable> (Enable/disable the feature)
0=Disabled
1=Enabled (GPS tracking session starts automatically when modem is reset)
<fixtype> (Type of fix to establish)
1=Standalone (not supported by a mobile station)
2=MS-based only
3=MS-assisted only
<maxtime> (Maximum time to wait for a position fix)
Valid range: 0255Number of seconds to wait
<maxdist> (Requested accuracy of fix)
Entered in decimal format
Valid range:
04294967279 meters
4294967280=No preference
<fixrate> (Time to wait between fixes)
Valid range: 165535 seconds

182 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSCLRASSIST Clear specific GPS assistance data

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Clear one or more types of assistance data from the modem. This forces a cold start
enabled devices only): for GPS acquisition the next time a session starts.
MDM6200 The command is only available when there is no active GPS sessionthe GPS
MDM8200A receiver is off and no position fix is being calculated.
This command is equivalent to !GPSCOLDSTART when all four parameters are set
MDM8220 to 1.
MDM9200 Usage:
MDM9600 Execution: AT!GPSCLRASSIST=<eph>, <alm>, <pos>, <time>, <iono>
MSM6290 Response: OK
or Command ignored
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) OK
Purpose: Clear each assistance data type that is flagged as 1.
Query List: AT!GPSCLRASSIST=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format and supported values.
Parameters:
<eph> (Ephemeris assistance data)
0=Ignore (Do not clear the ephemeris assistance data)
1=Clear this assistance data type
Note: MDM9200 (min fw rev: SWI9200X_3.0 Release 2,
SWI9200X_3.5-Beta3)Clears GPS, GLONASS, and SBAS ephemeris
assistance data.
<alm> (Almanac assistance data)
0=Ignore (Do not clear the almanac assistance data)
1=Clear this assistance data type
Note: MDM9200 (min fw rev: SWI9200X_3.0 Release 2,
SWI9200X_3.5-Beta3)Clears GPS, GLONASS, and SBAS almanac assis-
tance data.
<pos> (Position assistance data)
0=Ignore (Do not clear the position assistance data)
1=Clear this assistance data type
<time> (Time reference)
0=Ignore (Do not clear the time reference)
1=Clear the time reference
<iono> (Ionosphere assistance data)
0=Ignore (Do not clear the ionosphere assistance data)
1=Clear this assistance data type

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 183

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSCOLDSTART Clear all GPS assistance data

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Clear all GPS assistance details from the modem and put the modem into a coldstart
enabled devices only): state. Data cleared includes Almanac, Ephemeris, Previous Position, Ionosphere,
MDM6200 and GPS time. This forces a cold start for GPS acquisition the next time a session
starts.
MDM8200A
The command is only available when there is no active GPS sessionthe GPS
MDM8220 receiver is off and no position fix is being calculated.
MDM9200 This command is equivalent to !GPSCLRASSIST when all four of that commands
parameters are set to 1.
MDM9600
Usage:
MSM6290
Execution: AT!GPSCOLDSTART
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Response: OK
Purpose: Clear the modems GPS details
Parameters:
None

!GPSEND End an active session

Supporting chipsets (GPS- End an active position fix session.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Execution: AT!GPSEND=<sessType>
MDM8200A Response: ERRCODE = <value>
MDM8220 OK
or OK
MDM9200
Purpose: End the current session.
MDM9600
Parameters:
MSM6290
<sessType> (Type of session to end)
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) 0=Position fix session
<value> (Error code returned when command fails for any reason)
Note: This command is not See Table 9-3 on page 208 for a list of possible error codes.
password-protected.

184 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSFIX Initiate GPS position fix

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Initiate a GPS position fix.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Execution: AT!GPSFIX=<fixType>, <maxTime>, <maxDist>
MDM8200a Response: Fix initiated
MDM8220 OK
or ERROR CODE = <value>
MDM9200 OK
MDM9600 Purpose: Initiate a time-limited position fix with a specified accuracy.
MSM6290 Query List: AT!GPSFIX=?
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Return supported <fixType>, <maxTime>, and <maxDist> values.
Parameters:

Note: This command is not <fixType> (Type of fix to establish)

1=Standalone (not supported by a mobile station)
password-protected.
2=MS-based only
3=MS-assisted only
<maxTime> (Maximum time to wait for a position fix)
Valid range: 0255 seconds
<maxDist> (Requested accuracy of fix)
Entered in decimal format
Valid range:
04294967279 meters
4294967280=No preference
<value> (Error code returned when command fails for any reason)
See Table 9-3 on page 208 for a list of possible error codes.
Example:
AT!GPSFIX=1, 15, 10 requests a standalone position fix to 10 meters accuracy. The
request will fail (timeout) if the modem cannot determine a position fix within
15 seconds.
Related commands:
!GPSSTATUS (page 197)Use this command while the tracking session is in
progress.
!GPSLOC (page 189)Use this command after the session completes to obtain
the result.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 185

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSIPADDR Set/report IP address to use over TCP/IP

Supporting chipsets (GPS-
enabled devices only):
Note: Deprecated. Use !GPSSUPLURL instead.
MDM8200A
MSM6290 Sets or report the IP address of the SUPL server to use when using TCP/IP as the
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) transport mechanism for SUPL.
Usage:
Execution: AT!GPSIPADDR=<ipaddr>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Queue the request to set the IP address.
Query: AT!GPSIPADDR?
Response: <ipaddr>
OK
Purpose: Return the address currently being used.
Parameters:
<ipaddr> (IP address to use)
Standard IP address format. For example, AT!GPSIPADDR=63.162.134.132
Related commands
!GPSPORTID (p.193)Set/query the port ID to use over TCP/IP
!GPSKEEPWARM Configure Keep Warm functionality
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set, clear, or report the modems keep warm functionality. This functionality
enabled devices only): downloads GPS assistance data from the GPS server.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM8220 Execution: AT!GPSKEEPWARM=<enableFlag>
MDM9200 Response: OK
Purpose: Enable/disable the keep warm functionality.
MDM9600 Query: AT!GPSKEEPWARM?
MSM6290 Response: KeepWarm Enabled: <enableFlag>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Warm Status: <warmStatus>
Purpose: Display the current status (<enableFlag>) of the keep warm
functionality and indicate if GPS is in warm state (<warmStatus>).
Query List: AT!GPSKEEPWARM=?
Purpose: Display valid <enableFlag> options.
Parameters:
<enableFlag> (Enable/disable keep warm functionality)
0=Disable
1=Enable
<warmStatus> (GPS is in Warm state)
0=No
1=Yes
Example:
AT!GPSKEEPWARM? returns:
KeepWarm Enabled: 1
Warm Status: 1
In this example, KeepWarm is enabled, and GPS is in Warm state.

186 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSLBSAPN Set GPS LBS APNs

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set the GPS LBS APNs to be used for various RATs (Radio Access Technologies).
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Execution (Add):
SWI9200X_03.00.10.00; AT!GPSLBSAPN=<operation>,<ratmask>,<IPtype>,<APN>
SWI9200X_03.05.04.01) Execution (Delete one):
AT!GPSLBSAPN=<operation>,<ratmask>
Execution (Delete all):
AT!GPSLBSAPN=<operation>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set the APN to be used for the specified <ratmask>, or delete the
APN for a single <ratmask> or all RATs.
Query: AT!GPSLBSAPN?
Response: <operation>, <ratmask>, <IPType>, <APN>
<operation>, <ratmask>, <IPType>, <APN>
...
OK
or OK (if no ID has been set)
Purpose: Display the APNs currently assigned for each RAT.
Query List: AT!GPSLBSAPN=?
Purpose: Display valid parameter options.
Parameters:
<operation> (Add or delete APNs)
1=Add an APN for a specific <ratmask> and <IPtype>.
Note: All paramters are required.

Note: To change an APN that has been set for a RAT, you must first delete the
current APN, then add the new APN.

2=Delete the APN for a specific <ratmask>

Note: Only <ratmask> is required.
3=Delete all APNs
Note: No other parameters are required.
<ratmask> (Radio access technology)
Valid values (values shown are in hexadecimal format):
01=CDMA
02=HDR
04=GSM
08=WCDMA
10=LTE
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 187

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSLBSAPN (continued) Set GPS LBS APNs (continued)

<IPtype> (Internet Protocol version)
Character string, entered without quotation marks
Valid values:
IPV4
IPV6
IPV4V6
<APN> (Access Point Name)
Character string, entered with quotation marks
Examples: mycompany.mnc987.mcc123.gprs, ourinternet
!GPSLBSSETTINGS Set default GPS location fix options
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set default GPS LBS (location based service) values.
enabled devices only):
MDM6200 Usage:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Execution:
K2_0_7_40ap/K2_2_0_7ap/ AT!GPSLBSSETTINGS=<fixType>,<maxTime>,<maxDist>,<fixCo
L2_2_1_7ap) unt>,<fixRate>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Response: OK
Purpose: Set specific LBS default values.
Query: AT!GPSLBSSETTINGS?
Response: FIX TYPE: <fixType>
MAX TIME: <maxTime>
MAX DIST: <maxDist>
FIX COUNT: <fixCount>
FIX RATE: <fixRate>
Purpose: Display the current GPS location fix default values.
Query List: AT!GPSLBSSETTINGS=?
Purpose: Display valid parameter options.
Parameters:
<fixType> (Type of fix to establish)
1=Standalone (not supported by a mobile station)
2=MS-based only
3=MS-assisted only
<maxTime> (Maximum time to wait for a position fix)
Valid range: 0255 seconds
<maxDist> (Requested accuracy of fix)
Entered in decimal format
Valid range:
04294967279 meters
4294967280=No preference
<fixCount> (Number of position fixes to take)
Valid range: 11000 (1000Take a continuous series of position fixes)
<fixrate> (Time to wait between fixes)
Valid range: 165535 seconds

188 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSLOC Return last known location of the modem

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Return the details obtained during the most recent position location session, if
enabled devices only): available.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM8200A Query: AT!GPSLOC?
MDM8220 Response: Unknown (No information is available)
OK
MDM9200 or Not Available (No information is available)
MDM9600 OK
MSM6290 or Lat: <latitude>
Lon: <longitude>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Time: <time>
LocUncAngle: <luAngle> LocUncA: <luA> LocUncP: <luP>
Note: This command is not HEPE: <hepe>
password-protected. <fixType>
Altitude: <altitude> LocUncVe: <luV>
Heading: <heading> VelHoriz: <vH> VelVert: <vV>
OK (Altitude and heading only appear if data was collected as part
of the most recent fix.)
Purpose: Return last position location details.
Parameters:
<latitude> (Latitude at last position fix)
Example: 49 Deg 10 Min 21.49 Sec N (0x008BDE6C)
<longitude> (Longitude at last position fix)
Example: 123 Deg 4 Min 14.76 Sec W (0xFEA1EE9A)
<time> (Time at which last position fix was taken)
Example: 2009 01 30 4 20:27:18 (GPS)
<luAngle> (Location uncertainty angle of returned position)
Example: 11.2 deg
<luA> (Standard deviation of axis along <luAngle>)
Example: 6.0 m
<luP> (Standard deviation of axis perpendicular to <luAngle>)
Example: 6.0 m
<hepe> (Horizontal Estimated Positional Error)
Example: 8.485 m
<fixType> (2D or 3D fix)
Example: 2D Fix or 3D Fix
<altitude> (Altitude in meters at which last position fix was taken)
Only present if <fixType> is 3D
Example: -1 m
<luV> (Vertical uncertainty in meters)
Only present if <fixType> is 3D
Example: 3.0 m
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 189

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSLOC (continued) Return last known location of the modem (continued)

<heading> (Direction of MS)
Example: 0.0 deg
<vH> (Horizontal velocity)
Example: 0.0 m/s
<vV> (Vertical velocity)
Example: 0.0 m/s
!GPSMTLRSETTINGS Set/report MT location request settings
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the current MT (mobile-terminated) Location Request settings.
enabled devices only):
MDM6200
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8200A
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSMTLRSETTINGS=<notifyResp>
MDM9600
Response: OK
or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Indicate how MT location request will be handled.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Query: AT!GPSMTLRSETTINGS?
Response: Notification Response Setting: <notifResp>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <notifResp> setting.
Query List: AT!GPSMTLRSETTINGS=?
Purpose: Return valid <notifResp> values.
Parameters:
<notifResp> (Notification response setting)
0=Default setting as defined in 3GPP specification 29.002, NotificationToM-
SUser enumeration.
1=Accept all MT location requests.
2=Reject all MT location requests.
3=Verify allUser will be asked to accept or reject every MT location
request.

190 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSNIQOSTIME Set/report GPS QoS timeout period for network-initialized fixes

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the current GPS QoS timeout period for network-initiated fixes.
enabled devices only):
MDM6200
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8200A
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSNIQOSTIME=<timeout>
Response: OK
MDM9600
or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Set the new timeout period.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Query: AT!GPSNIQOSTIME?
Response: QoS time: <timeout>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <timeout> period.
Parameters:
<timeout> (GPS QoS timeout period)
Timeout period (in seconds)
!GPSNMEACONFIG Enable and set NMEA data output rate
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Enable or disable NMEA data output, and set the output rate for use with
enabled devices only): !GPSTRACK.
MDM6200
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSNMEACONFIG=<enable>[,<outputRate>]
Response: OK
MDM9600
or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Enable or disable NMEA output and set rate.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Query: AT!GPSNMEACONFIG?
Response: Enabled: 0
Output Rate: <outputRate>
or Enabled
Output Rate: <outputRate>

OK
Purpose: Return the current <timeout> period.
Query List: AT!GPSNMEACONFIG=?
Purpose: Return valid parameter values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Enable/disable NMEA data output)
0=Disable. (Note: <outputRate> is ignored)
1=Enable. (Note: <outputRate> is required)
<outputRate> (NMEA data output ratetime between outputs)
Valid range: 1255 seconds

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 191

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSNMEASENTENCE Set/report NMEA sentence type

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the current GPS NMEA sentence types.
enabled devices only):
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Usage:
SWI9200X_3.0-Release 2 or
Execution: AT!GPSNMEASENTENCE=<nmea type>
SWI9200X_3.5-Beta 3)
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable or disable NMEA sentence types.
Query: AT!GPSNMEASENTENCE?
Response: !GPSNMEASENTENCE: <nmea type>
OK
Purpose: Indicate the currently enabled GPS NMEA sentence types.
Query List: AT!GPSNMEASENTENCE=?
Purpose: Return valid parameter values.
Parameters:
<nmea type> (NMEA sentence types)
2-byte hex format mask (Note: In the execution format, do not include 0x
before the mask value)
Each bit: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled
Bit 0: GGA (Fix information)
Bit 1: RMC (Recommended minimum data for GPS)
Bit 2: GSV (Detailed satellite data)
Bit 3: GSA (Overall satellite data)
Bit 4: VTG (Vector track and speed over the ground)
Bit 5: PQXFI (Proprietary Qualcomm eXtended Fix Information)
Bit 6: GLGSV (GLONASS GSV)
Bit 7: GNGSA (GLONASS GSA)
Bit 8: GNGNS (Time, position, and fixed related data for GLONASS receiver)
Bit 13: PSTIS (GPS session start indication)

192 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSPORTID Set/report port ID to use over TCP/IP

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the port ID of the SUPL server to use when using TCP/IP as the
enabled devices only): transport mechanism for SUPL. The command can also be used when the FQDN is
MDM6200 auto-generated from the IMSI.
MDM8200A Usage:
Execution: AT!GPSPORTID=<portid>
MDM8220
Response: OK
MDM9200 or ERROR
MDM9600 Purpose: Queue the request to set the port ID.
MSM6290 Query: AT!GPSPORTID?
Response: <portid>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) OK
Purpose: Return the port ID currently being used
Parameters:
<port ID> (Port ID to use over TCP/IP)
Valid range: 065535
Related commands
!GPSSUPLURL (p.198)Set/return SUPL server URL used for TCP/IP
!GPSIPADDR (p.186)Set/query the IP address to use over TCP/IP

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 193

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSPOSMODE Configure support for GPS positioning modes

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Enable or disable support for several GPS positioning modes.
enabled devices only):
MDM6200
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8200A
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSPOSMODE=<mask>
Response: OK
MDM9600
or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Use a single byte hexadecimal format mask to indicate which GPS
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) positioning modes are to be supported.
Query: AT!GPSPOSMODE?
Response: MASK: <mask>
OK
Purpose: Return a <mask> value indicating which GPS positioning modes
are currently supported.
Query List: AT!GPSPOSMODE=?
Purpose: Return supported <mask> values.
Parameters:
<mask> (Bitmap value representing supported GPS positioning modes)
1-byte hex format mask (do not include 0x before the mask value)
On bits identify modes that are supported
Bit 0: Standalone
Bit 1: UP MS-based
Bit 2: UP MS-assisted
Bit 3: CP MS-based (2G)
Bit 4: CP MS-assisted (2G)
Bit 5: CP UE-based (3G)
Bit 6: CP UE-assisted (3G)
Bit 7: Unused
Example:
AT!GPSPOSMODE=2a enables support for Bit 5 (CP UE-based), Bit 3 (CP MS-
based), and Bit 1 (UP MS-based)

194 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSPROTOSEL Control GPS protocol selection

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the current GPS protocol selection method for User Plane GPS.
enabled devices only):
MSM6290
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
(Deprecated)
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Usage:
Execution: AT!GPSPROTOSEL=<protocol>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Indicate the protocol selection method to use.
Query: AT!GPSPROTOSEL?
Response: Protocol selection: <protocol>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <protocol> selection method.
Query List: AT!GPSPROTOSEL=?
Purpose: Return supported <protocol> values.
Parameters:
<protocol> (Protocol selection method)
0=None
1=PreSUPL
2=X1
3=SUPL (Secure User Plane Location)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 195

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSSATINFO Request satellite information

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Return the following information for up to twelve satellites in view (including those
enabled devices only): used in the latest position fix): satellite vehicle number (SV), elevation (ELEV),
MDM6200 azimuth (AZI), and signal to noise ratio (SNR).
MDM8200A The information returned is valid regardless of the current fix mode or whether the
PDE or the modem performs the fix calculations.
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Query: AT!GPSSATINFO?
MDM9600 Response: NO SAT INFO
OK
MSM6290
or Satellites in view: <numSats>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) * SV: <SV 1> ELEV:<ELEV 1> AZI:<AZI 1> SNR:<SNR 1>
...
Note: This command is not * SV: <SV n> ELEV:<ELEV n> AZI:<AZI n> SNR:<SNR n>
password-protected. OK
Purpose: Return the number of satellites in view (including those used in the
latest position fix) and details for each satellite (or return an error
message).

Note: An asterisk (*) at the beginning of a line indicates the satellite was used in the
fix location calculation.

Parameters:
<numSats> (Number of satellites in view)
Valid range: 112
<SV n> (Satellite vehicle number for the nth satellite in the list)
Valid range: 132
<ELEV n> (Satellite elevation relative to modem location, in degrees)
Valid range: 090
<AZI n> (Satellite azimuth relative to modem location, in degrees)
Valid range: 0360
<SNR n> (Signal to noise ratio, in dB)
Valid range: 099

196 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSSTATUS Request current status of a position fix session

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Return the current status of a position fix session.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Query: AT!GPSSTATUS?
MDM8200A Response: <year> <month> <day> <day of week> <time of day> Last
MDM8220 Fix Status = <status>
<year> <month> <day> <day of week> <time of day> Fix
MDM9200 Session Status = <status>
MDM9600 Purpose: Return timestamps and status of a position fix session.
MSM6290 Timestamp parameters:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) <year>
Example: 2007
Note: This command is not <month>
password-protected.
0112 (JanDec)
<day>
0131
<day of week>
06 (0=Monday)
<time of day>
24-hour clock format
Example: 13:25:48
Status parameters:
<status> (Session status)
NONE: No session of this type has occurred since the modem powered up.
The timestamp is the current time.
ACTIVE: A session of this type is currently active.
The timestamp is the time when the session entered this state.
SUCCESS: The most recent session of this type succeeded.
The timestamp is the time when the previous session completed success-
fully.
FAIL: The most recent session of this type failed.
The timestamp is the time when the previous session failed.
An error code is displayed with the FAIL string. See Table 9-3 on
page 208 for a list of error codes.
Example:
AT!GPSSTATUS? returns:
2007 01 06 6 00:25:01 Last Fix Status = SUCCESS
2007 01 06 6 00:25:02 Fix Session Status = ACTIVE

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 197

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSSUPLPID Set/report supplementary channel connection profile ID

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or return the connection profile ID that GPS uses for its supplementary channel.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Execution: AT!GPSSUPLPID=<pid>
MDM8200 (min f/w rev: Response: OK
M3.0 Alpha3) or ERROR
MDM8220 Purpose: Set the PID used for the GPS supplementary channel.
Query: AT!GPSSUPLPID?
MDM9200
Response: !GPSSUPLPID: <pid>
MDM9600 OK
MSM6290 Purpose: Return the PID used for the GPS supplementary channel.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Query List: AT!GPSSUPLPID=?
Purpose: Return a list of valid <pid> values.
Parameters:
Note: This command is not
password-protected. <pid> (Profile ID)
0Use connected or default profile ID
116Profile ID
!GPSSUPLURL Set/report SUPL server URL
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or return the URL of the SUPL server to be used when TCP/IP is used as the
enabled devices only): transport mechanism for location processing. Use !GPSPORTID to set the port ID.
MDM6200
MDM8200A Note: !GPSSUPLURL should be used in place of !GPSIPADDR.
MDM8220
Usage:
MDM9200
Execution: AT!GPSSUPLURL=<suplURL>
MDM9600 Response: OK
MSM6290 or ERROR
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Identify the SUPL server URL.
Query: AT!GPSSUPLURL?
Response: <suplURL>
OK
Purpose: Return the SUPL servers URL..
Query List: AT!GPSSUPLURL=?
Purpose: Return the execution command format.
Parameters:
<suplURL> (SUPL server URL)
Must be a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or address
Examples: supl.url.net, 123.123.123.123
The <suplURL> is not checked for correctnessif the string is invalid, the
modem will not be able to perform MS-assisted GPS fixes.
Examples:
AT!GPSSUPLURL=supl.url.net
AT!GPSSUPLURL=123.123.123.123

198 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSSUPLVER Set/report SUPL server version

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or return the version of the SUPL server.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSSUPLURL=<supl ver>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Identify the SUPL server version.
Query: AT!GPSSUPLVER?
Response: <supl ver>
OK
Purpose: Return the SUPL servers version.
Query List: AT!GPSSUPLVER=?
Purpose: Return the execution command format.
Parameters:
<supl ver> (SUPL server version)
1SUPL version 1
2SUPL version 2

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 199

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSTRACK Initiate local tracking (multiple fix) session

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Initiate a local tracking session comprising a specific number of position fixes taken
enabled devices only): at regular time intervals.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM8200A Execution: AT!GPSTRACK = <fixType>, <maxTime>, <maxDist>, <fixCount>,
<fixRate>
MDM8220
Response: Fix initiated
MDM9200 OK
MDM9600 or ERROR CODE = <value>
MSM6290 OK
Purpose: Initiate a series of time-limited position fixes.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Query List: AT!GPSTRACK=?
Purpose: Return supported <fixType>, <maxTime>, <maxDist>, <fixCount>,
Note: This command is not and <fixRate> values.
password-protected. Parameters:
<fixType> (Type of fix to establish)
1=Standalone (not supported by a mobile station)
2=MS-based only
3=MS-assisted only
<maxTime> (Maximum time to wait for satellite information)
Valid range: 0255 seconds
<maxDist> (Requested accuracy of fix)
Entered in decimal format
Valid range:
04294967279 meters
4294967280=No preference
<fixCount> (Number of position fixes requested)
Valid range: 11000 (1000Take a continuous series of position fixes)
<fixrate> (Amount of time to wait between fix attempts)
Valid range: 01799999 seconds
Failure conditions:
The request fails if the tracking session fails to initiate.
If the request fails, the message ERROR CODE = <value> is returned. See Table 9-3
on page 208 for a list of error codes.

Note: The time to first fix may require more time than subsequent fixes, if almanac,
ephemeris, or location data needs to be updated. (Almanac data is valid for 34
days, ephemeris for 30120 minutes, and location data for 4 minutes). To avoid a
timeout error (time spent > <maxtime>), your application could precede the
!GPSTRACK call with a single position fix (AGPSFIX) with a greater <maxTime>
value.

(Continued on next page)

200 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSTRACK Initiate local tracking (multiple fix) session (continued)

(continued) Example:
AT!GPSTRACK=1, 15, 10, 20, 60 requests a series of 20 standalone position fixes to
10 meters accuracy fixes are taken every 60 seconds.
One of the following responses will be received:
OK if the request is successful, or
ERROR CODE = <value> if the request fails for any reason. See Table 9-3
on page 208 for a list of error codes.
Related commands:
!GPSSTATUSUse this command while the tracking session is in progress.
!GPSLOCUse this command after the session completes to obtain the result.

!GPSTRANSSEC Control GPS transport security

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Enable or disable GPS transport security for SUPL GPS fixes.
enabled devices only):
MDM6200
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8200A
MDM8220 Usage:
MDM9200 Execution: AT!GPSTRANSSEC=<security>
Response: OK
MDM9600
or ERROR
MSM6290 Purpose: Indicate if transport security is used.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Query: AT!GPSTRANSSEC?
Response: Transport security: <security>
OK
Purpose: Return the current <security> setting.
Query list: AT!GPSTRANSSEC=?
Purpose: Display valid values for <security> parameter.
Parameters:
<security> (Transport security state)
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: SWI9200X_3.0 Release 2, SWI9200X_3.5 Beta 3)
Bit 0: 0=Disabled (No security); 1=Enabled (Security)
Bit 1: 0=SSL Version TLS 1.1; 1=SSL Version TLS 1.0
Bit 2: 0=SHA256; 1=SHA1
All other chipsets (including earlier MDM9200 f/w revisions):
0=Disable (Secure TCP/IP is not used)
1=Enable (Secure TCP/IP is used)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 201

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRAAPN Set GPS XTRA APNs

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set the GPS XTRA APNs to be used for various RATs (Radio Access Technologies).
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Execution (Add):
SWI9200X_03.00.10.00; AT!GPSXTRAAPN=<operation>,<ratmask>,<IPtype>,<APN>
SWI9200X_03.05.04.01) Execution (Delete one):
AT!GPSXTRAAPN=<operation>,<ratmask>
Execution (Delete all):
AT!GPSXTRAAPN=<operation>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set the APN to be used for the specified <ratmask>, or delete the
APN for a single <ratmask> or all RATs.
Query: AT!GPSXTRAAPN?
Response: <operation>, <ratmask>, <IPType>, <APN>
<operation>, <ratmask>, <IPType>, <APN>
...
OK
or OK (if no ID has been set)
Purpose: Display the APNs currently assigned for each RAT.
Query List: AT!GPSXTRAAPN=?
Purpose: Display valid parameter options.
Parameters:
<operation> (Add or delete APNs)
1=Add an APN for a specific <ratmask> and <IPtype>
Note: All paramters are required.

Note: To change an APN that has been set for a RAT, you must first delete the
current APN, then add the new APN.

2=Delete the APN for a specific <ratmask>

Note: Only <ratmask> is required.
3=Delete all APNs
Note: No other parameters are required.
<ratmask> (Radio access technology)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
01=CDMA
02=HDR
04=GSM
08=WCDMA
10=LTE
<IPtype> (Internet Protocol version)
Character string, entered without quotation marks
Valid values:
IPV4
IPV6
IPV4V6
(Continued on next page)

202 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRAAPN (continued) Set GPS XTRA APNs (continued)

<APN> (Access Point Name)
Character string, entered with quotation marks
Examples: mycompany.mnc987.mcc123.gprs, ourinternet
!GPSXTRADATAENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA settings
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Enable or disable GPS XTRA data and set or report GPS XTRA data configuration
enabled devices only): settings.
MDM6200
MDM8200A Note: These settings are persistent across power cycles.
MDM8220
MDM9200
Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM9600
MSM6290 Usage:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Execution: AT!GPSXTRADATAENABLE=
<enable>[,<retries>,<retryInt>[,<dload>,<dloadInt>]]
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable or disable GPS XTRA data. You can only set the retry
parameters if <enable> = 1, and you can only set the download
parameters if the retry parameters are set.
Query: AT!GPSXTRADATAENABLE?
Response: XTRA Data Enabled: <enable>
XTRA Data Retry Number: <retries>
XTRA Data Retry Interval: <retryInt>
XTRA Data Autodownload Enabled: <dload>
XTRA Data Autodownload Interval: <dloadInt>
Purpose: Return the current GPS XTRA data settings.
Query List: AT!GPSXTRADATAENABLE=?
Purpose: Return supported <enable>, <retries>, <retryInt>, <dload>, and
<dloadInt> values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Enable or disable gpsOneXTRA functionality)
0=Disable. To fully disable gpsOneXTRA, you must also call
!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE=0 to disable gpsOneXTRA time functionality.
1=Enable
<retries> (Number of download retries)
Valid range: 010
<retryInt> (Interval between download retries, in minutes)
Valid range: 1120
<dload> (Enable or disable automatic downloads)
0=Disable
1=Enable
<dloadInt> (Interval between automatic downloads, in hours)
Valid range: 1168

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 203

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRADATAURL Set/report GPS XTRA data server URLs

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the URLs of up to three GPS XTRA data servers.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Execution: AT!GPSXTRADATAURL=<urlIndex>,<url>
MDM8200A Response: OK
MDM8220 or ERROR
Purpose: Set the URL used for the primary, secondary, or tertiary data server.
MDM9200
Query: AT!GPSXTRADATAURL?
MDM9600 Response: XTRA Primary Server: <url1>
MSM6290 XTRA Secondary Server: <url2>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) XTRA Tertiary Server: <url3>
OK
Purpose: Return the URLs of the primary, secondary, and tertiary data
servers.
Parameters:
<urlIndex> (Server index)
1=Primary server
2=Secondary server
3=Tertiary server
<url> (Server URL)
URL string includes quotes
Example: http://xtra1.gpsoneextra.net/xtra.bin
URL must be complete, including the http://
Maximum string length: 128 characters
!GPSXTRAINITDNLD Initiate gpsOneXTRA data download and inject operation
Supporting chipsets (GPS- Initiate a gpsOneXTRA data download and inject operation using the data server
enabled devices only): specified in the !GPSXTRADATAURL command.
MDM6200 Usage:
MDM8200A Execution: AT!GPSXTRAINITDNLD
MDM8220 Response: Xtra command sent successfully
OK
MDM9200 or Error code = <err>
MDM9600 OK
MSM6290 Purpose: Initiate the download and inject operation. If the command fails, it
returns Error code = <err>.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Parameters:
Note: This command is not <err> (Error code returned if command fails)
password-protected. 3=Bad CRC for XTRA data file
4=Old XTRA data file
7=GPS subsystem busy
8=GPS time reference entered is invalid
9=Unknown error

204 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRASTATUS Return current status of gpsOneXTRA

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Return the status of the most recent time and data injection operations.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Query: AT!GPSXTRASTATUS?
MDM8200A Response: Xtra Time status = <timeStatus>
MDM8220 Xtra Data status = <dataStatus>
Validity Start = <timeStamp>
MDM9200 Validity End = <timeStamp>
MDM9600 OK
MSM6290 Purpose: Return the status of the most recent time and data injection opera-
tions.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Parameters:
<timeStatus>
Note: This command is not Returned string does not include quotes (they are used in this description for
password-protected. clarity).
Unknown: Default value if time injection operation has not been
performed yet, or if operation was incomplete
Valid: GPS time injection succeeded
Invalid: GPS time injection failed
<dataStatus>
Returned string does not include quotes (they are used in this description for
clarity).
Unknown: Default value if data injection operation has not been
performed yet, or if operation was incomplete
Valid: GPS data injection succeeded
Invalid: GPS data injection failed
xtra.bin file has bad crc
GPS Busy, end current session first
error reading xtra.bin file
bad TOA in xtra.bin file: The XTRA data retrieved from the XTRA server
is too old (exceeds the Time Of Applicability).
<timeStamp> (GPS time stamp)
Format: <year> <month> <day> <dayOfWeek> <time>
<year>: 4 digits (Example: 2008)
<month>: 2 digits (0112)
<day>: 2 digits (0131)
<dayOfWeek>: 1 digit (06) where 0=Monday
<time>: time of day (Example: 13:15:45)
Example: 2008 02 28 5 13:15:45 represents Thursday 28 Feb 2008 at 1:15:45
PM

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 205

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRATIME Inject GPS or UTC time into gpsOneXTRA system

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Inject the GPS or UTC time into the gpsOneXTRA system.
enabled devices only): Usage:
MDM6200 Execution: AT!GPSXTRATIME=<YYYY>, <MM>, <DD>, <hh>, <mm>, <ss>,
MDM8200A <utc>, <force>, <uncrtn>
MDM8220 Response: Xtra command sent successfully
OK
MDM9200
or Error code = <err>
MDM9600 OK
MSM6290 Purpose: Inject the specfied date and time into the gpsOneXTRA system. If
the command fails, it returns Error code = <err>.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0)
Query List: AT!GPSXTRATIME=?
Purpose: Return supported parameter values.
Parameters:
<YYYY> (Year)
4 digits required
<MM> (Month)
Valid range: 112
<DD> (Day)
Valid range: 131
<hh> (Hour)
Valid range: 0-23
<mm> (Minute)
Valid range: 059
<ss> (Second)
Valid range: 059
<utc> (Flag indicating time type)
0=GPS time
1=UTC time
<force> (Force or allow GPS subsystem to decide to accept the time entered)
0=Do not force acceptance
1=Force acceptance
<err> (Error code returned if command fails)
3=Bad CRC for XTRA data file
4=Old XTRA data file
7=GPS subsystem busy
8=GPS time reference entered is invalid
9=Unknown error

206 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE Set/report GPS XTRA time settings

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Enable or disable GPS XTRA time information, and set or report specific GPS XTRA
enabled devices only): time settings.
MDM6200
MDM8200A Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8220
Usage:
MDM9200
Execution: AT!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE=<enable> [,<thresh>, <delay>]
MDM9600 Response: OK
MSM6290 or ERROR
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Enable or disable time information. If enabled, sets the uncertainty
threshold and delay time to retry with a backup server.
Query: AT!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE?
Response: XTRA Time Info Enabled: <enable>
XTRA Time Uncertainty Threshold: <thresh>
XTRA Time Delay Threshold: <delay>
Purpose: Return the current values of GPS XTRA time parameters.
Query List: AT!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE=?
Purpose: Return supported execution parameter values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Enable or disable time information)
0=Disable. To fully disable gpsOneXTRA, you must also call
!GPSXTRADATAENABLE=0 to disable gpsOneXTRA data functionality.
1=Enable
<thresh> (XTRA time uncertainty threshold, in ms)
Valid range: 10030000
<delay> (Time to delay before retrying with backup server, in ms)
Valid range: 10010000

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 207

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-2: GPS command details (Continued)

Command Description

!GPSXTRATIMEURL Set/report GPS XTRA SNTP server URLs

Supporting chipsets (GPS- Set or report the URLs of up to three GPS XTRA SNTP (Simple Network Time
enabled devices only): Protocol) servers.
MDM6200
MDM8200A Note: !RESET must be issued after this command is used.
MDM8220
Usage:
MDM9200
Execution: AT!GPSXTRATIMEURL=<urlIndex>,<url>
MDM9600 Response: OK
MSM6290 or ERROR
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: S2.0) Purpose: Set the URL used for the primary, secondary, or tertiary data server.
Query: AT!GPSXTRATIMEURL?
Response: XTRA SNTP Primary Server: <url 1>
XTRA SNTP Secondary Server: <url 2>
XTRA SNTP Tertiary Server: <url 3>
Purpose: Return the URLs of the primary, secondary, and tertiary SNTP
servers.
Parameters:
<urlIndex> (Server index)
1=Primary server
2=Secondary server
3=Tertiary server
<url> (Server URL)
URL string includes quotes
Example: xtra1.gpsoneextra.net
Maximum string length=128 characters

Error codes
Table 9-3 describes error codes that can be returned by !GPSEND (page 184),
!GPSSTATUS (page 197), and !GPSTRACK (page 200).

Table 9-4 on page 210 describes error codes that can be returned by !GPSFIX
(page 185)

Table 9-3: AT command error codes (!GPSEND, !GPSSTATUS, !GPSTRACK)

Error code Description

0 Phone is offline

1 No service

2 No connection with PDE (Position Determining Entity)

3 No data available

4 Session Manager is busy

5 Reserved

208 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 GPS Commands

Table 9-3: AT command error codes (!GPSEND, !GPSSTATUS, !GPSTRACK) (Continued)

Error code Description

6 Phone is GPS-locked

7 Connection failure with PDE

8 Session ended because of error condition

9 User ended the session

10 End key pressed from UI

11 Network session was ended

12 Timeout (for GPS search)

13 Conflicting request for session and level of privacy

14 Could not connect to the network

15 Error in fix

16 Reject from PDE

17 GPS is disabled

18 Ending session due to E911 call

19 Server error

20 Reserved

21 Reserved

22 Unknown system error

23 Unsupported service

24 Subscription violation

25 Desired fix method failed

26 Reserved

27 No fix reported because no Tx confirmation was received

28 Network indicated normal end of session

29 No error specified by the network

30 No resources left on the network

31 Position server not available

32 Network reported an unsupported version of protocol

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 209

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 9-4: AT command error codes (!GPSFIX)

Error code Description

0 No error

1 Invalid client ID

2 Bad service parameter

3 Bad session type parameter

4 Incorrect privacy parameter

5 Incorrect download parameter

6 Incorrect network access parameter

7 Incorrect operation parameter

8 Incorrect number of fixes parameter

9 Incorrect server information parameter

10 Error in timeout parameter

11 Error in QOS accuracy threshold parameter

12 No active session to terminate

13 Session is active

14 Session is busy

15 Phone is offline

16 Phone is CDMA locked

17 GPS is locked

18 Command is invalid in current state

19 Connection failure with PDE

20 PDSM command buffer unavailable to queue command

21 Search communication problem

22 Temporary problem reporting position determination results

23 Error mode not supported

24 Periodic NI in progress

25 Unknown error

26 Unknown error

210 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 10: STK Commands 10
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to configure host support for
STK features, monitor and respond to unsolicited proactive SIM
commands, and present STK option menus provided by the SIM.
These commands implement a subset of the functions defined in
3GPP TS 11.14.

STK interactions
The host STK support profile informs the SIM about the STK features
the host supports. This profile is downloaded to the SIM each time
the modem resets. At any time, the profile can be updated by using
AT!STKPD and then resetting the modem.

Processing unsolicited SIM commands

To process commands issued by the SIM:
1. Enable the AT interface for STK functionalityissue the
command AT!CUSTOM=STKUIEN, 2.
2. Monitor the command prompt for unsolicited proactive SIM
commands:
AT!STKC: <cmdId>This is a command that requires a
response. See Table 10-2 on page 213 for supported
commands.
AT!STKN: <cmdId>, <data>This is a notification that does
not require a response. See Table 10-18 on page 240 and
Table 10-19 on page 241 for supported notifications.
3. If the unsolicited SIM command is AT!STKC: <cmdId>, follow
the appropriate procedure below:
If <cmdId> = 81 (End of proactive session), no response is
required.
If <cmdId> = 25 (Set Up Menu):
i. Respond with AT!STKGC=<cmdId> to retrieve the menu
structure.
ii. Respond with AT!STKCR=25,0 to indicate success.
iii. Determine the menu item to select (for example, present
the menu to the user and get their input) and send it to
the SIM using AT!STKMS=<item>.
iv. The SIM will take action on the selected item and will
send a new unsolicited command to the host for the next
operation to be performed.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 211

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

For any other <cmdId>:

i. Respond with AT!STKGC=<cmdId> to retrieve the data to use for
<cmdId>.
i. Execute the requested command (<cmdId>) and respond with:
AT!STKCR=<cmdId>,<result>, ...
or, optionally (for MSM6290 only, when <cmdId> = 11 (Send SS),
12 (Send USSD), or 13 (Send SMS)),
AT!STKAUTOCR=<cmdId>

Configuring the hosts profile

To configure the hosts profile for STK support:
1. At any time, issue the command AT!STKPD=<bitmask> where the <bitmask>
indicates supported features.
2. Reset the modem. When the modem restarts, the profile automatically
downloads to the SIM.

Notifying SIM of host-monitored STK events

(Devices supporting !STKEVENT and !STKEVENTLIST only)
If the SIM has been configured (typically, by the carrier) to request that the host
monitor specific events:
Use !STKEVENTLIST to determine which events are to be monitored.
Use !STKEVENT to notify the SIM whenever a monitored event occurs.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 10-1: STK commands

Command Description Page

!STKAUTOCR Configure host responses to SIM commands 213

!STKC Receive unsolicited SIM command 214

!STKCR Respond to unsolicited SIM command 215

!STKDTMF Send DTMF string on active call 216

!STKEVENT Notify SIM when monitored STK event occurs 216

!STKEVENTLIST Return list of host-monitored STK events 217

!STKGC Retrieve data for unsolicited SIM command 218

!STKMS Request menu item selection or help from SIM 219

!STKPD Update STK supported features profile 220

!STKPLI Record local provisioning information 222

!STKVER Display STK version 222

212 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Command reference
Table 10-2: STK command details
Command Description

!STKAUTOCR Configure host responses to SIM commands

Supporting chipsets: This command is used by the host to send command data in response to specific
MSM6290: (min f/w rev: proactive SIM commands.
K2_0_7_49ap) When the host receives one of the proactive SIM commands listed in the <cmdId>
parameter description, it should issue this command to automatically send the
appropriate command data.
Note: This command is not Usage:
password-protected. Execution: !STKAUTOCR=<cmdId>
Response: OK
or ERROR
(Error is returned if <cmdId> does not match the previously
received proactive SIM command.)
Purpose: Send a response to a specific proactive command.
Query List: AT!STKAUTOCR=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<cmdId> (STK command issued by the SIM)
Valid values (hexadecimal format)no other values are supported at this time:
11=Command data for Send SS command
12=Command data for Send USSD command
13=Command data for Send SMS command

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 213

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKC Receive unsolicited SIM command

Supporting chipsets: This command is used by the SIM to send unsolicited notifications to the host, and is
All, with these exceptions: used by the host to query the last command received.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Usage:
K1_0_2_3ap) Unsolicited SIM command:
!STKC: <cmdId>
Purpose: Unsolicited notification sent by the SIM to the host.
Note: This command is not
Query: AT!STKC?
password-protected.
Response: Outstanding Proactive Command: <cmdId>
OK
or OK
Purpose: Return the <cmdId> received in the last unsolicited SIM command
notification.
Parameters:
<cmdId> (STK command issued by the SIM)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
05=Set up Event List command
10=Set up Call command
11=Send SS command
12=Send USSD command
13=Send SMS command
14=Send DTMF command
15=Launch Browser command
20=Play Tone command
21=Display Text command
22=Get Inkey command
23=Get Input command
24=Select Item command
25=Set Up menu command
28=Set Up Idle Mode Text command
35=Language Notification command
81=End of proactive session

214 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKCR Respond to unsolicited SIM command

Supporting chipsets: Respond to the last received unsolicited SIM command, sending the results of the
All, with these exceptions: commands execution and any associated data (dependent on type of command
executed).
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K1_0_2_3ap)
Note: No response is required for <cmdId = 81>.
Note: This command is not
password-protected. Usage:
Execution: AT!STKCR=<cmdId>, <result>[, <data>]
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Send the result of the command that was just executed and any
associated data to the SIM.
Query List: AT!STKCR=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<cmdId> (The STK command identified by the last received unsolicited SIM command)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
05=Set up Event List command
10=Set up Call command
11=Send SS command
12=Send USSD command
13=Send SMS command
14=Send DTMF command
15=Launch Browser command
20=Play Tone command
21=Display Text command
22=Get Inkey command
23=Get Input command
24=Select Item command
25=Set Up menu command
28=Set Up Idle Mode Text command
35=Language Notification command
<result> (Result of hosts attempt to process the <cmdId>)
Format is <cmdId>-dependent. See STK command (<cmdId>) parameters on
page 223 for details.
<data> (Information obtained when <cmdId> was processed on the host)
Format is <cmdId>-dependent. See STK command (<cmdId>) parameters on
page 223 for details.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 215

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKDTMF Send DTMF string on active call

Supporting chipsets: Command used by the host to send a DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency) string on an
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: active call.
K2_0_7_52) Usage:
Execution: AT!STKDTMF=<DTMF>
Response: OK (returned if string is completely sent)
Note: This command is not
or ERROR (returned if string is interrupted)
password-protected.
Purpose: Send
Parameters:
<DTMF> (Dual Tone Multi Frequency string)
ASCII string surrounded by quote marks. (e.g. 5551212C1A)
Valid characters:
09
A=*
B=#
C=3-second pause
Example:
AT!STKDTMF = 5551212C1A
The number 5551212 is sent, followed by a three second pause, the number 1,
and a *.

!STKEVENT Notify SIM when monitored STK event occurs

Supporting chipsets: Notify SIM when a monitored SDK event occurs.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K2_0_7_49ap) Note: To identify all monitored events, see !STKEVENTLIST on page 217.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev:
S2_0_0_11ap) Usage:
Execution: AT!STKEVENT=<event>
Note: This command is not Response: OK
password-protected. or ERROR
Purpose: Send message to SIM indicating <event> has occurred.
Query List: AT!STKEVENT=?
Purpose: Display the execution format and parameter values
Parameters:
<event> (The STK event detected by the host.)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
04=User activity
05=Idle screen

216 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKEVENTLIST Return list of host-monitored STK events

Supporting chipsets: Display a list (hexadecimal string) of the STK events monitored by the host.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: (This SIM is configured with this list by the SIM provider (the carrier, usually).)
K2_0_7_49ap)
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Note: When a monitored event occurs, use !STKEVENT on page 216 to notify the SIM.
S2_0_0_11ap)
Usage:
Note: This command is not Query: AT!STKEVENTLIST?
password-protected. Response: !STKEVENTLIST: <event>[<event>]]
OK
Example: !STKEVENTLIST: 0405
Purpose: Display a list of host-monitored STK events.
Parameters:
<event> (An STK event being monitored by the host.)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
04=User activity
05=Idle screen

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 217

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKGC Retrieve data for unsolicited SIM command

Supporting chipsets: Retrieve the data associated with the last received unsolicited SIM command.
All, with these exceptions: Usage:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!STKGC=<cmdId>
K1_0_2_3ap) Response: OK
or ERROR
Note: This command is not Purpose: Retrieve the data for <cmdId> identified in the last unsolicited SIM
password-protected. command. If the <cmdId> doesnt match the last command, an error is
returned.
Query List: AT!STKGC=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<cmdId> (The STK command identified by the last received unsolicited SIM command)
Valid values (hexadecimal format):
05=Set up Event List command
10=Set up Call command
11=Send SS command
12=Send USSD command
13=Send SMS command
14=Send DTMF command
15=Launch Browser command
20=Play Tone command
21=Display Text command
22=Get Inkey command
23=Get Input command
24=Select Item command
25=Set Up menu command
28=Set Up Idle Mode Text command
35=Language Notification command
<data> (Information needed to be able to execute the specified <cmdId>)
Format is <cmdId>-dependent. See STK command (<cmdId>) parameters on
page 223 for details.

218 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKMS Request menu item selection or help from SIM

Supporting chipsets: Instruct the SIM to select a menu item or to respond with help information for the menu
All, with these exceptions: item via a Display Text command (<cmdId = 21>).
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Usage:
K1_0_2_3ap) Execution: AT!STKMS=<item>[, <help>]
Response: OK
Note: This command is not or ERROR
password-protected. or Error code: <error>
OK
Purpose: Instruct the SIM to select the specified menu item, or to respond with
help information for the specified menu item.
Query List: AT!STKMS=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<item> (Menu item)
Integer value obtained from the previously processed Set Up Menu command
(<cmdId=25>).
<help> (Menu item)
0=SIM should select the menu <item>. This is the default behavior if <help> is
not specified.
1=Provide help information for this menu <item> using a Display Text command
(<cmdId = 21>).
<error>
0=Card is busy
1=General failure

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 219

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKPD Update STK supported features profile

Supporting chipsets: Indicate to the SIM which STK features are supported by the host.
All, with these exceptions:
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Note: The modem must be restarted before the new profile information takes effect.
K1_0_2_3ap) (The modem downloads the profile to the SIM automatically each time it resets.)

Note: This command is not Usage:

password-protected. Execution: AT!STKPD=<bitmask>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Store the new profile on the host. The profile will be downloaded the
next time the modem resets.
Query: AT!STKPD?
Response: Profile config=<bitmask>
OK
Purpose: Return the current profile <bitmask>.
Query List: AT!STKPD=?
Purpose: Return the expected command format.
Parameters:
<bitmask> (Supported STK features)
Format: Seven hexadecimal bytes
Byte order: 07 06 05 04 03 02 01
Bit order: 76543210
Example:
0A000000000001Number of character support across ME = 10 and
Menu selection support = enabled. All other values are 0.
In the bit references below, the code in brackets(BXbY)refers to the bit
position in the terminal profile message defined in 3GPP TS 11.14, where BX =
byte X, and bY = bit Y.
Byte 01:
Bit 0: Menu selection support (B1b4)
Bit 1: Support for alpha in call control (B2b5)
Bit 2: UCS2 entry support (B2b6)
Bit 3: UCS2 display support (B2b7)
Bit 4: Display Text command support (B3b1)
Bit 5: Get Inkey command support (B3b2)
Bit 6: Get Input command support (B3b3)
Bit 7: Play Tone command support (B3b5)
(Continued on next page)

220 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKPD (continued) Update STK supported features profile (continued)

Byte 02:
Bit 0: Select Item command support (B4b1)
Bit 1: Send SMS command support (B4b2)
Bit 2: Send SS command support (B4b3)
Bit 3: Send USSD command support (B4b4)
Bit 4: Set Up Call command support (B4b5)
Bit 5: Set Up Menu command support (B4b6)
Bit 6: Set Up Idle Mode Text command support (B8b5)
Bit 7: Second alpha in setup call support (B8b7)
Byte 03:
Bit 0: Second capability configuration parameter support (B8b8)
Bit 1: Sustained display text support (B9b1)
Bit 2: Send DTMF command support (B9b2)
Bit 3: Language notification command support (B9b6)
Bit 4: Launch Browser command support (B9b7)
Bit 5: Softkey support in select item command (B10b1)
Bit 6: Softkey support in setup menu command (B10b2)
Bit 7: Screen size support (B14b8)
Byte 04:
Bit 0: Variable font size support (B15b8)
Bit 1: Display resized support (B16b1)
Bit 2: Text wrapping support (B16b2)
Bit 3: Text scrolling support (B16b3)
Bit 4Bit 7: Not used
Byte 05:
Bit 0Bit 7: Maximum softkey size (B11b1B11b8)
Byte 06:
Bit 0Bit 4: Number of character support down ME (B14b1B14b5)
Bit 5Bit 7: Reduce width of menu support (B16b6B16b8)
Byte 07:
Bit 0Bit 6: Number of character support across ME (B15b1B15b7)
Bit 7: Not used

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 221

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-2: STK command details (Continued)

Command Description

!STKPLI Record local provisioning information

Supporting chipsets: This command, used when provisioning the modem, records a vendor-defined value for
All, with these exceptions: a specific command qualifier in NV memory. This value is then sent to the SIM
automatically when the SIM issues a Provide Local Information proactive commandno
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: action is required by the host.
K1_0_2_7ap)
Usage:
Execution: AT!STKPLI=<qualifier>, <value>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Store <value> in NV memory.
Query List: AT!STKPLI=?<qualifier>
Purpose: Return the stored <value>.
Parameters:
<qualifier> (Command qualifier for Provide Local Information proactive command)
Represented as hexadecimal ASCII
0xFE: This is a reserved qualifier that is being overloaded to store the vendor-
defined <value>
<value> (Single byte vendor-defined value)
Represented as hexadecimal ASCII
Valid values: 00FF
!STKVER Display STK version
Supporting chipsets: Display the STK version.
MDM8220: (min f/w rev: Usage:
N2.0 Release 5) Query: AT!STKVER?
MDM9200 Response: <stkVersion>
OK
MDM9600
or ERROR
(ERROR appears for any firmware revision that does not support the
command.)
Purpose: Return the current STK version.
Parameters:
<stkVersion> (Version of currently running STK)
Numeric value (e.g. 1, 2, etc.)

222 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

STK command (<cmdId>) parameters

Set Up Event List (<cmdId=05>)

Table 10-3: Setup Event List parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<event>[<event>]

<event> Hex Supported event list

04User activity
05Idle screen available
Examples:
05
0405
!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

Set Up Call (<cmdId=10>)

Table 10-4: Setup Call parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<method>, <TON>, <NPI>, <address>, <subaddress>, <ccp>, [<DCS1>,]
<alphaId1>, <iconId>, <dispMode>, [<DCS2>,] <alphaId2>, <iconId>, <dispMode>,
<redial>, <timeout>

<method> Integer Call setup method

0Only if there are no other calls
1Put all other calls on hold
2Disconnect all other calls

<TON> Integer Type of number

0Unknown
1International
2National
3Network specific

<NPI> Integer Numbering plan identifier

0Unknown
1ISDN telephony
3Data
4Telex
9Private

<address> Hex string Dialing address

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 223

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-4: Setup Call parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<subaddress> Hex string Dialing subaddress

<ccp> Hex string Capability configuration parameters

<DCS1> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId1>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId1> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

<DCS2> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId2>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId2> Hex string Alpha identifier for call setup display

<redial> integer Redial flag

Redial not required
Redial required

<timeout> Integer Timeout period (in ms)

224 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-4: Setup Call parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command beyond MEs capabilities
2Currently busy on call
3Currently busy with SS transaction
4Terminated by user
5SS returned Result Error Code
6Network currently unable to process command
7Call setup not accepted
8User cleared down call before connection or
network release

Send SS (<cmdId=11>)

Table 10-5: Send SS parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<TON>, <NPI>, <address>, [<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<TON> Integer Type of number

0Unknown
1International
2National
3Network specific

<NPI> Integer Numbering plan identifier

0Unknown
1ISDN telephony
3Data
4Telex
9Private

<address> Hex string SS address

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 225

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-5: Send SS parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command beyond MEs capabilities
2Currently busy with USSD transaction
3Currently busy with SS transaction
4Terminated by user
5SS returned Result Error Code
6Network currently unable to process command

Send USSD (<cmdId=12>)

Table 10-6: Send USSD parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dcs1>, <ussd>, [<DCS2>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<dcs1> Integer Data coding scheme for <ussd>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<ussd> Hex string USSD string

<DCS2> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

226 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-6: Send USSD parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command beyond MEs capabilities
2Currently busy with USSD transaction
3Currently busy with SS transaction
4Terminated by user
5SS returned Result Error Code
6Network currently unable to process command

Send SMS (<cmdId=13>)

Table 10-7: Send SMS parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<pack>, <tpdu>, <TON>, <NPI>, <address>, [<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>,
<dispMode>

<pack> Integer Packing flag

0Packing not required
1Packing required

<tpdu> Hex string TPDU string

<TON> Integer Type of number

0Unknown
1International
2National
3Network specific

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 227

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-7: Send SMS parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<NPI> Integer Numbering plan identifier

0Unknown
1ISDN telephony
3Data
4Telex
9Private

<address> Hex string Destination address

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command beyond MEs capabilities
2SMS RP error

Send DTMF (<cmdId=14>)

Table 10-8: Send DTMF parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dtmf>, [<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<dtmf> Hex string DTMF string

228 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-8: Send DTMF parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command beyond MEs capabilities
2Not in speech call
3Terminate proactive session

Launch browser (<cmdId=15>)

Table 10-9: Launch browser parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<comQual>, <url>, <browserId>, <bearer>, <dcs1>, <gateway>, [<DCS2>,]
<alphaId>, <iconId>, <dispMode>, <numFiles>[, <provfiles>, [...]]

<comQual> Integer Command qualifier

0Launch browser if not already launched
2Use existing browser
3Close existing browser and launch new browser

<url> Hex string Initial browser URL

8-bit data using the GSM default 7-bit alphabet
If the <url> is null (), use the browsers default
<url>

<browserId> Hex string Browser Id to use

00Use the default browser

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 229

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-9: Launch browser parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<bearer> Hex string List of one or more allowed bearers, sorted in priority
order
00SMS
01CSD
02USSD
03GPRS
Example: 010200CSD, USSD, and SMS
support; CSD is highest priority

<dcs1> Integer Data coding scheme for <gateway>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<gateway> Hex string Gateway text string in <dcs> format

<DCS2> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> or text string

<numFiles> Integer Number of provisioning files following this parameter

<provFiles> Hex string List of zero or more provisioning files separated by

commas. Each file includes its full path.

230 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-9: Launch browser parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Command performedpartially completed
2Command performedmissing information
3Errorno specific cause given
4Bearer unavailable
5Browser unavailable
6ME cannot process command
7Network cannot process command
8Command beyond MEs capabilities

Play tone (<cmdId=20>)

Table 10-10: Play tone parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

[<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <tone>, <duration>

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 231

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-10: Play tone parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<tone> Hex string Tone type. (SSTStandard Supervisory Tone; MPT

ME Proprietary Tone)
If no tone is specified, ME defaults to General beep
(10)
01Dial (SST)
02Called subscriber busy (SST)
03Congestion (SST)
04Radio path acknowledge (SST)
05Radio path not available/Call dropped (SST)
06Error/Special information (SST)
07Call waiting (SST)
08Ringing tone (SST)
10General beep (MPT)
11Positive ack (MPT)
12Negative ack or Error (MPT)

<duration> Integer Duration of tone to be played (in ms)

If <duration> = 0, use a host-defined default value
!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

1Terminate proactive session
2Specified tone not supported

Display text (<cmdId=21>)

Table 10-11: Display text parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dcs>, <text>, <priority>, <clear>, <iconId>, <dispMode>, <response>

<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme for <text>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

<priority> Integer Priority information flag

0Do not display priority information
1Display priority information

232 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-11: Display text parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<clear> Integer Clear message flag

0Do not allow user to clear message
1Allow user to clear message

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace any text string or
<alphaId>)
1Display with <text> string

<response> Integer Response flag

0Normal response expected
1Immediate response expected

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Message displayed OK

1Terminate proactive session
2Screen is busy
3Backward move requested
4No response from user

Get Inkey (<cmdId=22>)

Table 10-12: Get Inkey parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dcs>, <text>, <response>, <helpInfo>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme for <text>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

<response> Integer Expected response character format

0SMS default alphabet
1Yes/No response only
2Digits only (09, *, #, +)
3UCS2 alphabet

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 233

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-12: Get Inkey parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<helpInfo> Integer Help information flag

0No help information available
1Help information available

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replace the <text> string)
1Display with <text> string

!STKCR parameters

<data> [<dcs>, Required for <result = 0>. (The SIM expects a single
<text>] character to be provided in a Text String Data Object in
the Terminal Response SIM command when data has
been input.)
Format: <dcs>, <text>
<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme
07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

For Yes/No responses, use:
00No
01Yes
<result> Integer 0Data entered OK
1Terminate proactive session
2Help information requested
3Backward move requested
4No response from user

Get Input (<cmdId=23>)

Table 10-13: Get Input parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dcs>, <text>, <response>, <echo>, <helpInfo>, <minLgth>, <maxLgth>, <dcs>,
<default>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme for <text>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

234 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-13: Get Input parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

<response> Integer Expected response character format

0SMS default alphabet
1Yes/No response only
2Digits only (09, *, #, +)
3UCS2 alphabet

<echo> Integer Echo flag

0No echo allowed. Actual input string can be
hidden, or can be masked to indicate key entry
using the following characters: 09, *, #.
1Echo input to display

<helpInfo> Integer Help information flag

0No help information available
1Help information available

<minLgth> Integer Minimum length of expected response

0No minimum length requirement
1..255

<maxLgth> Integer Maximum length of expected response

0..254
1..255No maximum length requirement

<default> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replaces any <text> string)
1Display with <text> string

!STKCR parameters

<data> [<dcs>, If the <dcs> is present, but <text> is an empty string,

<text>] then a null text string data object must be sent to the
SIM. This is caused by the user making an empty
input.
Format: <dcs>, <text>
<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme
07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 235

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-13: Get Input parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

<result> Integer 0Data entered OK

1Terminate proactive session
2Help information requested
3Backward move requested
4No response from user

Select Item (<cmdId=24>)

Table 10-14: Select Item parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<numItems>, <selection>, [<default>,] <helpInfo>, [<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>,
<dispMode>

<numItems> Integer Number of items that are accessible in the menu

structure
0Remove existing menu from the MEs menu
structure
1 or higherNumber of menu items

<selection> Integer Preferred user selection method

0No selection preference
1Soft key selection preferred

<default> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Default selection item

<helpInfo> Integer Help information flag

0No help information available
1Help information available

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

236 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-14: Select Item parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replaces <alphaId>)
1Display with <alphaId> string

!STKCR parameters

<data> [<itemId>] ID of item selected, or for which help is requested

<itemId> Integer Identifier of the item that was selected

<result> Integer 0Item selected OK

1Terminate proactive session
2Help information requested
3Backward move requested
4No response given

Set Up Menu (<cmdId=25>)

Table 10-15: Set Up Menu parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<numItems>, <selection>, [<default>,] <helpInfo>, [<DCS>,] <alphaId>, <iconId>,
<dispMode>
[<itemId>, <itemText>, <iconId>, <dispMode>, <nai>
[...]

<numItems> Integer Number of items that are accessible in the menu

structure
0Remove existing menu from the MEs menu
structure
1 or higherNumber of menu items

<selection> Integer Preferred user selection method

0No selection preference
1Soft key selection preferred

<default> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns ERROR.

Default selection item

<helpInfo> Integer Help information flag

0No help information available
1Help information available

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 237

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 10-15: Set Up Menu parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<DCS> Integer
Note: Only returned if AT!STKVER? returns 1.

Data coding scheme for <alphaId>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier for user confirmation

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replaces <alphaId> or <text>
strings)
1Display with <alphaId> or <text> strings

<itemId> Integer Menu item identifier

<itemText> Hex string Menu item text

<nai> Hex string Next action indicator (the next action the SIM will
request when this menu item is selected)

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Menu successfully added/removed

1Problem with menu operation

Set Up Idle Mode Text (<cmdId=28>)

Table 10-16: Set Up Idle Mode parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<dcs>, <text>, <iconId>, <dispMode>

<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme for <text>

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

<text> Hex string Text string in <dcs> format

238 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-16: Set Up Idle Mode parameters (Continued)

Parameter Format Description

<iconId> Integer Numeric tag of the icon to display (matches the index in
the SIMs image file)
0No icon
1..255Icon tag

<dispMode> Integer Icon usage

0Display icon only (replaces <text> string)
1Display with <text> string

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Text successfully added/removed

1Problem performing operation

Language Notification (<cmdId=35>)

Table 10-17: Language Notification parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKGC <data> parameter Format:

<spec>, <lang>

<spec> Integer Language notification type

0Non-specific language notification
1Specific language notification

<lang> Hex string List of language codes

!STKCR parameters

<data> Not used

<result> Integer 0Command performed successfully

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 239

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Response notification to Mobile Originating Call Control request

(<cmdId=D4>)

Table 10-18: Response notification to MO Call Control request parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKN <data> parameter Format (depends on call type):

Voice: <result>, <repeatind>, <alphaId>, 0, <TON>, <NPI>, <address>,
<subaddress>, <ccp1>, <ccp2>

SS: <result>, <repeatind>, <alphaId>, 1, <TON>, <NPI>, <address>

USSD: <result>, <repeatind>, <alphaId>, 2, <dcs>, <ussd>

PDP context: <result>, <repeatind>, <alphaId>, 6, <pdp>

None: <result>, <repeatind>, <alphaId>, 7

<result> Integer Call control result

0Allowed with no modifications
1Not allowed
2Allowed with modifications

<repeatind> Integer BC repeat indicator

1Alternate mode
3Sequential mode

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier

<TON> Integer Type of number

0Unknown
1International
2National
3Network specific

<NPI> Integer Numbering plan identifier

0Unknown
1ISDN telephony
3Data
4Telex
9Private

<address> Hex string New dialing address

<subaddress> Hex string New dialing subaddress

<ccp1> Hex string First capability configuration parameters

<ccp2> Hex string Second capability configuration parameters

<dcs> Integer Data coding scheme

07-bit GSM default alphabet (packed)
48-bit GSM default alphabet (unpacked)
8UCS2 alphabet

240 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 STK Commands

Table 10-18: Response notification to MO Call Control request parameters

Parameter Format Description

<ussd> Hex string USSD control string

<pdp> Hex string PDP control string

Response notification to Mobile Originating SMS Control request

(<cmdId=D5>)

Table 10-19: Response notification to MO SMS Control request parameters

Parameter Format Description

!STKN <data> parameter Format:

<result>, <alphaId>, <TON>, <NPI>, <rpaddress>, <TON>, <NPI>, <tpaddress>

<result> Integer SMS control result

0Allowed with no modifications
1Not allowed
2Allowed with modifications

<alphaId> Hex string Alpha identifier

<TON> Integer Type of number

0Unknown
1International
2National
3Network specific

<NPI> Integer Numbering plan identifier

0Unknown
1ISDN telephony
3Data
4Telex
9Private

<rpaddress> Hex string RP (Relay Layer Protocol) address

<tpaddress> Hex string TP (Transport Layer Protocol) address

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 241

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

242 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 11: PAD Commands 11
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to configure, initiate, and
disconnect single- and multi-PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler)
client and server connections. For detailed descriptions of PAD
functionality, see EMConnect Guide (Document 2131177).

Managing PAD sessions

Before initiating a PAD session, use !PADCONF, !PADSETUP,
and !PADFILTER to configure PAD profile settings.
To initiate a PAD session, use !PADCONN (for a client
connection) or !PADLISTEN (for a server connection).
To switch between active PAD sessions, use !PADSWITCH.
To disconnect a PAD session, use !PADDISCONN.
To stop a PAD server, use !PADENDLISTEN.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 11-1: PAD commands

Command Description Page

!PADCONF Configure profile options 244

!PADCONN Initiate PAD client connection 245

!PADDISCONN Disconnect PAD connection 246

!PADENDLISTEN Disable PAD server 246

!PADFILTER Set IP address filters for TCP PAD server 247

!PADLISTEN Initiate PAD server connection 248

!PADSETUP Set/query PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) profile 249

connection parameters

!PADSWITCH Switch active PAD session 250

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 243

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 11-2: PAD command details
Command Description

!PADCONF Configure profile options

Supporting chipsets: Configure the PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) session options and trigger
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: conditions for packetization on the transmit side.
P1_0_0_0)
Note: Multiple triggers can be active simultaneously. If any trigger condition is met,
MDM6270 (min f/w rev:
packetization occurs.
S2.0)
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: This is a persistent setting (stored in NVRAM).
K2.0 Release 2)
For PAD server profiles, this configuration applies to all PAD sessions connected to the
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: server.
S2.0) Usage:
Execution: AT!PADCONF=<PADprofile>, <idle>, <interchar>, <pktlen>,
Note: This command is not <fwdopt>, <fwdchar>
password-protected. Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Configure trigger conditions for the specified <PADprofile>.
Query: AT!PADCONF?<PADprofile>
Response: AT!PADCONF:<PADprofile>, <idle>, <interchar>, <pktlen>,
<fwdopt>,<fwdchar>
OK
Purpose: Return the current timer conditions for the specified <PADprofile>.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range depends on multipad support:
Multipad not supported: 13
Multipad supported: 110
<idle> (Idle disconnect timeout trigger period)
Session disconnects if there is no data activity for this period of time.
Valid range: 065535 seconds (0Trigger disabled)
<interchar> (Inter-character timeout trigger period)
Packetization begins if the time interval between successive characters is
greater than this period of time.
Valid range: 065535 ms (0Trigger disabled)
<pktlen> (Packet length trigger)
Packetization begins when this many bytes have been collected.
Valid range: 01460 bytes (0Trigger disabled)

(Continued on next page)

244 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 PAD Commands

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADCONF (continued) Configure profile trigger conditions for packetization (continued)

<fwdopt> (Forwarding character trigger)
Packetization begins when the <fwdchar> character appears in the data stream.
0=Trigger disabled
1=Trigger enabled. Character is included in message.
2=Trigger enabled. Character is not included in message.
<fwdchar> (Character that forces packetization to occur.)
Used in combination with <fwdopt>.
Valid range: 0255ASCII value of forwarding character
!PADCONN Initiate PAD client connection
Supporting chipsets: Initiate a PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) client connection for a specific profile
MDM6200 ID.
MDM6270: (min f/w rev:
S2.0) Note: The modem must have a data connection on the network with an open TCP or
UDP socket on the remote agent, and at least one trigger condition must be defined for
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
the specified profile ID. See !PADCONF on page 244.
K2.0 Release 2)
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Usage:
S2.0)
Execution: AT!PADCONN=<PADprofile>
Response (multipad not supported):
Note: This command is not CONNECT PAD
password-protected. or NO CARRIER
or ERROR
Response (multipad supported):
OK
CONNECT PAD: <PADprofile>,<connectionState>
or ERROR
Purpose: Initiate a connection for the specified profile. For multipad, the
CONNECT PAD response indicates the start of the PAD connection.
Query: AT!PADCONN?<PADprofile>
Response: AT!PADCONN:<PADprofile>,<connectionState>
OK
Purpose: Display the current connection state of the specified profile.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range depends on multipad support:
Multipad not supported: 13
Multipad supported: 110
<connectionState> (Current connection state of the <PADprofile> session)
0=Disconnected
1=Connected

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 245

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADDISCONN Disconnect PAD connection

Supporting chipsets: Disconnect the currently active PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) session.
MDM6200
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: Note: This command is equivalent to using ATH.
S2.0)
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Usage:
K2.0 Release 2) Execution: AT!PADDISCONN [=<PADprofile>,<session>]
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Response (multipad not supported):
S2.0) DISCONNECT PAD
or OK
Response (multipad supported):
Note: This command is not If PAD session has been disconnected (DCD line is deasserted as per AT&C
password-protected. setting):
OK
DISCONNECT PAD: <PADprofile>,<connectionState>
or
If data connection is already disconnected:
OK
Purpose: Disconnect the currently active profile. For multipad, the
DISCONNECT PAD response appears after the session disconnects.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Only used when multipad is supported.
Valid range: 110
<session> (Session index)
Only used when multipad is supported.
Valid range: 03
!PADENDLISTEN Disable PAD server
Supporting chipsets: Disable a PAD server (and disconnect all PAD sessions related to the PAD server).
MDM6200 (min f/w rev: If remote clients were connected, the following notification will be received after the OK
P1_0_0_0) response:
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: DISCONNECT PAD: <padprofile>, <session>
S2.0.0.10) Usage:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!PADENDLISTEN=<PADprofile>
S2.0.0.10) Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Disable the indicated PAD server.
Note: This command is not
Parameters:
password-protected.
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range: 110
<session> (Session index)
Valid range: 03

246 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 PAD Commands

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADFILTER Set IP address filters for TCP PAD server

Supporting chipsets: Set up to two IP address filters for a specific PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler)
MDM6200 profile when configured as a TCP server.
MDM6270 (min f/w rev: When a remote PAD client attempts to connect to the server, the server compares the
clients IP addresses to the filter(s). If the address is in one of the ranges, the server
S2.0) accepts the clients connection.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev: Filter setup:
K2.0 Release 2) Low and High IP addresses specifiedDefines a range of allowed IP addresses.
QSC6270 (min f/w rev: One address (Low or High) specifiedDefines a single allowed IP address.
S2.0)
No addresses specified for either filterFiltering is disabled, all IP addresses are
allowed.
Note: This command is not If Low and High IP addresses are specified for a filter, the High address must be
password-protected. greater than the Low address or the execution command returns ERROR.

Note: These settings are ignored if the specified profile is configured as a client.

Usage:
Execution: AT!PADFILTER=<PADprofile>[, <ip1Low>[, <ip1High>[, <ip2Low>[,
<ip2High>]]]]
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set up to two ranges of PAD client IP addresses that the TCP PAD
server will accept.
Query: AT!PADFILTER?<PADprofile>
Response: AT!PADFILTER: <PADprofile>, <ip1Low>, <ip1High>,
<ip2Low>, <ip2High>
OK
Purpose: Show up to two ranges of PAD client IP addresses that the TCP PAD
server will accept.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range depends on multipad support:
Multipad not supported: 13
Multipad supported: 110
<ip1Low> (Starting value of first IP range)
Standard IP address format. For example, 63.162.134.132.
<ip1High> (Ending value of first IP range)
Standard IP address format. For example, 63.162.134.150.
<ip2Low> (Starting value of second IP range)
Standard IP address format. For example, 63.162.178.110.
<ip2High> (Ending value of second IP range)
Standard IP address format. For example, 63.162.178.130.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 247

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADLISTEN Initiate PAD server connection

Supporting chipsets: Initiate a TCP PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) server connection for a specific
MDM6200 profile ID.
MDM6270 (min f/w rev:
S2.0) Note: At least one trigger condition must be defined for the specified profile ID. See
!PADCONF on page 244.
MSM6290 (min f/w rev:
K2.0 Release 2)
Usage:
QSC6270 (min f/w rev:
Query: AT!PADLISTEN?<PADprofile>
S2.0)
Response: AT!PADLISTEN:<PADprofile>,<connectionstate>
OK
Note: This command is not Purpose: Display the current connection state of the specified profile.
password-protected. Execution: AT!PADLISTEN=<PADprofile>[,<manual>]
Response: OK (Connected, waiting for remote TCP client to connect. Serial port
remains in AT command mode.)
or CONNECT (PAD connection established over TCP socket. Modem in
PAD mode, and DCD line is asserted.)
or CLIENT-UP (Remote TCP client is connected. Modem is in AT
command mode, and DCD line remains deasserted.)
or NO CARRIER (Connection failed. DCD line is deasserted.)
or ERROR (Error activating session, or all triggers are disabled.)
Purpose: Initiate a server connection for the specified profile.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range depends on multipad support:
Multipad not supported: 13
Multipad supported: 110
<manual> (Action to take when remote client connects)
0=Modem sends CONNECT to the host and switches port to PAD mode.
1=Modem sends CLIENT-UP to host. It then waits for an ATO command before
sending CONNECT to the host and switches port to PAD mode.
<connectionstate> (Current connection state of the <PADprofile> PAD session)
0=Disconnected
1=Listening
2=Connected (This option is not supported for multipad.)

248 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 PAD Commands

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADSETUP Set/query PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) profile

Supporting chipsets: connection parameters
MDM6200 Set the connection parameters for a specific PAD profile, including its IP address and
connection type, TCP/UDP port numbers, and auto-start configuration.
MDM6270: (min f/w rev:
S2.0) Usage:
Execution: AT!PADSETUP=<PADprofile>, <conntype>, <addrtype>, <ipaddr>,
MSM6290: (min f/w rev:
<localport>, <remoteport>, <autostart>[, <connprofile>]
K2.0 Release 2)
Response: OK
QSC6270: (min f/w rev: or ERROR
S2.0) Purpose: Configure the connection parameters for the specified <PADprofile>.
The command returns ERROR if <autostart> is enabled on more than
one PAD profile.
Note: This command is not
Query: AT!PADSETUP?<PADprofile>
password-protected.
Response: AT!PADSETUP:<PADprofile>, <conntype>, <addrtype>,
<ipaddr>, <localport>, <remoteport>, <autostart>,
<connprofile>
OK
Purpose: Return the current connection setup parameters for the specified
<PADprofile>.
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range depends on multipad support:
Multipad not supported: 13
Multipad supported: 110
<conntype> (IP connection type)
0=PAD profile disabled
1=UDP client
2=TCP client
3=TCP server
<addrtype> (IP address type)
0=IPv4 address
(MDM6200 only, min f/w rev: P1_0_0_8)
1=IPv6 address
<ipaddr> (Destination IP address)
Client mode only (<conntype = 1 or 2 only>). Parameter is ignored in server
mode.
Standard IP address format. For example:
IPv4: 63.162.134.132.
(MDM6200 only, min f/w rev: P1_0_0_8)
IPv6: 1234:5678:9012:3456:7890:1234:5678:9012
<localport> (Modem port number)
0Port number is assigned by the modem (in Client mode only). In serial mode,
must be non-zero.
165535Port number used by the modem.
(Continued on next page)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 249

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 11-2: PAD command details (Continued)

Command Description

!PADSETUP (continued) Set/query PAD (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) profile

connection parameters (continued)
<remoteport> (Remote client port number)
165535Port number of remote client (in client mode only). Parameter is
ignored in server mode.
<autostart> (State of auto-start feature)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled
<connprofile> (Connection profile ID)
Valid range: 116
Default: 1 if not specified
!PADSWITCH Switch active PAD session
Supporting chipsets: Switch the active PAD session to another session (uniquely identified by the
MDM6200: (min f/w rev: combination of <PADprofile> and <session>).
P1_0_0_0) After switching sessions, ATO can be used to enter PAD mode and then send and
receive data for the active session, or to query available PAD sessions.
MDM6270 (min f/w rev:
Usage:
S2.0.0.10)
Execution: AT!PADSWITCH=<PADprofile>,<session>
QSC6270 (min f/w rev:
Response: OK
S2.0.0.10)
or ERROR
Purpose: Switch the active PAD session to the PAD session uniquely identified
Note: This command is not by <PADprofile> and <session>.
password-protected. Query: AT!PADSWITCH?<qualifier>
Response: !PADSWITCH: Active session: <PADprofile>, <session>
!PADSWITCH:
<padprofile>,<session>,<dst_ip>,<dst_port>,<unread>
[...] (repeats for each available PAD session]
OK
Purpose: Show the active session (1st line of response) and all other available
sessions (lines 2n).
Parameters:
<PADprofile> (PAD profile ID number)
Valid range: 110
<session> (Session index)
Valid range: 03
<dst_ip> (Destination port address)
Standard IP address format. For example:
IPv4: 63.162.134.132.
(MDM6200 only, min f/w rev: P1_0_0_8)
IPv6: 1234:5678:9012:3456:7890:1234:5678:9012
<dst_port> (Destination port)
Valid range: 065535
<unread> (Unread data flag)
0=No unread data
1=Unread data available

250 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 12: OMA-DM Commands 12
Introduction
This chapter describes commands used to configure DM (Device
Management) accounts, sessions, and hostdeviceserver
interactions.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 12-1: OMA-DM commands

Command Description Page

!IDSAUTOFOTA Configure automatic settings for FOTA updates 252

!IDSAUTOSDM Configure Subscriber Device Management response to 253

server request

!IDSCONFIGACC Configure DM account authentication mode and XML format 254

!IDSCREATEACC Enter DM account credentials 255

!IDSDFLTACC Set DM account to use for device-initiated sessions 256

!IDSFUMOROOT Set DM Tree root path for FUMO node 256

!IDSPID Set profile ID for DM data connection types 257

!IDSROAM Configure DM client roaming support 257

!IDSSUPPORT Configure DM sessions 258

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 251

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details
Command Description

!IDSAUTOFOTA Configure automatic settings for FOTA updates

Supporting chipsets: Configure the automatic download, automatic update, and automatic check flags for
MDM9200 over-the-air firmware updates:
MDM9600 Automatic checkIf enabled, the device initiates a FOTA session on every startup
to check if the server has a firmware update available.
Automatic download/Automatic uploadIf enabled, the device does not request
Note: This command is not
user permission before proceeding with the download or update.
password-protected.
Usage:
Execution: AT!IDSAUTOFOTA=<autodownload>, <autoupdate>, <autocheck>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set automatic options.
Query: AT!IDSAUTOFOTA?
Response: !IDSAUTOFOTA:<autodownload>, <autoupdate>,
<autocheck>
OK
Purpose: Display current automatic options.
Query List: AT!IDSAUTOFOTA=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<autodownload> (Check for user permission before downloading firmware update)
0=Permission required
1=Permission not required
<autoupdate> (Check for user permission before updating firmware)
0=Permission required
1=Permission not required. Auto update when download finishes.
2=Auto update only on power up.
Note: The device will reboot when the update completes.
<autocheck> (Check for firmware update on startup)
0=Disabled. Do not check for firmware updates on startup.
1=Enabled. Check for firmware updates on startup.

252 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 OMA-DM Commands

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSAUTOSDM Configure Subscriber Device Management response to server

Supporting chipsets: request
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Configure the Subscriber Device Management (SDM) response to DM server requests.
SWI9200X_00.07.02.01) DM requests can be always accepted, always rejected, or presented to the host (user)
application for a decision.
MDM9600 (min f/w rev:
Usage:
SWI9600M_01.00.06.00)
Execution: AT!IDSAUTOSDM=<autosdm>
Response: OK
Note: This command is not or ERROR
password-protected. Purpose: Set the response behavior.
Query: AT!IDSAUTOSDM?
Response: !IDSAUTOSDM:<autosdm>
OK
Purpose: Display the current response behavior setting.
Query List: AT!IDSAUTOSDM=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<autosdm> (How to proceed with DM session)
0=Permission required from host application before proceeding with session.
(The user must choose whether to accept or reject requests as appropriate.)
1=Always accept (proceed with) the DM session. Do not notify the host appli-
cation. (Choose this behavior for standalone devices that do not present a GUI.)
2=Always reject (do not proceed with) the DM session. Do not notify the host
application.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 253

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSCONFIGACC Configure DM account authentication mode and XML format

Supporting chipsets: Configure the preferred authentication mode and XML format for a DM account.
MDM9200 Usage:
Execution: AT!IDSCONFIGACC=<AccountIndex>, <authentication>,
Note: This command is not <xml_mode>
password-protected. Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set the authentication mode and XML format for a specific DM
account.
Query: AT!IDSCONFIGACC?
Response: !IDSCONFIGACC:<AccountIndex>, <authentication>,
<xml_mode>
OK
Purpose: Show the authentication mode and XML format for a specific DM
account.
Query List: AT!IDSCONFIGACC=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<AccountIndex> (DM account number)
Valid values: 12
<authentication> (Account authentication mode)
Valid values
NONENo authentication
BASICBasic authentication
DIGESTMD5 authentication
HMACHMAC authentication
<xml_mode> (XML format)
Valid values:
XMLXML format
WBXMLWBXML format

254 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 OMA-DM Commands

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSCREATEACC Enter DM account credentials

Supporting chipsets: Enter the credentials for a DM account.
MDM9200 Usage:
MDM9600 Execution: AT!IDSCREATEACC=<AccountIndex>, <ServerAddress>,
<ServerID>, <ServerPassword>, <ClientUsername>,
<ClientPassword>
Note: This command is not Response: OK
password-protected. or ERROR
Purpose: Set the account credentials for a specific DM account.
Query: AT!IDSCREATEACC?
Response: !IDSCREATEACC:<AccountIndex>, <ServerAddress>,
<ServerID>,<ServerPassword>, <ClientUsername>, <Client-
Password>
OK
Purpose: Show the account credentials for a specific DM account.
Query List: AT!IDSCREATEACC=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format.
Parameters:
<AccountIndex> (DM account number)
Valid values: 12
<ServerAddress> (URL of DM server)
Maximum length121 characters
This parameter configures the following DM tree node:
./DMAcc/AppAddr/1/Addr
<ServerID> (DM Server ID and Username)
Maximum length32 characters
This parameter configures the following DM tree nodes:
./DMAcc/ServerID
./DMAcc/AppAuth/Server/AAuthName
<ServerPassword> (DM Server Password)
Maximum length32 characters
This parameter configures the following DM tree node:
./DMAcc/AppAuth/Server/AAuthSecret
<ClientUsername> (DM Client Username)
Maximum length32 characters
This parameter configures the following DM tree node:
./DMAcc/AppAuth/Client/AAuthName
<ClientPassword> (DM Client Password)
Maximum length32 characters
This parameter configures the following DM tree node:
./DMAcc/AppAuth/Client/AAuthSecret

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 255

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSDFLTACC Set DM account to use for device-initiated sessions

Supporting chipsets: Indicate which DM account to use for device-initiated sessions.
MDM9200 Usage:
Execution: AT!IDSDFLTACC=<AccountIndex>
Note: This command is not Response: OK
password-protected. or ERROR
Purpose: Indicate the DM account to use for device-initiated sessions.
Query: AT!IDSDFLTACC?
Response: !IDSDFLTACC:<AccountIndex>
OK
Purpose: Show which DM account is currently used for device-initiated
sessions.
Query List: AT!IDSDFLTACC=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<AccountIndex> (DM account number)
Valid values: 12
!IDSFUMOROOT Set DM Tree root path for FUMO node
Supporting chipsets: Set the DM Tree root path for the FUMO node.
MDM9200 Usage:
MDM9600 Execution: AT!IDSFUMOROOT=<root path str>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Set the FUMO node path.
Query: AT!IDSFUMOROOT?
Response: !IDSFUMOROOT:<root path str>
OK
Purpose: Show the FUM node path
Query List: AT!IDSFUMOROOT=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Roaming support state)
Valid values:
0=Disabled. The DM client will not attempt to connect to a DM server when
roaming.
1=Enabled. (Default)
The DM client will attempt to connect to a DM server when roaming.

256 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 OMA-DM Commands

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSPID Set profile ID for DM data connection types

Supporting chipsets: Set the connection profile ID that OMA-DM will use for its data connection.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Usage:
SWI9200X_00.07.01.05) Execution: AT!IDSPID=<lte_profile>,<3GPP_legacy_profile>,<eHRPD profile>
MDM9600 (min f/w rev: Response: OK
SWI9600M_01.00.04.06) or ERROR
Purpose: Set the profile ID for each data connection type.
Query: AT!IDSPID?
Note: This command is not
Response: !IDSPID:<lte_profile>, <3GPP_legacy_profile>,
password-protected.
<eHRPD profile>
OK
Purpose: Show the current profile IDs used for each data connection type.
Query List: AT!IDSPID=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<lte_profile> (Profile ID to use for LTE data connections)
Valid values:
0=Use connected or default profile ID. (Default)
116=Profile ID
<3GPP_legacy_profile> (Profile ID to use for non-LTE 3GPP data connections)
Valid values:
0=Use connected or default profile ID. (Default)
116=Profile ID
<eHRPD profile> (Profile ID to use for eHRPD data connections)
Valid values:
0=Use connected or default profile ID. (Default)
101150=Profile ID
!IDSROAM Configure DM client roaming support
Supporting chipsets: Configure the OMA DM client roaming option.
MDM9200 Usage:
Execution: AT!IDSROAM=<enable>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable/disable DM roaming support.
Query: AT!IDSROAM?
Response: !IDSROAM:<enable>
OK
Purpose: Show current DM roaming support state.
Query List: AT!IDSROAM=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Roaming support state)
Valid values:
0=Disabled. The DM client will not attempt to connect to a DM server when
roaming.
1=Enabled. (Default)
The DM client will attempt to connect to a DM server when roaming.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 257

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 12-2: OMA-DM command details (Continued)

Command Description

!IDSSUPPORT Configure DM sessions

Supporting chipsets: Enable/disable client-initiated and network-initiated DM device configuration and FOTA
MDM9200 sessions.
MDM9600 Usage:
Execution: AT!IDSSUPPORT=<CI Config session>, <NI Config session>, <CI
FOTA session>, <NI FOTA session>
Response: OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Enable/disable device configuration sessions and FOTA sessions.
Query: AT!IDSSUPPORT?
Response: !IDSSUPPORT:<CI Config session>, <NI Config session>,
<CI FOTA session>,<NI FOTA session>
OK
Purpose: Show current state of device configuration sessions and FOTA
sessions.
Query List: AT!IDSSUPPORTI=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and allowed parameter values.
Parameters:
<CI Config session> (Client-initiated DM configuration session state)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled
<NI Config session> (Network-initiated DM configuration session state)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled
<CI FOTA session> (Client-initiated DM FOTA session state)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled
<NI Config session> (Network-initiated DM FOTA session state)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled

258 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 13: SAR Backoff and Thermal Control 13
Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes:
SAR-related commands (Specific Absorption Rate)SAR
commands are used to meet regulatory requirements for the
OEM host device by managing the modems SAR backoff state.
OEMs should carefully evaluate their use of these commands
and their impact on device operation.

Note: Operators may require OEMs to disclose SAR settings and theory of
operation for applicable certifications.

Thermal mitigation-related commandsThese commands may

affect the host devices performance. OEMs should carefully
evalute their use of these commands to ensure that the device
meets performance expectations.

Command summary
The table below lists the commands described in this chapter.

Table 13-1: SAR backoff and thermal control commands

Command Description Page

!MAXPWR Set/report maximum Tx power 260

!SARBACKOFF Set/report maximum Tx power limit 261

!SARSTATE Set/report SAR backoff state 262

!SARSTATEDFLT Set/report default SAR backoff state 262

!THERMCONFIG Set/report thermal mitigation configuration options 263

!THERMDELTATX Set/report amount to reduce maximum Tx power 264

!THERMDELTATXTEMP Set/report amount power backoff temperature threshold 265

!THERMENABLE Enable/disable thermal mitigation 265

!THERMINFO Display thermal mitigation information 266

!THERMTHRESHOLD Set/report thermal threshold, mitigation threshold, and 267

hysteresis

!THERMTIMERS Set/report thermal mitigation algorithm timer details 268

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 259

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Command reference
Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details
Command Description

!MAXPWR Set/report maximum Tx power

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the maximum Tx power for a specific band.
MDM6200 (min f/w rev:
P1_0_0_8) Caution: Any adjustments of Tx power may impact regulatory certification of the
MDM9200 module in the host platform. The OEM is responsible for ensuring that the final module
configuration in the host platform meets all regulatory requirements.
MDM9600

Note: Increasing the Tx power affects the modules current consumption and thermal
performance.

Usage:
Execution: AT!MAXPWR=<band>,<tech>,<maxpwr>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the maximum Tx power for the specified band/technology combi-
nation.
Query: AT!MAXPWR?<band>,<tech>
Response: <maxpwr> dBm
OK
Purpose: Indicate the maximum Tx power for the specified band/technology
combination.
Query list: AT!MAXPWR=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<band> (RF band)
3GPP band number. For a full listing of 3GPP band numbers, see Table 4-2 on
page 280.
Band support is product specificsee the devices Product Specification or
Product Technical Specification document for details.
Valid range: 043.
<tech> (Network technology)
0=WCDMA
1=CDMA (Note: not supported by MDM6200)
2=LTE (Note: not supported by MDM6200)
<maxpwr> (Maximum Tx power in dBm)
Integer value, ASCII format

260 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Thermal Mitigation Commands

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!SARBACKOFF Set/report maximum Tx power limit

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the maximum Tx power limit for a specific band/technology/state
combination.
MDM6200 (min f/w rev:
P1_0_0_8) Usage:
Execution (WCDMA/CDMA/LTE):
MDM9200
AT!SARBACKOFF=<tech>,<band>,<state>,<offset>
MDM9600 Execution (GSM):
AT!SARBACKOFF=<tech>,<band>,<slot>,<state>,<modulation>,
<offset>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the SAR backoff values for a specific band/technology combi-
nation.
Query: AT!SARBACKOFF?<tech>,<band>,<state>
Response: <backoff> dBm
OK
Purpose: Indicate the maximum Tx power limit for the specified band/
technology/state combination.
Query list: AT!SARBACKOFF=?<tech>
Purpose: Display the execution and query formats with valid parameter values
for the requested technology.
Parameters:
<tech> (Network technology)
0=WCDMA
1=CDMA (Note: Not supported by MDM6200)
2=LTE (Note: Not supported by MDM6200)
3=GSM
<band> (RF band)
3GPP band number. For a full listing of 3GPP band numbers, see Table 4-2 on
page 280.
Band support is product specificsee the devices Product Specification or
Product Technical Specification document for details.
Valid range: 040
<state> (SAR backoff state setting)
0=No backoff
18=Backoff state 1 to 8
<offset> (Offset from maximum Tx power, in dBm)
Range is technology-dependent. Use Query list command format to display valid
values.
Values may be integer or decimal (for example, 4, 6.8)
Valid valuesExecute the Query List command format to view valid values.
(MDM6200) 081 (WCDMA); 08 (GSM)
<slot> (GSM onlyTx slot (GPRS/EDGE))
Valid values:
(MDM6200) 14
(All others) 15
<modulation> (GSM onlyModulation method)
0=GMSK (GPRS)
1=8PSK (EDGE)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 261

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!SARSTATE Set/report SAR backoff state

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the current SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) backoff state.
MDM6200 (min f/w rev:
P1_0_0_8) Note: This is a non-persistent setting. Use !SARSTATEDFLT to change the default
MDM9200 backoff state.

MDM9600
Usage:
Execution: AT!SARSTATE=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the SAR backoff state.
Query: AT!SARSTATE?
Response: !SARSTATE: <state>
OK
Purpose: Indicate the current <state> setting.
Query list: AT!SARSTATE=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<state> (SAR backoff state setting)
0=No backoff
18=Backoff state 1 to 8
!SARSTATEDFLT Set/report default SAR backoff state
Supporting chipsets: Set or report the default SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) backoff state used when the
device powers up.
MDM6200 (min f/w rev:
P1_0_0_8) By choosing an appropriate default backoff state, the device is made to start in a
low-exposure state, which is important if there is any delay in the host proximity or
MDM9200 position detection measurement and control algorithms.
MDM9600
Note: To temporarily change the SAR backoff state, use !SARSTATE. The change will
last until the command is repeated or the modem resets.

Usage:
Execution: AT!SARSTATEDFLT=<state>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the default SAR backoff state.
Query: AT!SARSTATEDFLT?
Response: <state>
OK
or ERROR
Purpose: Indicate the default state.
Query list: AT!SARSTATEDFLT=?
Purpose: Display valid execution format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<state> (Default SAR backoff state setting)
0=No backoff
18=Backoff state 1 to 8

262 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Thermal Mitigation Commands

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMCONFIG Set/report thermal mitigation configuration options

Supporting chipsets: Set or report thermal mitigation configuration options.
MDM8200 Usage:
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: Execution (MDM8200 only):
N2.0 Release 6) AT!THERMCONFIG=<MTP enable>, <RxD enable>, <QICE enable>
Execution (MDM8220/MDM9200 only):
MDM9200 (min f/w rev:
AT!THERMCONFIG=<MTP enable>, <RxD enable>, <QICE enable>,
M1.0 Release 3,
<DL RLC throttling enable>, <UL RLC throttling enable>
X3.0 Beta 6)
Response: OK
Purpose: Set thermal configuration options.
Query: AT!THERMCONFIG?
Response: Thermal mitigation configuration:
Adjust maximum Tx power (0-1) <MTP enable>-Enabled (or
Disabled)
Disable Rx Diversity (0-1) <RxD enable>-Enabled (or Disabled)
Disable Q-ICE at mitigation state (0-1) <QICE enable>-Enabled
(or Disabled)
DL RLC throttling control (0-1) <DL RLC throttling enable>-
Enabled (or Disabled) (MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
UL RLC throttling control (0-1) <UL RLC throttling enable>-
Enabled (or Disabled) (MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
OK
Purpose: Display current configuration options.
Query List: AT!THERMCONFIG=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<MTP enable> (Maximum Tx power adjustment feature)
0=Disabledadjustments not allowed
1=Enabled (Default)adjustments allowed
<RxD enable> (Rx diversity disabling feature)
0=Disabled (Default)Rx diversity cannot be disabled
1=EnabledRx diversity can be disabled
<QICE enable> (Q-ICE disabling feature)
0=Disabled (Default)Q-ICE cannot be disabled
1=EnabledQ-ICE can be disabled
<DL RLC throttling enable> (Enable/disable downlink RLC throttling)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled
<UL RLC throttling enable> (Enable/disable uplink RLC throttling)
0=Disabled (Default)
1=Enabled

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 263

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMDELTATX Set/report amount to reduce maximum Tx power

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the amount of power to subtract from maximum Tx power when the device
MDM8200 is in mitigation state.
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: The Tx power will repeatedly be stepped-down by this amount as long as the
temperature remains above the mitigation threshold. See !THERMTIMERS on page 268
N2.0 Release 6) for details.
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Usage:
M1.0 Release 3, Execution (MDM8200 only):
X3.0 Beta 6) AT!THERMDELTATX=<delta tx>
Execution (MDM8220/MDM9200 only):
AT!THERMDELTATX=<delta tx>[, <max backoff>, <time for non
backoff>, <time for backoff>, <step timer>]
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the amount of power to subtract from maximum Tx power.
Query: AT!THERMDELTATX?
Response (MDM8200 only):
Delta Tx power (1/12 dB)=<delta tx>
OK
Response (MDM8220/MDM9200 only):
Delta Tx power (dB)=<delta tx>
Max backoff (dB) = <max backoff>
time for non-backoff value of power (ms) = <time for non
backoff>
time for backoff value of power (ms) = <time for backoff>
timer for each step of backoff (ms) = <step timer>
OK
Purpose: Display the amount to subtract from maximum Tx power, and,
depending on chipset, backoff time values.
Query List: AT!THERMDELTATX=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<delta tx> (Power subtracted from maximum Tx power)
Units:
MDM82001/12 dB
MDM8220/MDM9200dB
Valid range:
MDM82000120 (corresponds to 010 dB)
MDM8220/MDM92000<max backoff>
<max backoff> (MDM8220/MDM9200 onlyMaximum value that can be used to set
<delta tx>)
Units: dB
<time for non-backoff> (MDM8220/MDM9200 onlyLength of time that device runs at
regular power level before switching to the reduced level of the current backoff step.)
Units: ms
<time for backoff> (MDM8220/MDM9200 onlyLength of time that device runs at the
reduced power level of the current backoff step, before switching to regular power level.)
Units: ms
<step timer> (MDM8220/MDM9200 onlyLength of time for each backoff step.)
Units: ms

264 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Thermal Mitigation Commands

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMDELTATXTEMP Set/report amount power backoff temperature threshold

Supporting chipsets: Set or report the temperature above which the second stage of thermal mitigation
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: begins. (See !THERMTHRESHOLD on page 267 for the first stage of thermal
N2.0 Release 6) mitigation.)
These chipsets support a two-stage thermal mitigation phase. In stage 1, data
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: throughput flow control is used. If this is unsuccessful and the temperature rises above
M1.0 Release 3, the power backoff temperature threshold, the second stage of mitigation begins and the
X3.0 Beta 6) Tx power backoff algorithm is used. (See !THERMTIMERS on page 268 for details.)
Usage:
Execution: AT!THERMDELTATXTEMP=<Tx backoff threshold>
Response: OK
or ERROR (if value is not in range)
Purpose: Set the temperature at which stage 2 thermal mitigation occurs.
Query: AT!THERMDELTATXTEMP?
Response: at!thermdeltatxtemp?
Delta Tx power temp=<Tx backoff threshold>
OK
Purpose: Display the current stage 2 threshold temperature.
Query List: AT!THERMDELTATXTEMP=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<Tx backoff threshold> (Temperature above which stage 2 mitigation (Tx power backoff
state) occurs)
Units: C
Valid range: Value between mitigation threshold and emergency threshold (see
!THERMTHRESHOLD on page 267 to identify threshold values)

!THERMENABLE Enable/disable thermal mitigation

Supporting chipsets: Enable/disable the thermal mitigation feature.
MDM8200 Usage:
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!THERMENABLE=<enable>
N2.0 Release 6) Response: OK
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Purpose: Enable/disable thermal mitigation.
M1.0 Release 3, Query: AT!THERMENABLE?
X3.0 Beta 6) Response: Thermal mitigation version=1
Thermal mitigation enable (0-1) <enable>-Enable (or Disable)
OK
Purpose: Show the current state of the thermal mitigation feature.
Query List: AT!THERMENABLE=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<enable> (Thermal mitigation feature state)
0=Disable (Default)
1=Enable

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 265

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMINFO Display thermal mitigation information

Supporting chipsets: Display all thermal mitigation-related information. (This returns the same information
MDM8200 that is returned using the Query formats of the other thermal mitigation commands. See
those commands for parameter definitions.)
MDM8220 (min f/w rev:
Usage:
N2.0 Release 6)
Execution: AT!THERMINFO
MDM9200 (min f/w rev: Response: Mitigation threshold=xx (See !THERMTHRESHOLD on page 267)
M1.0 Release 3, Emergency threshold=xx
X3.0 Beta 6) Hysteresis=xx

Basic loop(ms)=xxxx (See !THERMTIMERS on page 268)

Note: This command is not
Mitigation loop(ms)=xxxxx
password-protected.
T_down(ms)=xxxxx
Misc time(ms)=xxxxx
Pa_change_holdoff=xx

Delta Tx power(1/12 dB)=xx (MDM8200 only) (See !THERM-

DELTATX on page 264)
Delta Tx power(dB)=xx (MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
Max backoff (dB) = xx (MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
time for non-backoff value of power (ms) = xxxxx (MDM8220/
MDM9200 only)
time for backoff value of power (ms) = xxxxx (MDM8220/
MDM9200 only)
timer for each step of backoff (ms) = xxxxx (MDM8220/MDM9200
only)

Thermal mitigation version=1 (See !THERMENABLE on page 265)

Thermal mitigation enable (0-1) 1-Enabled (or 0-Disabled)

Thermal mitigation configuration: (See !THERMCONFIG on

page 263)
Adjust maximum Tx power (0-1) 1-Enabled (or 0-Disabled)
Disable Rx Diversity (0-1) 0-Disabled (or 1-Enabled)
Disable Q-ICE at mitigation state (0-1) 0-Disabled
DL RLC throttling control (0-1) 0-Disabled (or 1-Enabled)
(MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
UL RLC throttling control (0-1) 0-Disabled (or 1-Enabled)
(MDM8220/MDM9200 only)
Delta Tx power temp = xx (MDM8220/MDM9200 only)

OK
Purpose: Display all thermal mitigation-related information.
Parameters:
See the Parameter sections for the thermal mitigation commands referenced in the
Response format.

266 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Thermal Mitigation Commands

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMTHRESHOLD Set/report thermal threshold, mitigation threshold, and hysteresis

Supporting chipsets: Set/report the threshold values for entering mitigation and emergency states, and the
MDM8200 hysteresis value for causing a state change:
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: Mitigation state
N2.0 Release 6) MDM8200Tx power is reduced.
MDM8220/MDM9200First stage of mitgation (data throughput flow control)
MDM9200 (min f/w rev:
occurs. If temperature continues to rise past the second stage mitigation
M1.0 Release 3, threshold (see !THERMDELTATXTEMP on page 265), Tx power is reduced.
X3.0 Beta 6)
Emergency stateTx power is stopped.
HysteresisTemperature reduction required before moving from emergency to
mitigation state, or from mitigation to normal operating state. For example, if the
device is in mitigation state, it will not return to normal state until the temperature
drops below (<threshold1> - <hysteresis>).
Usage:
Execution: AT!THERMTHRESHOLD=<threshold1>,<threshold2>,<hysterisis>
Response: OK
Purpose: Set the threshold and hysteresis values. (All three values must be
specified.)
Query: AT!THERMTHRESHOLD?
Response: Mitigation threshold=<threshold1>
Emergency threshold=<threshold2>
Hysteresis=<hysteresis>
OK
Purpose: Show current threshold and hysteresis values.
Query List: AT!THERMTHRESHOLD=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<threshold1> (Threshold to enter mitigation state)
0255 (degrees Celsius)
<threshold2> (Threshold to enter emergency state)
0255 (degrees Celsius)
<hysteresis> (Temperature reduction below threshold required to return to normal state
(from mitigation) or mitigation (from emergency))
0255 (degrees Celsius)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 267

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 13-2: Thermal mitigation command details (Continued)

Command Description

!THERMTIMERS Set/report thermal mitigation algorithm timer details

Supporting chipsets: Set/report the timers and related values used in the thermal mitigation algorithm.
MDM8200 Usage:
MDM8220 (min f/w rev: Execution: AT!THERMTIMERS=<basic loop>,<mitigation loop>,<T_down>,
N2.0 Release 6) <Misc time>,<Pa_change_holdoff>
Response: OK
MDM9200 (min f/w rev:
Purpose: Set the timers and related values for the thermal mitigation algorithm.
M1.0 Release 3,
Query: AT!THERMTIMERS?
X3.0 Beta 6)
Response: Basic loop(ms)=<basic loop>
Mitigation loop(ms)=<mitigation loop>
T_down(ms)=<T_down>
Misc time(ms)=<Misc time>
Pa_change_holdoff=<Pa_change_holdoff>
OK
Purpose: Show the timers and related values for the thermal mitigation
algorithm.
Query List: AT!THERMTIMERS=?
Purpose: Display the execution command format and parameter values.
Parameters:
<basic loop> (Normal statetime period to wait between temperature measurements)
Unitsms
<mitigation loop> (Mitigate and emergency statestime period to wait between
temperature measurements)
Unitsms
<T_down> (Mitigation state timertime period to use reduced Tx power during
mitigation state)
Unitsms
<Misc time> (Mitigation state timertime period to use max Tx power during mitigation
state)
Unitsms
<Pa_change_h> (Number of mitigation loops between Tx power reductions)
0255
Example: If Max Tx power is 25 dB, the delta Tx power (amount to reduce Tx
power) is 3 dB, and <Pa_change_h> is 4, then:
When device enters mitigation state from normal state, Tx power decreases
to 22 dB.
After <Pa_change_h> * <mitigation loop> ms, if the temperature is still higher
than <threshold1>, the Tx power reduces to 19 dB.

Note: To set or report the delta Tx power value, see !THERMDELTATX on page 264.

268 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 A: Module Customization A
Various modem features can be customized to meet individual carrier
or OEM needs.
The following procedure describes how to prepare the modem for
customization, maintain profiles, and customize various features.

Note: Some customizations described in this section may only be available

on specific modules (for example, GPS customizations) or for specific
minimum firmware versions. Also, this is only a representative sample of
available customizationsall AT commands can be used for customizations
depending on carrier requirements.

Note: Contact your Sierra (Prepare the modem for customization)

Wireless account repre- 1. Unlock the command to use extended commands:
sentative to get the AT!ENTERCND=<password> (page 28)
password.
2. Put the modem into offline mode to perform customizations:
AT!DAOFFLINE (page 109)
3. Back up the modems RF calibration data as a precaution:
AT!NVBACKUP=0 (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
Reference, Document 2130617)
(Maintain Profiles)
4. If the modem was provisioned with profiles that you do not want
to keep, you can remove them. To remove (clear) a profile (profile
number <pid>):
a. Mark the profile as non write-protected:
AT!SCROPROF=<pid>,0 (page 74)
b. Set the profile for manual activation, dont prompt for
password, dont auto-launch application, and disable the
PDP linger timer:
AT!SCPROF=<pid>,,0,0,0,0 (See UMTS Modems Supported
AT Command Reference, Document 2130617)
c. Initialize the primary and secondary DNS addresses:
AT!SCDNS=<pid>,0.0.0.0,0.0.0.0 (See UMTS Modems
Supported AT Command Reference, Document 2130617)
d. Clear PDP-IP connection authentication parameters:
AT$QCPDPP=<pid> (page 89)

Note: Make sure a SIM is e. Set all packet filters in the Traffic Flow Template as
inserted in the module undefined:
before using the +CGTFT AT+CGTFT=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
command. f. Mark this Quality of Service Profile as undefined:
AT+CGQREQ=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
g. Mark the minimum acceptable Quality of Service profile as
undefined:
AT+CGQMIN=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 269

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

h. Mark the 3G Quality of Service profile as undefined:

AT+CGEQREQ=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
i. Mark the minimum acceptable 3G Quality of Service profile as undefined:
AT+CGEQMIN=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
j. Mark PDP context parameter values as undefined:
AT+CGDCONT=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
k. Initialize the software option byte in the profile details:
AT!SCPROFSWOPT=<pid>,0 (page 74)
(Customize configuration details)
5. If desired, assign a custom PRI part number or revision: AT!PRIID=<priPn>,
<priRev> (page 71)
6. Clear all old customizations from non-volatile memory and restore factory
defaults:
AT!NVDEF (page 126)
AT!NVRESTORE=0 (page 126)
7. If desired, customize non-MUX mode port mappings:
AT!NVPORTMAP=<normMode> [, <diagMode>] (page 65)
8. Set GPRS MS Class and EDGE MS Class to match network requirements
(default is Class 10, example below switches to Class 12):
AT!NVOEM=GMSCLASS,0C (page 63)
AT!NVOEM=EMSCLASS,0C (page 63)

Note: Most carriers enable 9. Match the modems ciphering and integrity settings to the live UMTS
both ciphering and integrity networks settings:
(<setting> = 2). AT!GCIPHER=<setting> (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
Reference, Document 2130617)
10. Enable GERAN FP #1 functionality if required by carrier:
AT!NVOEM=GERANFP1,01 (page 63)
11. Configure the modem to use a specific service domain (circuit-switched,
packet-switched, both):
AT!SELMODE=<sdInd> (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
Reference, Document 2130617)
where <sdInd> = 0 (CS), 1 (PS), or 2 (both)

Note: The !BAND 12. Choose an appropriate region-specific scanning algorithm:

command shows only the AT!CUSTOM=PRLREGION, <value> (page 40).
bands of the current band 13. Set carrier-specific configuration values.The following are examples of some
group (0 or 1). parameters that you may wish to customize:
Enable/disable ENS functionality:
AT!ENSEN=<value>
where <value> = 0 (disable) or 1 (enable)
Enable/disable A5/2 encryption:
AT!NVOEM=GSMA5ALG,<value> (page 63)
Enable/disable FDN check for PS data calls:
AT!CUSTOM=DISFDNPDPCHK,<value> (page 40)

270 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Module Customization

Note: The customizations 14. If desired, configure Watcher 3G and Windows driver functionality:
in this step affect the inter- a. Enable/disable roaming indicator display:
faces between the modem AT!CUSTOM=NOROAM, <value> (page 40)
and the user (drivers, API, (If enabled, the firmware will always report No Roam to the API in the
CnS, Watcher)they do CNS_ICON_ROAM object.)
not affect the modem
directly. b. Enable/disable GPRS/EDGE indicator display:
AT!CUSTOM=NOGPRS, <value> (page 40)
(If enabled, the firmware clears the display icon flag in the
CNS_SERVICE_ICON object.)
c. Enable/disable STK UI:
AT!CUSTOM=STKUIEN, <value> (page 40)
(If enabled for CnS interface, CNS_STK_CMD notifications are sent to
the API/Watcher.)
d. Enable/disable GPRS attach on power-up using the !SELMODE
command:
AT!SELMODE=<value>
(<value> = 0 (disable use CS only)
<value> = 1 or 2 (enable use PS only, or CS and PS))
(See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command Reference, Document
2130617)
e. Enable/disable CSD setting from Watcher, and prevent MO CSD call
from being set up using AT commands:
AT!CUSTOM=CSDOFF, <value> (page 40)
f. Enable/disable prompt for SIMs PUK code when CHV1 is blocked (the
prompt is always forced when CHV2 is blocked):
AT!CUSTOM=PUKPRMPT, <value> (page 40)
(If disabled, the firmware sets required operation to No Operation in the
CNS_SIM_STATUS_EXP object. If enabled, the required operation is set
to Enter PUK. In either case, the SIM status in the object is set as PIN 1
blocked.)
g. Enable/disable voice support
AT!CUSTOM=ISVOICEN, <value> (page 40)
(If disabled (<value> = 0 or 2), the CNS_AVAILABLE_FEATURES object
is set as no voice, and headset indications and other voice-related CnS
notifications are not sent to the host. If enabled (<value> =1), the object
is set as voice, and headset indications and other voice-related CnS
notifications are sent to the host. If <value> is 0 or 1, voice calls can be
made using the AT command interface.)
h. Enable /disable GPS causes Windows driver to open an NMEA port:
AT!CUSTOM=GPSENABLE, <value> (page 40)

Note: The host device 15. Customize non-persistent modem settings.

needs to include a facility a. Set the band using one of the following commands:
for restoring these settings AT!BAND = <bandsetInd> (See UMTS Modems Supported AT
after the modem power Command Reference, Document 2130617)
cycles. AT!GBAND = <bandmask> (page 88)

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 271

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Note: !GBAND allows for finer tuning than !BAND.

b. Indicate the communications protocol to be used:

AT!REL=<wcdmarrc>[, <sgsnr>, <mscr>] (page 72)
(Example: HSDPA is !REL=1,1,1; HSUPA is !REL=2,1,1)
16. Define up to sixteen profiles (profile number <pid>):
a. Indicate the PDP context:
AT+CGDCONT = <pid>, <pdp_type>, <apn> [, <ipaddr>] (See 3GPP TS
27.007)
b. Indicate the user authentication method to use:
AT$QCPDPP = <pid>, <auth_type>, <password>, <username> (page 89)
c. Define the profile:
AT!SCPROF=<pid>, <label>, <autoconn>, <promptpwd>, <autolaunchapp>,
<rffu> (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command Reference,
Document 2130617)
d. (optional) Indicate requested Quality of Service profile:
AT+CGQREQ=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
e. (optional) Indicate minimum acceptable Quality of Service profile:
AT+CGQMIN=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
f. (optional) Indicate requested 3G Quality of Service Profile:
AT+CGEQREQ=<pid>, <traffic class> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
g. (optional) Indicate minimum acceptable 3G Quality of Service Profile:
AT+CGEQMIN=<pid> (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
h. Indicate if profile is to be read-only:
AT!SCROPROF=<readonly>, <pid> (page 74)
17. Identify the default profile:
AT!SCDFTPROF=<pid> (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
Reference, Document 2130617)
18. Enable or disable scan profile (try all profiles configured on card until a
successful connection is found):
AT!CUSTOM=SCANPROF,<value> (page 40)
19. Enable/disable slow clocking mode:
AT!SLEEP = <state> (page 78)
20. Clear the error log:
AT!ERR=0 (page 87)
21. Back up data:

Note: Profiles (PDP a. Back up provisioning data:

contexts) are not restored AT!NVBACKUP = 1 (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
from these backups. Host Reference, Document 2130617)
application software is b. Back up user data:
responsible for this task if AT!NVBACKUP = 2 (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
profiles become corrupted. Reference, Document 2130617)
c. Backup RF calibration data:
AT!NVBACKUP = 0 (See UMTS Modems Supported AT Command
Reference, Document 2130617)

272 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Module Customization

22. Set up MEP/MCC/MNC:

a. Enable/disable prompt for MEP code when incorrect SIM is inserted:
AT!CUSTOM=MEPCODE,<value> (page 40)
b. Set MEP locking status (Only enable if MEP code prompt is also
enabled.)
AT!CUSTOM=MEPLOCK,<value> (page 40)

Note: <mcc> is three digits c. If MEP locking is enabled:

in North America, or two i. Populate the PLMN list with up to sixty-four MCC/MNC pairs. Up to
digits elsewhere. six pairs can be added at a time using the following command:
AT!NVPLMN=<mcc1>, <mnc1>, ... , <mccn>, <mncn> (page 64)

Note: The OEM must ii. Lock the PLMN list:

provide a random and AT+CLCK=PN, 1 [, <password> [, <class>]] (See 3GPP TS 27.007)
unique MEP lock code.
This is used by the end-
user to unlock the modem.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 273

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

274 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 B: Test Frequencies/Channel Lists B
The following tables describe the frequencies and channels typically
used when checking receiver and transmit paths for Sierra Wireless
AirPrime MC8xxx intelligent embedded modules.

Table B-1: GSM / EDGE channels a

Frequency (MHz)
Band Channel
Tx Rx

128 824.20 869.20

GSM850 190 836.60 881.60

251 848.80 893.80

975 880.20 925.20

979 881.00 926.00

62 902.40 947.40
EGSM900
65 903.00 948.00

120 914.00 959.00

124 914.80 959.80

512 1710.20 1805.20

520 1711.80 1806.80

DCS1800 697 1747.20 1842.20

880 1783.80 1878.80

885 1784.80 1879.80

512 1850.20 1930.20

520 1851.80 1931.80

PCS1900 661 1880.00 1960.00

804 1908.60 1988.60

810 1909.80 1989.80

a. When testing, use the Rx frequencies plus a 67 kHz offset. For

example, to test GSM850, channel 190, use a signal generator set-
ting of 881.667 MHz

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 275

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table B-2: WCDMA Channels a

Band Tx Channel UE Tx (MHz) Rx Channel UE Rx (MHz)

9612 1922.40 10562 2112.40

UMTS Band I
9750 1950.00 10700 2140.00
(2100)
9888 1977.60 10838 2167.60

9262 1852.40 9662 1932.40

UMTS Band II
9400 1880.00 9800 1960.00
(1900)
9538 1907.60 9938 1987.60

4132 826.40 4357 871.40

UMTS Band
4182 836.40 4407 881.40
V (850)
4233 846.60 4458 891.60

2712 882.40 2937 927.40

UMTS Band
2787 897.40 3012 942.40
VIII (900)
2863 912.60 3088 957.60

a. When testing, use the UE Rx frequencies plus a 1.2 MHz offset. For example, to test Band V
(850 MHz), channel 4407, use a signal generator setting of 882.60 MHz.

276 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 C: HSDPA/ HSUPA Categories C
The following tables describe standard HSDPA and HSUPA
categories.
Table C-1: HSDPA-capable terminals
Maximum Number of Theoretical
number of Minimum soft values in download
Category supported inter-TTI terminals maximum Modulation
HS-DSCH interval hybrid ARQ (L1 peak
codes buffer rate [Mbps])
Category 1 5 3 19,200 1.2 16QAM, QPSK
Category 2 5 3 28,800 1.2 16QAM, QPSK
Category 3 5 2 28,800 1.8 16QAM, QPSK
Category 4 5 2 38,400 1.8 16QAM, QPSK
Category 5 5 1 57,600 3.6 16QAM, QPSK
Category 6 5 1 67,200 3.6 16QAM, QPSK
Category 7 10 1 115,200 7.2 16QAM, QPSK
Category 8a 10 1 134,400 7.2 16QAM, QPSK
Category 9 15 1 172,800 10.0 16QAM, QPSK
Category 10 15 1 172,800 14.0 16QAM, QPSK
Category 11 5 2 14,400 0.9 QPSK
Category 12 5 1 28,800 1.8 QPSK

Table C-2: HSUPA-capable terminals

Maximum
Maximum
number of Minimum Support for Maximum
E-DCH data rate
E-DCH spreading 10 ms; 2 ms data rate
Category with 10 ms
codes factor TTI E-DCH with 2 ms TTI
TTI
transmitted
Category 1 1 SF4 10 ms only 0.72 Mbps N/A
Category 2 2 SF4 10 ms and 2 ms 1.45 Mbps 1.45 Mbps
Category 3 2 SF4 10 ms only 1.45 Mbps N/A
Category 4 2 SF2 10 ms and 2 ms 2.0 Mbps 2.91 Mbps
Category 5 2 SF2 10 ms only 2.0 Mbps N/A
Category 6 4 SF2 10 ms and 2 ms 2.0 Mbps 5.76 Mbps

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 277

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

278 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 D: Band Definitions D
Some commands described in this document include input and/or
output band parameters, where the band value is one of the
following:
An enumerated value representing a network technology and
band (Table D-1)
A 3GPP band number (Table 4-2 on page 280)

Note: Band support is product-specificsee the devices Product Specifi-

cation Document or Product Technical Specification for details.

Table D-1: Band / technology enumerations a

<band> Description <band> Description <band> Description <band> Description

0 CDMA 22 WCDMA 800 42 LTE B4 60 LTE B24

2 Sleep 25 WCDMA BC3 43 LTE B2 61 LTE B25

5 CDMA 800 26 CDMA BC14 44 LTE B3 62 LTE B26

6 CDMA 1900 27 CDMA BC11 45 LTE B5 63 LTE B27

7 HDR 28 WCDMA BC4 46 LTE B6 64 LTE B28

8 CDMA 1800 29 WCDMA BC8 47 LTE B8 65 LTE B29

9 WCDMA IMT 30 MF 700 48 LTE B9 66 LTE B30

10 GSM 900 31 WCDMA BC9 49 LTE B10 67 LTE B31

11 GSM 1800 32 CDMA BC15 50 LTE B12 68 LTE B32

12 GSM 1900 33 CDMA BC10 51 LTE B14 69 LTE B33

14 JCDMA 34 LTE B1 52 LTE B15 70 LTE B34

15 WCDMA 1900A 35 LTE B7 53 LTE B16 71 LTE B35

16 WCDMA 1900B 36 LTE B13 54 LTE B18 72 LTE B36

17 CDMA 450 37 LTE B17 55 LTE B19 73 LTE B37

18 GSM 850 38 LTE B38 56 LTE B20 74 LTE B39

19 IMT 39 LTE B40 57 LTE B21 75 WCDMA BC19

20 HDR 800 40 WCDMA BC11 58 LTE B22 76 LTE B41

21 HDR 1900 41 LTE B11 59 LTE B23

a. Band values not listed (e.g. 1, 3, 4) are reserved.

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 279

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

Table 4-2: 3GPP bands

Frequency bands (MHz) Frequency bands (MHz)

Band Rx Tx Band Rx Tx

1 19201980 21102170 20 832862 791821

2 18501910 19301990 21 1447.91462.9 1495.91510.9

3 17101785 18051880 22 Reserved Reserved

4 17101755 21102155 23 20002020 21802200

5 824849 869894 24 1626.51660.5 15251559

6 830840 875885 25 18501915 19301995

7 25002570 26202690 2632 Reserved Reserved

8 880915 925960 33 19001920 19001920

9 1749.91784.9 1844.91879.9 34 20102025 20102025

10 17101770 21102170 35 18501910 18501910

11 1427.91447.9 1475.91495.9 36 19301990 19301990

12 699716 729746 37 19101930 19101930

13 777787 746756 38 25702620 25702620

14 788798 758768 39 18801920 18801920

15 Reserved Reserved 40 23002400 23002400

16 Reserved Reserved 41 24962690 24962690

17 704716 734746 42 34003600 34003600

18 815830 860875 43 36003800 36003800

19 830845 875890

280 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 E: ASCII Table E
Table E-1: ASCII values
Char Dec Hex Char Dec Hex Char Dec Hex Char Dec Hex

NUL 0 00 SP 32 20 @ 64 40 96 60
SOH 1 01 ! 33 21 A 65 41 a 97 61
STX 2 02 34 22 B 66 42 b 98 62
ETX 3 03 # 35 23 C 67 43 c 99 63
EOT 4 04 $ 36 24 D 68 44 d 100 94
ENQ 5 05 % 37 25 E 69 45 e 101 95
ACK 6 06 & 38 26 F 70 46 f 102 96
BEL 7 07 39 27 G 71 47 g 103 97
BS 8 08 ( 40 28 H 72 48 h 104 98
HT 9 09 ) 41 29 I 73 49 i 105 99
LF 10 0A * 42 2A J 74 4A j 106 6A
VT 11 0B + 43 2B K 75 4B k 107 6B
FF 12 0C , 44 2C L 76 4C l 108 6C
CR 13 0D - 45 2D M 77 4D m 109 6D
SO 14 0E . 46 2E N 78 4E n 110 6E
SI 15 0F / 47 2F O 79 4F o 111 6F
DLE 16 10 0 48 30 P 80 50 p 112 70
XON 17 11 1 49 31 Q 81 51 q 113 71
DC2 18 12 2 50 32 R 82 52 r 114 72
XOFF 19 13 3 51 33 S 83 53 s 115 73
DC4 20 14 4 52 34 T 84 54 t 116 74
NAK 21 15 5 53 35 U 85 55 u 117 75
SYN 22 16 6 54 36 V 86 56 v 118 76
ETB 23 17 7 55 37 W 87 57 w 119 77
CAN 24 18 8 56 38 X 88 58 x 120 78
EM 25 19 9 57 39 Y 89 59 y 121 79
SUB 26 1A : 58 3A Z 90 5A z 122 7A
ESC 27 1B ; 59 3B [ 91 5B { 123 7B
FS 28 1C < 60 3C \ 92 5C | 124 7C
GS 29 1D = 61 3D ] 93 5D } 125 7D
RS 30 1E > 62 3E ^ 94 5E ~ 126 7E
US 31 1F ? 63 3F _ 95 5F DEL 127 7F

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 281

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

282 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index (AT commands)
A !AVTXVOL, set Tx volume, 158, 178
!AVUSEMCU, select codec controller, 178
!AIN, read AUXV1 analog value, 32
!ALLUP, turn on transmitter in all UPs condition, 96
!ANTSEL, set/query external antenna select configura-
B
tion, 33 !BAND, set/query frequency bands, 34, 271
!AVAUDIOLPBK, enable/disable audio loopback, 132
!BEP, return RSSI and RSQ from MT, 97
!AVCODECBRG, configure registers required to make a
!BPLMNTIMER, inactivity timer value, query/set, 36
call, 165 !BSHWID, return modem hardware ID, 36
!AVCODECCFG, configure register, 165
!BSMCCHECK, return modem hardware version, 37
!AVCODECRED, read codec register value, 166
!BZBUZZ, generate frequency on buzzer pin, 38
!AVCODECRST, configure registers for reset, 166 !BZBUZZPLAY, generate melody on buzzer pin, 39
!AVCODECRXG, query/set CODEC Rx gain, 132
!AVCODECSTG, query/set CODEC sidetone gain, 134
!AVCODECTXG, query/set Tx gain, 135 C
!AVCUSTI2CCFG, configure external codec I2C details,
167 +CFUN, set phone functionality, 44
!AVDEF, set audio to default settings, 136 +CGDCONT, define PDP context, 270, 272
!AVDTMFTXG, query/set DTMF Tx gain, 137 +CGEQMIN,3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum ac-
!AVDTMFVOLDB, set audio and DTMF volumes, 138 ceptable), 270, 272
!AVEC, query/set echo cancellation setting, 139, 168 +CGEQREQ, 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested),
!AVEXTPCMCFG, configure external PCM interface, 270, 272
140 +CGQMIN, Quality of Service Profile (Minimum accepta-
!AVEXTPCMSTOPCLKOFF, enable/disable external ble), 269, 272
PCM interface clock control, 141 +CGQREQ, Quality of Service Profile (Requested), 269,
!AVINBANDRANGE, specify Progress Descriptor value 272
range, 142 +CGTFT, Traffic Flow Template, 269
!AVMICGAIN, query/set microphone gain, 143 !CHAN, tune synthesizer to channel/band, 98
!AVMODESET, select codec mode, 168 +CLCK, Facility lock, 273
!AVNS, enable/disable noise suppression, 144 !CMEN, HSPA compressed mode, enable/disable, 39
!AVREGVALWID, set codec register bit width, 169 !CMUX, implement multiplexing mode, 86
!AVRXAGC, query/set Rx AVC/AGC configuration, 145 +CMUX, Multiplexing mode, 86
!AVRXDECGAIN, set/report voice decoder gain, 169 !CMUXLPBK, configure/query port for loopback mode,
!AVRXPCMFLTR, query/set Rx PCM filter tap, 146 86
!AVRXPCMIIRFLTR, query/set Rx PCM IIR filter param- !CUSTOM, customization settings, 40
eters, 148, 170 AUTONETWORKMODE, revert to automatic
!AVRXSPKRGAIN, set/report audio profile speaker mode?, 40
gain, 172 CFUNPERSISTEN, AT+CFUN setting persists
!AVRXVOLDB, query/set Rx voice volume levels, 150 across power cycle?, 40
!AVRXVOLDB, set Rx voice volume, 172 CPASCWRINGIND, set call priority for +CPAS, 40
!AVSETDEV, set profiles Rx/Tx audio path mute state, CSDOFF, enable UE to initiate CS calls, 40
173 CSVOICEREJECT, enable incoming voice call
!AVSETPROFILE, activate a profile, 151, 174 pages ignore, 41
!AVSETSAMP, set I2S sampling rate, 175 DISFDNPDPCHK, enable FDN check for PS data
!AVSETVOL, set audio profile default volume level, 175 calls, 41
!AVSN, query/set audio revision number, 152 DISSTACK, enable AMR codec, 41
!AVTONEPLAY, play a tone, 152 GPSENABLE, enable GPS, 41
!AVTONESETTINGS, enable/disable local audio tones, GPSLPM, enable low power mode GPS, 41
153 GPSREFLOC, enable GPS location reporting, 41
!AVTXAGC, set the Tx AGC, 154 GPSSEL, select GPS antenna type, 42
!AVTXENCGAIN, set/report audio profile encoder gain, GPSSUPLSETID, set value used in SUPL POS
176 INIT message, 42
!AVTXMICGAIN, set/report audio profile microphone HPPLMNSCDIS, set HPLMN scan constraints, 42
gain, 176 HSDPATEST, enable HSDPA test channel inter-
!AVTXPCMFLTR, query/set Tx PCM filter tap, 155 face, 42
!AVTXPCMIIRFLTR, query/set Tx PCM IIR filter param- HSICON, HSPA icon behavior, 42
eters, 156, 177 HWCFGLOCK, prevent UART disabling, 42

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 283

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

ISVOICEN, enable voice functionality, 42 !DASTXON, turn Tx PA on, 114

MEPCODE, enable MEP prompt after wrong SIM inserted, !DAWGAVGAGC, return averaged Rx AGC (WCDMA), 114
43 !DAWGRXAGC, return Rx AGC, 115
MEPCODE, enable prompt, 42 !DAWINFO, return WCDMA RF information, 116
MUXMODE, enable MUX mode, 43 !DAWSCHAINTCM, place WCDMA receive chain in test call
NOGPRS, enable indicator display, 43 mode, 118
NOROAM, enable roaming indicator display, 43 !DAWSCONFIGRX, set WCDMA receiver to factory settings,
PCSCDISABLE, set PCSC functionality, 43 117
PPPPROFAUTH, indicate authorization information !DAWSPARANGE, set PA range state machine, 118
source, 43 !DAWSSCHAIN, enable secondary receive chain, 118
PRLREGION, select region-specific scanning algorithm, !DAWSTXCW, select transmitter waveform, 119
44 !DAWSTXPWR, set Tx power level, 119
PUKPRMPT, enable prompt for PUK code, 44 !DIO, read/write DIO channel, 49, 48
RADIORESET, enable reset after low power mode, 44 !DIOCFG, configure DIO channels, 48, 49
RADIORESET, enable reset from LPM, 44 !DIVERSITY, enable/disable CDMA Rx diversity, 87
RFINDENABLE, enable RF indicator, 44 !DTMEN, enable/disable DTM and ETM, 51
SCANPROF, enable profile scan, 44
SIMLPM, set default low power mode SIM power state, 44
SKUID, set device SKU ID, 44 E
SKUID, set SKU ID, 45
!EDAEN, enable/disable EDA, 52
STARTLPM, enable low power startup mode, 45
!ENSEN, enable/disable ENS functionality, 270
STKUIEN, enable SIM toolkit UI, 45
!ENTERCND, enable protected command access, 14, 28, 269,
TRUFLOWDISABLE, enable TRU-Flow, 45
28
USBDMDISABLE, enable USB DM port, 45
!EQEN, enable/disable L1 equalizer, 52
USBSERIALENABLE, use IMEI as USB serial number, 45
!ERR, display diagnostic information, 87, 272
WAKEHOSTEN, enable host wake-up via SMS or incom-
ing data packet, 45
WAPPUSHDATA, enable WAP Push data processing, 45 G
!CUSTOM, customization settings, set/query, 179, 211, 270,
271, 272, 273 !GBAND, read/set operating band, 88, 271
!CWSETUP, Connection Watchdog parameters, setup, 46 !GCFEN, enable/disable GCF test mode, 53
!CWSTATS, Connection Watchdog statistics, 47 !GCFUIMTYPE, query/set SIM type, 53
!GCIPHER, return operational status, 270
+GMR, request TA revision identification, 15
D !GPSAUTOSTART, configure GPS auto-start features, 181, 182
!GPSCLRASSIST, clear selected GPS assistance data, 184,
!DAAGCTON, return C/N value in FTM mode, 98
183
!DAFTMACT, put modem into FTM mode, 14, 93, 99
!GPSCOLDSTART, clear all GPS assistance data, 183, 184
!DAFTMDEACT, put modem into online mode, 99
!GPSEND, end active position fix session, 184, 208
!DALGAVGAGC, return averaged AGC in LTE mode, 105
!GPSFIX, initiate GPS position fix, 185, 200, 208, 210
!DAGGAVGRSSI, return averaged RSSI, 99
!GPSIPADDR, query/set TCP/IP IP address, 186, 198
!DAGGRSSI, return RSSI, 100
!GPSKEEPWARM, query/set/clear Keep Warm, 186
!DAGGRSSIRAW, return raw RSSI, 100
!GPSLBSAPN, set GPS LBS APNs, 187
!DAGINFO, return GSM RF information, 101
!GPSLBSSETTINGS, default GPS location fix options, 188
!DAGSLOCK, return synthesizer lock state, 101
!GPSLOC, return last know modem location, 185, 189, 201
!DAGSRXBURST, set GSM receiver to burst mode, 102
!GPSMTLRSETTINGS, query/set MT location request settings,
!DAGSRXCONT, set GSM receiver continuously on, 102
190
!DAGSTXBURST, set GSM transmitter to burst mode, 103
!GPSNIQOSTIME, query/set GPS QoS timeout period, 191
!DAGSTXFRAME, set GSM Tx frame structure, 104
!GPSNMEACONFIG, enable/set NMEA data output rate, 191
!DALGRXAGC, return Rx AGC (LTE mode), 106
!GPSNMEASENTENCE, set/get NMEA sentence type, 192
!DALGTXAGC, return Tx AGC (LTE mode), 107
!GPSPORTID, query/set TCP/IP port ID, 193
!DALSRXBW, set Rx bandwidth (LTE mode), 108
!GPSPOSMODE, configure GPS positioning mode support, 194
!DALSTXBW, set Tx bandwidth (LTE mode), 109
!GPSPROTOSEL, control GPS protocol selection, 195
!DAOFFLINE, place modem offline, 109, 269
!GPSSATINFO, request satellite information, 196
!DARPEN, DARP for SAIC, enable/disable, 47
!GPSSTATUS, request position fix session status, 185, 201,
!DASBAND, set frequency band, 14, 93, 110
208, 197
!DASCHAN, set modem channel (frequency), 111
!GPSSUPLPID, request position fix session status, 198
!DASLNAGAIN, set LNA gain state, 112
!GPSSUPLURL, query/set SUPL server URL, 186, 198
!DASPDM, set PDM value, 113
!GPSSUPLVER, query/set SUPL server version, 199
!DASTXOFF, turn Tx PA off, 113

284 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index AT Commands

!GPSTRACK, initiate multiple-fix tracking session, 208, 200 !MXPORTMAP, query/set MUX mode port mappings, 58
!GPSTRANSSEC, control GPS transport security, 201
!GPSXTRAAPN, set GPS XTRA APNs, 202
!GPSXTRADATAENABLE, query/set GPS XTRA settings, N
203
!NASREL, query/set NAS release compliance version, 59, 72
!GPSXTRADATAURL, query/set GPS XTRA data server
!NVBACKUP, back up non-volatile memory, 126, 269, 272
URL, 204
!NVDEF, reset non-volatile memory, 126, 270
!GPSXTRAINITDNLD, initiate gpsOneXTRA download and
!NVENCRYPTIMEI, write IMEI to modem, 60
inject operation, 204
!NVMUXMODE, query/set USB MUX mode state, 61
!GPSXTRASTATUS, current gpsOneXTRA status, 205
!NVNSCODE, return Network Subset codes, 62
!GPSXTRATIME, inject GPS or UTC time information to gp-
!NVOEM, query/set NV items, 63, 270
sOneXTRA, 206
!NVPLMN, provision PLMN list for Network Personalization,
!GPSXTRATIMEENABLE, query/set GPS XTRA time set-
273, 64
tings, 207
!NVPORTMAP, change non-MUX mode port mappings, 65,
!GPSXTRATIMEURL, query/set GPS XTRA SNTP server
270
URL, 208
!NVRESTORE, restore backup data, 126, 270, 126
!NVSPCODE, return service provider code list, 65
H
!HSDCAT, query/set HSDPA category, 54 O
!HSUCAT, query/set HSUPA category, 54
!OSDSM, display DSM buffer pool memory usage, 121
^HVER, return modem hardware version, 37

I P
!PACKAGE, return package version string, 66
!IDSAUTOFOTA, configure automatic settings for FOTA up-
!PADCONF, packetization trigger conditions, configure, 244
dates, 252
!PADCONN, initiate PAD connection, 245
!IDSAUTOSDM, configure SDM response to server request,
!PADDISCONN, disconnect PAD connection, 246
253
!PADENDLISTEN, disable PAD server, 246
!IDSCONFIGACC, configure DM account authentication
!PADFILTER, specify IP address filters, 247
mode and XML format, 254
!PADLISTEN, initiate PAD server connection, 248
!IDSCREATEACC, enter DM account credentials, 255
!PADSETUP, PAD profile connection parameters setup, 249
!IDSDFLTACC, set DM account for device-initiated sessions,
!PADSWITCH, switch active PAD session, 250
256
!PCINFO, return power control status information, 67
!IDSFUMOROOT, set DM Tree root path for FUMO node, 256
!PCOFFEN, query/set Power Off Enable state, 68
!IDSPID, set profile ID for DM data connection types, 257
!PCTEMPLIMITS, query/set temperature state limits, 69
!IDSROAM, configure DM client roaming support, 257
!PCVOLTLIMITS, query/set power supply voltage state limits,
!IDSSUPPORT, configure DM sessions, 258
70
!IMSTESTMODE, enable/disable IMS test mode, 120
!PING, ping an IP address, 71
!PRIID, query/set PRI part number and revision, 45, 270, 71
K
!KEYOFF, key off the transmitter, 120 Q
!KEYON, key on the transmitter, 121
$QCPDPP, query/set PDP-IP authentication parameters, 89,
269, 272
L $QCTER, query/set TE-DCE baud rate, 89
$QCAGC, read Rx AGC in dBm for CDMA and WCDMA
!LEDCTRL, query/set LED pattern, 55 modes, 122
!LTENAS, configure LTE NAS settings, 56

R
M
!REL, query/set active protocol/revision, 59, 272, 72
!MAPMTPDP, configure PDP port mapping, 57 !RX2, turn second receiver on/off, 122
!MAPUART, map service to UART, 83, 58 !RX2AGC, read Rx AGC of second receiver, 123
!MAXPWR, query/set maximum Tx power for specific band, !RXAGC, read Rx AGC of first receiver, 123
260 !RXDEN, enable/disable WCDMA Rx diversity, 90

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 285

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

S !STKPLI, record provisioning information, 222

!STKVER, display STK version, 222
!S0, set number of rings, 57
!SARBACKOFF, query/set SAR backoff values, 261
!SARSTATE, query/set SAR backoff state, 262
T
!SARSTATEDFLT, query/set default power-up SAR backoff !THERMCONFIG, configure thermal mitigation options, 263
state, 262
!THERMDELTATX, query/set amount to reduce max Tx power,
!SCANTHRESH, query/set WCDMA scan threshold, 73
264
!SCDFTPROF, set/return default profile ID, 272 !THERMDELTATXTEMP, query/set power backoff temperature
!SCDNS, set/return profile ID DNS address, 269
threshold, 265
!SCPROF, set/return SWI-specific profile information, 269, 272
!THERMENABLE, enable/disable thermal mitigation, 265
!SCPROFSWOPT, query/set profile software options, 270, 74 !THERMINFO, display thermal mitigation information, 266
!SCROPROF, query/set profile read-only flag, 74, 269, 272
!THERMTHRESHOLD, query/set threshold and hysteresis val-
!SELACQ, select RAT acquisition order, 75
ues, 267
!SELMODE, query/set current service domain, 270, 271 !THERMTIMERS, query/set mitigation algorithm timers/related
!SETCND, set AT command password, 28
values, 268
!SIMRFSC, enable/disable SIM refresh reset notification, 76
!TX, turn transmitter on/off, 123
!SIMRSTC, enable/disable SIM refresh reset notification, 77 !TXAGC, set the desired Tx AGC, 124
!SKU, Return modems SKU identification, 77
!SLEEP, query/set Sleep Enable state, 272, 78
!STKAUTOCR, configure automatic responses to SIM com- U
mands, 212, 213
!STKC, receive unsolicited SIM command, 211, 214 !UDPID, query/set USB descriptor product ID, 78
!STKCR, respond to unsolicited SIM command, 211, 212, 215 !UDUSBCOMP, query/set USB interface configuration, 79
!STKDTMF, send DTMF string on active call, 216 !UMTSCHAN, query/set UMTS channel selection state, 91
!STKEVENT, notify SIM when monitored STK event occurs, 216 !UOOS, query/set UMTS Out of Service parameters, 80
!STKEVENTLIST, Return list of host-monitored STK events,
217
!STKGC, retrieve data for unsolicited SIM command, 211, 212,
W
218
+WGETWK, return wake-up event type, 80
!STKMS, request SIM menu item selection or help, 211, 219 +WHCNF, activate/deactivate modem hardware features, 81
!STKN, notification, 211
+WWKUP, enable/disable wake-up signals, 83
!STKPD, update STK supported features profile, 211, 212, 220

286 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index
Symbols pass band, 127
profile
+++, 15 activate, 130
+CPAS AGC, Tx, query/set, 154
call prioritization, 40 AGC/AVC configuration, query/set, 145
CODEC Rx gain, query/set, 132
CODEC Tx gain, query/set, 135
A configure and activate, 151, 174
DTMF Tx gain, query/set, 137
A5 encryption support
DTMF volume, query/set, 138
MS class, NV memory item, 63 echo cancellation, query/set, 139, 168
acoustic response, equalization, 128
microphone gain, query/set, 143
ADC, read from AUXV1, 32
noise suppression, enable/disable, 144
adjustable gain, responsible codec, 128 sidetone gain, query/set, 134
AGC
voice volume levels (Rx), 150
averaged Rx value (LTE mode), return, 105
volume, set for Tx, 158, 178
averaged Rx value (WCDMA), return, 114 profiles
configuration, query/set, 145
default settings, 129, 129, 130
read from first receiver, 123
profiles, overview, 128
read from secondreceiver, 123
volume, set/query, 138
read Rx AGC in dBm for CDMA and WCDMA automatic network mode, customization, 40
modes, 120, 122
Automatic Volume Control. See AVC.
Rx
auxiliary audio profile, 129
audio profile default setting, 129, 129, 130 AUXV1, read ADC value, 32
value, WCDMA mode, 116
AVC
Rx value (LTE), return, 106
configuration, query/set, 145
Tx Rx, audio profile default setting, 129, 129, 130
audio profile default setting, 129, 129, 130
query/set, 154
value, WCDMA mode, 116 B
Tx value (LTE), return, 107
Tx, set desired value, 124 backup data, restore, 126
airplane mode. See Low Power Mode band
AMR codec, enable/disable, 41 group, PRL scanning algorithm selection, 44
analog preferred, set, 88
audio interface, 127 set, 110
read value from AUXV1, 32 set current operating band, 88
antenna bands
select configuration, external, 33 available, 34
ASCII table, 281 current, 34
AT commands set, 34
access, password, 14 bandwidth
GPS command error codes, 208, 210 LTE, set Rx, 108
guard timing, escape sequence, 15 LTE, set Tx, 109
password commands, 27, 29 baud rate
password protected, access, 28 DCE, query/set, 89
password, changing, 28 buffer pools, DSM. See DSM buffer pools.
service, map to UART, 58 burst mode
Supported AT Command Reference, 13 GSM receiver enable/disable, 102
timing, entry, 14 GSM transmitter enable/disable, 103
audio BUZZER
codec generate frequency on, 38
mode, select, 167, 168 generate predefined melody, 39
default values, reset, 136
features, receive, 127
features, transmit, 127
C
filters, high-pass, 127 calibration data, remove all, 126
loopback, enable/disable, 132

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 287

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

call prioritization, +CPAS, 40 port, enable/disable, 45

car kit audio profile, 129 profile IDs for data connections, 257
CDMA SDM response option, 253
receive diversity, enable/disable, 87 service, map to UART, 58
+CFUN persistence, customization, 40 session types, support for, 258
channel XML format, 254
digital. See DIO channel. DNS
priority UMTS selection state, 91 negotiation, PDP context option, 74
set, 111 document
CHAP format conventions, 25
PDP authentication, query/set, 89 Downlink Advanced Receiver Performance, enable/disable for
circuit-switched call, select and configure profile, 151, 174 SAIC, 47
codec DSM buffer pools
controller, select, 178 memory usage, display, 121
mode, select, 167, 168 DTM
register bit width, set, 169 enable/disable, 51
register, configure, 165, 166 DTMF
registers, configure all required for reset, 166 gain
registers, configure all required to make call, 165 Tx, set/query, 137
Rx gain responsible codec, 128
audio profile default setting, 130, 130 volume, set/query, 138
query/set, 132 Dual Transfer Mode. See DTM.
sidetone gain, query/set, 134 DUN
Tx gain PDP context option, 74
audio profile default setting, 130, 130
CODEC Tx gain, query/set, 135
command access password, 14 E
connection
echo cancellation, 127
PDP authentication requirements, query/set, 89
audio profile default setting, 129, 129, 130
Connection Watchdog
query/set, 139, 168
parameters, setup, 46, 47
EDA, enable/disable, 52
CS call intiation, enable/disable UE control, 40
EDGE
customization
MS class, NV memory item, 63
example, modules, 269
EFR vocoder, audio front end test, 132
modem functions, 40
Enhanced Full Rate vocoder, audio front end test, 132
remove all customizations, 126
equalizer, WCDMA L1, enable/disable, 52
error conditions, display log, 87
D escape sequence guard time, 15
Extended Dynamic Allocation, enable/disable, 52
DARP, enable/disable for SAIC, 47 external PCM audio profile
diagnostic auxiliary, 129
commands, list, 85
information, display, 87
digital audio interface, 127 F
digital I/O channel. See DIO channel.
factory settings, reset WCDMA receiver, 117
DIO channel
factory test mode. See FTM.
configure, 49
FDN checking
read/write, 48
customization, 41
Distributed Shared Memory. See DSM buffer pools.
Finite Impulse Response filtering, 128
diversity, receive, enable/disable, 87, 90
FIR filtering, 128
DLCI
firmware, upgrading, 15
port mappings set/query, MUX mode, 58
flight mode. See Low Power Mode
DM
format
account authentication mode, 254
documentation conventions, 25
account credentials, 255
frequency
account, set, 256
band, set, 110
client roaming option, 257
channel, set, 111
FOTA configuration, 252
offset, display, GSM, 101
FUMO node, DM Tree root path, 256

288 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index

frequency bands. See bands. location uncertainty angle, last fix, 189
FTM longitude, last fix, 189
activate FTM modem mode, 98, 99 low power mode, customization, 41
deactivate FTM modem mode, 99 multiple fix (tracking) session, initiate, 200
enable, MS class, NV memory item, 63 port ID over TCP/IP, query/set, 193
FUMO node, DM Tree root path, 256 position data, clear, 183
positioning mode support, enable/disable, 194
protocol selection method, query/set, 195
G QoS timeout period, query/set, 191
reference location reporting, enable/disable, 41
gain
satellite information, request, 196
microphone, set, 176
select antenna, 42
speaker, set/report, 172
SUPL server URL, query/set, 198, 198
voice decoder, set/report, 169
SUPL server version, query/set, 199
voice encoder, set, 176
support, customization, 41
gain, adjustable, 127
time reference, clear, 183
GCF testing
time, last fix, 189
SIM type, return, 53
tracking (multiple fix) session, initiate, 200
test mode, enable/disable, 53
transport security, enable/disable, 201
GEA encryption support
uncertainty, last fix, 189
MS class, NV memory item, 63
velocity, last fix, 189
GERAN FP 1 enable
XTRA
MS class, NV memory item, 63
data configuration settings, query/set, 203
Global Certification Forum testing. See GCF testing.
data download and inject, initiate, 204
GPIO pins
data injection status, report, 205
digital I/O channels, 49
data server URLs, query/set, 204
GPRS
data, enable/disable, 203
indicator display, enable, 43
SNTP server URLs, query/set, 208
MS class, NV memory item, 63
time information, query/set, 207
GPS
time injection operation, 206
accuracy, configure, 181, 182
time injection status, report, 205
almanac data, clear, 183
XTRA APNs, set, 202
altitude, last fix, 189
GPSSUPLSETID, set value used in SUPL POS INIT mes-
assistance data
sage, 42
clear all, 184
GSM
clear specific, 183
Algorithm and Authenticate, enable/disable, 43
AT command error codes, 208, 210
channel, display, 101
auto-start features, configure, 181, 182
receiver burst mode, enable/disable, 102
command list, 22, 179
receiver continuous on, enable/disable, 102
ephemeris data, clear, 183
RF information, display, 101
fix period, configure, 181, 182
transmitter burst mode, enable/disable, 103
fix session
Tx slots, configure, 104
end, 184
guard time, AT escape sequence, 15
initiate, 185
status, report, 197
fix type H
configure, 181, 182
last fix, 189 handset audio profile, 128
fix wait time, configure, 181, 182 hardware ID, return, 36
gpsOneXTRA. See GPS, XTRA. hardware revision, from resistor, 37
heading, last fix, 189 headset audio profile, 128
horizontal estimated positional error, last fix, 189 high pass filter, 127
ionosphere data, clear, 183 HPLMN scan constraint, customization, 42
IP address query/set, SUPL server, 186 HSDPA
keep warm functionality, set/clear/query, 186 category details, 277
latitude, last fix, 189 compressed mode, 39
LBS APNs, set, 187 test channel interface, enable/disable, 42
location details, most recent, 189 HSDPA category, return, 54
location fix options, 188 HSPA
location request settings, query/set, 190 compressed mode, 39

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 289

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

icon behaviour, customization, 42 command list, 125

HSUPA MEP
category details, 277 code prompt if incorrect SIM, enable/disable, 43
compressed mode, 39 prompt due to incorrect SIM, enable/disable, 42
HSUPA category, return, 54 microphone gain
HWCFGLOCK, 42 audio profile default setting, 129, 130
microphone gain, query/set, 143
mixing, responsible codec, 128
I mode, configure for testing, 93
modem
I offset
band, set current, 88
display, GSM, 101
channel, set, 111
I2S audio support, 163
customizations, 40
ID, hardware, return, 36
frequency band, set, 110
IMEI
FTM mode
using as serial number, 45
activate, 98, 99
write to modem, unencrypted, 60
deactivate, 99
inactivity (data) timer, 36
IMEI, write unencrypted, 60
in-band signaling, Progress Descriptor value range, 142
MSC revision, query/set, 72
indicator
online mode, activate, 99
roaming, enable/disable, 43
phone-related functions, 128
IP address, ping, 71
place offline, 109
PRI part number and revision, query/set, 71
K protocol, WCDMA, query/set, 72
SGSN revision, query/set, 72
keep warm, GPS, set/clear/query, 186 SKU ID, assign, 44
temperature
limits, query/set, 69
L voltage limits, query/set, 70
modem hardware features, activate/deactivate, 81
LED
modem reset after LPM, enable/disable, 44
behaviour, set/query, 55
module customization, example, 269
lights. See LED.
MSC revision, query/set, 72
LNA gain state
multiplexing. See MUX.
display, GSM, 101
mute Rx/Tx audio paths, 173
display, WCDMA, 116
MUX
set, 112
DLCI port mappings, query/set, 58
location fix options, GPS, 188
mode override, customization, 43
loopback, audio
mode, implement, 86
enable/disable, 132
service, mapping, 58
Low Noise Amplifier. See LNA.
low power mode customization, GPS, 41
Low Power Mode, See LPM N
LPM
enable/disable as startup mode, 45 NAS, release compliance version, query/set, 59
SIM, default state, 44 NDIS, PDP context option, 74
LPM. See Low Power Mode network
LTE mode, automatic or manual, customization, 40
averaged AGC, return, 105 personalization
bandwidth, set Rx, 108 PLMN list provisioning, 64
bandwidth, set Tx, 109 Network Subset codes, return, 62
Network Subset Personalization locking, subset codes for, 62
NMEA data output rate, enable/set, 191
M NMEA sentence type, get/set, 192
NMEA service, map to UART, 58
manual network mode, customization, 40
noise cancellation, 127
memory
noise suppression
leak detection, 121
enable/disable, 144
non-volatile, reset, 126
Tx, audio profile default setting, 129, 129
memory management
Non-Access Stratum. See NAS.

290 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index

non-volatile memory IIR filter parameters

reset, 126 Rx, query/set, 148, 170
non-volatile memory. See NV memory. Tx, query/set, 156, 177
NV memory PCSC, enable/disable, 43
A5 encryption support, 63 PDA code, path-switching and transducer interfaces, 128
EDGE MS class, 63 PDM, adjust, 113
FTM enable, 63 PDP
GEA encryption support, 63 authentication requirements, query/set, 89
GERAN FP 1 enable, 63 context, configure SIO port mapping, 56, 57
GPRS MS class, 63 service, map to UART, 58
query/set item values, 63 PDP context
restore backup data, 126 profile software options, query/set, 74
write protection, enable/disable, 74
period, LED pattern, 55
O PIN
max retries exceeded, PUK prompt enable/disable, 44
offline, place modem, 109
ping IP address, 71
OMA-DM
PLMN
command list, 251, 259
network personalization, provisioning, 64
OOS
power
parameters, query/set, 80
control status details, return, 67
out of service. See OOS.
power off, W_Disable, 68
output driver stages, 127
Tx (max), set/query, 260
power amplifier
P Tx, turn off, 113
Tx, turn on, 114
PA PPP session
range state machine, WCDMA, 118 authorization information source, 43
state, WCDMA, 116 PRI, part number and revision, query/set, 71
package, return string from modem, 66 PRL, scanning algorithm selection, 44
packet data protocol. See PDP. product ID, set in USB descriptor, 78
PAD profile
active session, switch, 250 audio, 128
command list, 24, 24 default settings, 129, 129, 130
connection, disconnect, 246, 246 audio, activation, 130
connection, initiate, 245, 248 scan, enable/disable, 44
packetization trigger conditions, configure, 244 See also PDP context.
profile connection parameters, setup, 249 Progress Descriptor values for in-band signaling, range, 142
server, IP address filters, 247 PUK code prompt, enable/disable, 44
PAP
PDP authentication, query/set, 89
pass band Q
audio, 127
Q offset, display, GSM, 101
password
changing, 28
commands, list, 27, 29 R
PDP requirement, query/set, 89
protected commands, access, 28 radio coverage restored
requirements, 14 event type, return, 80
PCM reporting state, enable/disable, 83
digital audio interface, 127 radio frequency. See RF.
external interface radio reset after LPM, enable/disable, 44
clock control, enable/disable, 141 RAT acquisition order, select, 75
configure, 140 receive
filter tap audio features, 127
Rx, query/set, 146 receive chain (WCDMA)
Tx, query/set, 155 secondary, enable/disable, 118
test call mode, 118
receive diversity, enable/disable, 87, 90

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 291

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

receiver, second, turn on/off, 122, 123 S

reference documents, location, 15
Release 5 SAIC,enable/disable DARP, 47
active protocol, query/set, 72 sample rate, I2S, set, 175
MSC revision, query/set, 72 SAR
NAS release compliance version query/set, 59 backoff state, 262
SGSN revision, query/set, 72 backoff state, default for power-up, 262
Release 6 backoff values, 261
active protocol, query/set, 72 scan threshold, WCDMA, 73
Release 7 scripts
active protocol, query/set, 72 testing, command timing, 14
Release 97 second receiver, turn on/off, 122, 123
MSC revision, query/set, 72 serial number, using IMEI as, 45
SGSN revision, query/set, 72 service
Release 99 UART mapping, 58
active protocol, query/set, 72 service provider codes list, return, 65
MSC revision, query/set, 72 SGSN revision, query/set, 72
NAS release compliance version query/set, 59 sidetone gain
SGSN revision, query/set, 72 adjustable, 127
release compliance version, NAS, query/set, 59 audio profile default setting, 129, 130, 130
reset CODEC, query/set, 134
audio, default values, 136 SIM
enable after LPM, 44 default state in low power mode, 44
WCDMA receiver, 117 enable/disable SIM refresh reset notification, 76, 77
restore backup data, 126 SIM commands. See STK.
result codes, displaying in document, 15 SIM Toolkit. See STK.
revision number, audio, query/set, 152 SIM
revision, hardware return SIM type, GCF testing, 53
from resistor, 37 Single Antenna Interference Cancellation
RF enable/disable DARP, 47
GSM information, display, 101 SIO port mapping, configure PDP context, 56, 57
WCDMA information, display, 116 SKU
RF indicator (DIO-3), 44 read from device, 77
RF indicator (DIO-3/DIO-4), enable/disable, 44 set SKU ID, 45
ring received SKU ID, assign, 44
event type, return, 80 sleep state, query/set, 78
reporting state, enable/disable, 83 slots, Tx, configure for GSM, 104
ringer tone generation, responsible codec, 128 SMS received
roaming indicator, enable/disable, 43 event type, return, 80
rsq reporting state, enable/disable, 83
MT, 97 SNR
RSSI display, GSM, 101
display, 101 speakerphone audio profile, 129
GSM receiver burst mode, enable/disable, 102 stack
value DTM, enable/disable, 51
display averaged value, 99 HSPA compressed mode, 39
display raw value, 100 STK
display value using calibration offset, 100 browser, launch, 229
rssi call setup, 223
MT, 97 command list, 23, 212, 243
Rx configure automatic responses, 213
AGC reading (LTE), return, 106 DTMF string, send, 216
AGC reading, return, 115 DTMF, send, 228
averaged AGC reading (LTE mode), return, 105 event list setup, 223
averaged AGC reading (WCDMA), return, 114 event, list of host monitored, 217
gain, query/set, 132 event, notify SIM of occurence, 216
PCM filter tap, query/set, 146 host-supported features, update SIM, 220
PCM IIR filter parameters, query/set, 148, 170 idle mode text, set up, 238
value, return, 115 inkey, get, 233

292 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616

 Index

input, get, 234 tones, DTMF

language notification, 239 enable/disable local play, 153
menu item, select, 236 transmit
menu, set up, 237 audio features, 127
Mobile Originating Call Control request, response notifi- transmitter
cation, 240 all UPs condition, turn on, 96
Mobile Originating SMS Control request, response notifi- key on, 120, 121
cation, 241 transmitter waveform type, selection, 119
profile, configuring, 212 TRU-Flow, enable/disable, 45
provisioning information, record vendor-defined values, TTY audio profile, 129
222 Tx
SIM command processing, unsolicited, 211 AGC reading (LTE), return, 107
SIM menu help, display, 219 audio profile volume, set, 158, 178
SIM menu selection, 219 PCM filter tap, query/set, 155
SMS, send, 227 PCM IIR filter parameters, query/set, 156, 177
SS, send, 225 power amplifier
support profile, 211 turn off, 113
text, display, 232 turn on, 114
tone, play, 231 power level, set, 119
UI, enable/disable, 45 slots, configure for GSM, 104
unsolicited SIM command state, WCDMA, 116
receive, 214 Tx gain
respond, 215 audio profile default setting, 129, 129, 130
retrieve data, 218 CODEC, query/set, 135
USSD, send, 226
version, displays, 222
SUPL POS INIT, set value, 42 U
SUPL server, IP address query/set, 186
UART
synthesizer lock state, display, 101
DCE baud rate, query/set, 89
synthesizer, tune to channel/band, 98
prevent interface disabling, 42
service mapping, MUX/non-MUX, 58
T UMTS
priority channel selection, enable/disable, 91
temperature unlock protected commands, 28
limits, query/set, 69 USB
test descriptorproduct ID, query/set, 78
scripts, command timing, 14 descriptor, MUX mode, customization, 43
testing interface configuration, query/set, 79
command list, 94 username
configure modem mode, 93 PDP requirement, query/set, 89
play DTMF tone, 152
priority UMTS channel selection, 91
WCDMA channels and frequencies, 276 V
thermal mitigation
voice
backoff power steps, 264
audio interfaces, 127
backoff power temperature threshold, 265
call pages, enable/disable ignore capability, 41
configuration, 263
command list, 20, 21, 131, 163
enable/disable, 265
functionality, customization, 42
information, display, 266
voltage limits, query/set, 70
mitigation algorithm timers, 268
volume
thresholds and hysterisis, query/set, 267
audio profile default, set, 175
timer, data inactivity, 36
Rx voice, set, 172
timing
volume levels, voice (Rx), 150
AT command entry, 14
volume, responsible codec, 128
AT guard time, 15
offset, display, GSM, 101
test script commands, 14 W
tone, DTMF
testing a profile, 152 W_Disable, power off enable, 68

Rev. 8 May.12 Proprietary and Confidential 293

AirPrime UMTS / LTE MC/SL-Series Extended AT Command Reference

wake host via SMS or incoming data packet, 45 receive chain, secondary, enable/disable, 118
wake up receive chain, test call mode, 118
event type, return, 80 receive diversity, enable/disable, 90
signals, enable/disable, 83 receiver, reset to factory calibration settings, 117
WAP RF information, display, 116
process WAP Push data, enable/disable, 45 scan threshold, set/report, 73
waveform type selection, transmitter, 119 WCDMA L1 equalizer, enable/disable, 52
WCDMA WINS, PDP context option, 74
PA range state machine, set, 118 write protection, PDP context, enable/disable, 74
protocol, query/set, 72 WWAN Disable. See Low Power Mode

294 Proprietary and Confidential 2130616